Home

Canon iPF820 PRO

1. Printer _ iPFxxxx B Presets Standard ins Page Setup Hy Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto B IB Rol Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing _ B O fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O scaling 100 3 5 600 aidr JH O Borderless Printing ff Paper Size Match Page Size BA oO C Print Centered e C No Spaces at Top or Bottom cx eo L Rotate Page 90 degrees M PDFv Preview Standard C Cancel Print 218 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images 14 Confirm the settings of A Paper Source and C Page Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 219 Choosing Paper for Printing Choosing Paper for Printing Choosing a Paper for Printing Choosing the right paper for your particular printing application will give you the best printing results Media type The printer and printer driver offer print settings optimized for various paper characteristics Note e For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 e The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Con
2. ceeeeeees 246 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 247 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 249 Primting at TU SN ireas aa e EAR ERR 251 Printing ON Oversized PADET secarcccacvesdivecuayseccesecceeineebasendauaduanaeeatidentianes ive cceuedeantecendwbtsetedartneabe 251 Printing at Full Size WINdOWS sssrin anoa e e e ER aas 253 Printing at Full Size Mac OS A cs ccctsnccrecaavaceendacestieenscentcvaduaveceensaccedente E E s 255 Borderless Printing at Act al SIZE saivceccctessatrecseuea dated bieanaveatchuedus E aa E TERN ERS 258 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeenaeeeeeeaaeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 260 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X 00 0 eececcceeeeseceeeeeeeeeeensaeeeeeesaeeeseesneaeeeeeneaaeees 262 Borderless PrintNet aoee eee eede E Eeri ii 265 Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent SiZ ccececcceeeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeteneaaeeees 265 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows 0 0 267 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X 0665 269 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width cecceeeeeeeeesereeeeteneeees 272 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows ceeeeee 274 Borderless
3. 5 374 Checking a print preview ceceeeeeeeeeees 375 Conserving roll Paper eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 335 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins cccccccceeeteeeeteeeeees 341 No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper ccccccccceesesceeseceeeeeseeeeees 341 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X 0ce 344 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows 0 6 342 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 DOQIOOS 2 ceeecceeceteceeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeetaaeseeeneeeseaeeeeeaeeeeaas 335 Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper 335 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X ecccceeceeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeees 338 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees WINKOWS j acnssscsisnaissinion 336 Gontrol PAM convisnwiadavavasateaseescaseddusssaevcachavadedveres 21 23 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing 366 Automatic Cutting ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 366 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X 368 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows 367 Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically cecccceecceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeaas 143 Deleting Saved JODS sisenenud sainan 534 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 538 Using imagePROGRAF Status
4. cccceeeesseeeeeeeenteeeeeeeenee 1 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X c ccccseeeseeeseteeeeteeeees 425 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 381 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows 0 e 383 Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X seese 438 Adjusting IMAQOS iscieeccccecetccee endian eieeliaeths 201 Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length 559 Adjusting Line Misalignment Head Inc Adj 548 Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver 201 Color ACjUStMEN eeeeeceeeteeeeeteetetteeeeneeeees 202 Clr MOT Geia a E AR 201 MACNN n ig ulese thd Janatet eeshaaeelstans 203 Adjusting the feed amount 552 Adjusting the Printhead 00 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 543 Adjusting the Vacuum Strength VacuumStrngth 561 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 543 An error message is shown on the Display SGIOGM screena saaa SEE AEA E aatsudeasecdedee 620 Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls ceee 115 Auto Band Adjustment Auto Band Adj 00 554 Automatic Roll SwitChing cccesesseeeeseeeeeees 146 Automatic Straightening of Lines and Colors Auto Head Adj cccccecceeceeeeeeseceeeeeeeetecaeeeeeeeeee 544 B BACK aisanana anai onandia a eaa A Ee GAASE 15 Banding Adjustment During Printing Fine Band Adj
5. Borderless Printing Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Match Page Size E AJ O Landscape Roll Paper Auto 17 in Roll 431 8mm wal N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defauts OK Cancel JI Apply Help Enhanced Printing Options 357 Other useful settings 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case Click ISO A4 8 In H Orientation click J Landscape 9 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 10 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 358 Enhanced Printing Options Orientation Mac OS X Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation based on the following example e Document An original in landscape orientation e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the a
6. c0cceeeeee Using Remote Uliesis ia E E RE Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings cccccsssseceeeeesesseesereeeeees Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings csseccseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network SettingS csseccseeceeeceeeeeeeeeeees Specifying Printer Related Information ais cssscicastseaatavcissacsesevestantanseeneuecvanwncdaaaseansmes Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors OCCUT cccceeeeeeeeees Initializing the Network Settings c ceceseceeeeesccceeeenseeeeeeenseeeeeeeeeaeeeeneaaeeeennee Network Setting Windows iiicccessevececcereesinicctniuistanendsecedereers nies Configuring the Printer Driver Destination WiNdOWS ccsccsseeeeeeeeeereeeeeees Sharing the Printer in WiINGOWS c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeneaeeeeenees Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network SettingS s seeseeeseeeseeeeeeeees Specifying the Printer s Frame TyP eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseenes Specifying NetWare Print ServiCes cc cccccceccessssseneeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeessennaaees Specifying NetWare Protocols cccccccssssscseceeeeeseeseeeneeeeeeeseeesecneeeeeeeeeeeesesenaaaes Configuring NetWare Network SettingS cccccccececccceeceeeeeneenesneeeseeneneeseseeees Installing imagePROGRAF De
7. DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Ml Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm J N Roll Paper Options Defaults Output Method Size Options OK Cancel JI Apply iat Help 12 Confirm the settings of A Page Size L Paper Source and so on 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 216 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets As an example this topic describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible with sharp lines and text 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box IA settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx ma Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 HJ 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation m fa Toe E scale 100 Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx Es Presets Standard B Main 7 Bc Get Information D Easy Settings E print Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x1
8. Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __Detauits _ OK Cancel JI Apply Help Q Note The titles of dialog boxes may vary depending on the application and sheets other than these six sheets may be displayed Windows Software 381 Printer Driver Important e If you access the printer driver dialog box from the source application changes you make to the settings will only apply temporarily to that application Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the printer driver the sizes will not be available after you exit the application You can also access the printer driver dialog box from the Windows system menu see Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows P 383 382 Windows Software Printer Driver ss Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows 1 Click start gt Printers and Faxes or Printers 2 Select the printer and then display the printer properties dialog box Printers and Faxes Eile Edit View Favorites Tools Help gt B p gt Search E Folders Address Jy Printers and Faxes Printer Tasks E Add a printer X See what s printing E Select printing preferences amp Pause printing Share this printer wi Rename this printer X Delete this printer amp Set printer properties Other Places 3 Click Printi
9. Copies Page Setup Utility n G Cancel A Additional Settings SS Support PDF w Pre Summary Mac OS X Software 425 Printer Driver Main Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Main pane For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file ts Note e On the Main pane choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired Configuration using Easy Settings Printer _ iPFxxxx FA Presets Standard B Main B S H media Type Plain Paper IBC Get information Cy He D Easy Settings re a H prrint Target Sa Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Poster Photos a Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Li Printer M PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Prin Setting Item Description O A Media Type Select the type of paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 B Get Information Click to display the Get Information dialog box which shows the types of paper specified on the printer for each feed source When you select a feed source your selection
10. ceeeeeeee 623 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed MAC OSX certo tvncecansnvuea tie a 226 419 Correctly isinsin aia 638 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver The length of printed images is inaccurate 631 Windows 0 esssesseseseeeeeestestesnesneeneeneeneeneens 224 372 TRG mail box is full vecoctecstvesatestacesward ewadessnhdcueveuabees 671 Specifying Printer Related Information 453 The paper is t00 Small ssssesssssesssesssssssesseessnessees 651 Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls 139 The printer consumes a lot Of INK c seeseeeeeeee 644 Eject waiting for ink to dry after printing 140 The printer does not GO ON ssessesesseestestestesseesees 642 Manual when using media that cannot be cut The printer does not respond even if print jobs are using the Cutter Unit csssssssseeeneseees TA aa a ve NT oe I R 619 Paper Cutting to have the roll cut at your The printer ejects blank unprinted paper 620 specified POSItION eee eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeetteeeeeeeaee 142 PA A l l The printer stops during a print job ee 620 Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls 137 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job Mac OS X L LLAT L LEAT 138 the carriage stops moving OEE EE 620 641 Windows L L T L 137 The roll feed unit is loose ES PN PAS EEEE EIE EEEN 661 Specifying th
11. TCP IP Q Note e NetBIOS is not supported e Example of a Macintosh network In Macintosh networks print over AppleTalk EtherTalk or TCP IP using Bonjour Zeroconf functions Macintosh Macintosh e Example of a NetWare network Windows Windows Windows amp NetWare me mn 1 4 NetWare Server iPFxxxx wr O Note e Even if there is a NetWare server in your network environment you can use both TCP IP and AppleTalk In this case complete the settings for each protocol you will use 442 Network Setting Network Setting Configuring the IP Address on the Printer You must configure the printer s IP address before using the printer in a TCP IP network The printer s IP address is configured automatically when you install the printer driver following the instructions in the Quick Start Guide Configure the IP address by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility the printer Control Panel or ARP or PING commands if the IP address is changed or if you change the printer connection mode to a network connection For details on configuring the IP address refer to the following topics Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility gt P 444 Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel P 445 Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands P 446
12. c cccccceceeeeeeeeeeteeneeeeeees 79 PHININCAG witencee int a ae al aaa tic 576 Printh ad ETTO astute etindictiasiiietanecnn 669 Printh ads cuieasitnee asians 576 Printing a List of Saved JODS eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 508 Printing at full SIZE eee cece ai anaa 251 Printing at Full Size Mac OS X 255 Printing at Full Size Windows ceeeeeeeeeees 253 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 286 Printing CAD Drawings errre 174 Printing CAD Drawings in Monochrome 181 682 Index Printing does not Start eee ee eeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeaees 619 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER 0 cccccceeessseeeeeeees 196 246 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 199 249 Completing the scanning settings on the Color ImageRUNNER c ccccccseeceeeessseeeeeeees 200 250 Registering a hot folder on your COMPUTE ccccnetieccittee nee 199 249 Scanning the original and print an enlargement 00 ceeeeceeeeee eee eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 200 250 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 00 196 247 Completing the scanning settings on the Color image RUNNER ccccceeeseeeeteeeeeneeeees 197 248 Registering a hot folder on your COMPU lE araara REEE 197 247 Scanning the original and print an enlargement sissekanne nieudana aaia 198 248 Prin
13. nnesooeeeeoeseeeeeenreeettrneetnnrrttterertrnsertrnnnrnnn resne r neern eet 670 No Maintenance Cartridge capacity ssseeeeeeeneeeeeeteeorrtrtertnnttetttrnerrrrnnerenrrtnnneertenneeenn nn nnn nn 670 Maintenance cartridge Tullissa anra ania Ei E Ei araa e a E iE 670 Maintenance cartridge problem ercer e E EEE 670 Messages regarding the hard CISK iiisccccixnienssinnsannccieendonesannnnnncoecnnaetanantiiows 671 Aard disk error pacacnctecannan ine dont tae ottsaanusasnanemoncteasiaaueieeaduatan E E AREER 671 Fil read OFOM cc cceccceccceccceccceccececeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeensetseeteeenseeens 671 Themail EVR AS TIN serorea mis scmnteronhiedn eater EAE apesinobiatiiadatgigaeststetesaeeastannitermnceaaarmaaates 671 Mail box full Now printing without SAVING Cata eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeesneeeeeeneaeeees 671 Mail box IAN UUM eas hee Sas sacs AE dean dens a E E AEE E EE RAER 671 Maximum J DS StOreO ssis aiaa E a ES ARE E TE AAEE E AETA aE 672 ToomanyJobs tor Mal DOX arianen eaa ia E SAA N EREA 672 Messages regarding HP GL 2 siacsistscccacewarcctevacadecadeusesinne saneiececeunceaetamakaddens 673 This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 ssssssesssssrnsesssrerssrrrsserrrnerrnnnrsrreressrrrnnee 673 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 s sssssssssssssssesssrrnserrrnnnrerenssrne 673 GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range
14. About __ Detauts _ 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in a Letter 8 5 11 J 8 50 in x 11 00 in Al Media Type xj Get Information La Advanced Settings ID Advanced Settings x E Print Priority JE Print Quaity G Color Mode Image v Draft 300dpi x Color F H Color Settings H Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing d IK E Sharpen Text L Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts N Status Monitor __Defauts 6 Click Color in the G Color Mode list OK Cancel JI Help Apply Enhanced Printing Options 205 Adjusting Images Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching D ABCDEF 1234567 A Sample Type Standard x B View Color Pattern A Brightness iC Apply to Sample D Contrast 7 Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box High B High a High Warm Black x aS Light Q High a Saturation j x High Object Adjustment Defauts OK Cancel Help 8 On the Color Adjustment sheet adjust the color tones brightness an
15. Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos 4 Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics AC View set a Printer PDFw Preview Standard Cancel Print Enhanced Printing Options 277 Borderless Printing 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation Tx I lt E Scale 1100 Cancel S 14 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 15 Select the H Borderless Printing check box This ensures that F Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in D Enlarged Reduced Printing 16 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 278 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing at Actual Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the pri
16. x Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing w Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About __Detauts Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support v Page Layout B Al 2 Pages Sheet LA Watermark JE CONFIDENTIAL v a Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 11 01 999 Reverse Order __Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK l Cancel lI Apply Help 5 Select the A Page Layout check box 6 Click in the Edit Using PosterArtist in the B Page Layout list 7 When you attempt to print PosterArtist starts up and the PageCapture window is displayed At this point the document will not be printed yet 8 Choose the page to load in PosterArtist Windows Software 413 PosterArtist 9 Edit and rearrange the image in the PosterArtist window as desired Important e Without closing the PosterArtist window repeat steps 1 8 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For instructions on editing and rearranging images re
17. Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout i Favorites Utility Support lt Media Type aan ape 7 Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image w Print Quality Standard B00dpi E Color Mode Color xi Color Settings Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __Defauts OK Cancel J Apply iat Help Printing procedure 5 Load the sheet P 150 Q Note e If you will load a sheet before sending a print job after you load the sheet the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the type of paper on the control panel Display Screen Select the type of paper at this point P 149 e If you select a type of paper for which Media Width Detection is deactivated Off is selected you must advance the paper manually to the position for printing P 153 Start printing Basic Printing Workflow 95 Printing procedure Printing in Windows Print from the application menu Important e The Windows printer driver can be used in the following versions of Windows e Windows 2000 Professional or Server Windows XP Home Edition or Professional e Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition e Windows Vista e Windows Server 2008 e We recommend exiting unnecess
18. Maintenance Cartridge A replacement Maintenance Cartridge The Maintenance Cartridge is provided with a Shaft Cleaner e Maintenance Cartridge MC 09 Q Note e For instructions on replacing the Maintenance Cartridge see Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge P 586 Maintenance 585 Maintenance Cartridge Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge Compatible maintenance cartridges For information on compatible maintenance cartridges see Maintenance Cartridge P 585 Precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge Take the following precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge Mi caion e For safety keep the Maintenance Cartridge out of the reach of children e If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately Important e Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge except to replace it To prevent ink from leaking from a used Maintenance Cartridge avoid dropping the cartridge or storing it at an angle Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Ink adheres to the top of the Maintenance Cartridge after it has been used Handle the Maintenance Cartridge carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 1 Make sure no print jobs are in progress You can replace the Maintenance Cartridge if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Offline or if messages advise
19. Press A or to select Print Service and then press the gt button Press A or to select the desired print service and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu Press the Online button to bring the printer online If any of the settings is changed a message for confirmation is displayed In this case press the OK button Important e Be sure to complete step 10 This will activate the values you have entered Q Note e If an error message is displayed check the settings and correct any invalid values e To cancel the setup process hold down the Stop button for a second or more 462 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Specifying NetWare Print Services Before printing in a NetWare network you must configure print services such as print servers print queues and so on You can configure the print service settings from a computer using any of the following software e NWADMIN PCONSOLE from Novell provided with NetWare Important If you use NWADMIN to configure the print service settings Novell Client the Novell NetWare client software must be installed as the client software application e NetWare networking is unsupported in Windows Vista This topic gives instructions for configuring NetWare print services The order of this procedure may vary depending on the environment Choosing the type of print services Before completing print service settings choose the t
20. Setting tem escription A Paper Source Shows the Paper Source supported by the printer as well as information about the loaded paper To update the Paper Source and media type settings in the printer driver select the desired Paper Source option and click OK 388 Windows Software Printer Driver Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Media Detailed Settings Media Type Media Type JE Drying Time Plain Paper o Between Pages Plain Paper Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade ID Between Scans Alll Plain Paper_Conserve MBK Printer Default Coated Paper Recycled Bosted Peper Roll Paper Margin for Safety Coated Paper Near End Margin Heavyweight Coated Paper Printer Default Extra Heavyweight Coated Pape Printer Default Premium Matte Paper Colored Coated Paper Gru Speed Photo Paper Proofing Paper Printer Default Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Pape Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Pap a d Satin Photographic Paper 190gs Proofing Paper gt Mirror OK Cancel Defaults Help Q Note e To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box on the Main sheet click Settings by Media Type P 385 Setting Item escription O A Media Type Select the paper type For inf
21. 9 More Printers C Add Network Setting 475 Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh Follow the steps below to configure the destination if you will use the printer in a TCP IP network Important e If you will use the printer in a TCP IP network make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel P 445 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X Go Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of configuring the destination varies depending on the version of Mac OS X If you use other versions refer to the help for the Printer Setup Utility or the Print Center 1 Choose Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder 2 Click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder 3 Click Add to display the Printer Browser window 8608 Printer List gt j Add i Status Kind 4 Click More Printers 808 Printer Browser __ 2 A a ke rom Default Browser IP Printer Search Printer Name Connection Name No Selection Location No Selection Print Using 476 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X 5 In the list of connection methods click Canon IP iPF 088 Printer Browser Oo FN v AppleTalk Defi Bluetooth Windows Printing Tml FireWire iPF i Canon IP iPF Character Set Jap
22. Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page oa fk GN Click Edit in the upper right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk Protocol Settings page ep Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings AppleTalk Settings Items Phase Type Specify whether to use AppleTalk Disabled If you will use AppleTalk choose Phase 2 If you will not use AppleTalk choose Disabled Name 1 Specify the object name used by Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx AppleTalk in up to 31 single byte or 15 double byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters and Zone 2 Specify the printer zone name up to 31 single byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters and Also avoid using which represents the default zone in the middle of a string 1 The object name you have specified in Name is displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 4 If you use multiple printers in the same zone assign a unique name to each printer By default the network interface name is Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx Here xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer s MAC address 2 If zones have been created on the network enter t
23. Himedia Info Himedia Info XIX Himedia Info XIX Roll 1 Upper Glossy Photo ISO A4 Roll 2 Lower Glossy Photo ISO A4 D Cut Sheet Glossy Photo ISO A4 Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint Printer Parts 67 Control Panel Printer information Displays the firmware version serial number free hard disk space IP address and interface information HP GL 2 setting information H System Info X X Firmware 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n e HHH HDDSpace xx xGB IP XXX XXX XXX XXX HP GL 2 settings information is displayed on three screens 68 Printer Parts FAGL2 Settings X X Color Mode Mono Print Qual Std Economy Print Off Input Reso 600 dpi Media Source Roll Conserve Paper Off FAGL2 Settings X X Endpt Shape Softwr Smoothing Software Line Width 4 dots ThicknFineLine Off Adj Faint Lines On FAGL2 Settings X X Auto Rotate Off Use Nesting Off Wait Time xx min Cut Lines Off On the Fly Off Control Panel Status Print You can print a Status Print report indicating the current status of the printer With Status Print information is printed regarding the printer firmware version various settings and the status of consumables Printing Status Print reports 1 Load paper If using sheets load paper of A4 Letter size You will need
24. eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 191 Easy Settings aeeiiaii 191 Print Target cc ivviecciieci eit eas 191 Print targets for office documents 00 191 Printing Office Documents Mac OS X 194 Printing Office Documents Windows 2 00 192 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes 297 Registering non standard paper size in the printer Orven uasa S a ce cneedeet sake 297 Specifying custom paper sizes for temporary S Oiroa aoier a ai 297 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes MAG OS X wepicerttsaetetesstved iaiia interea tienes 302 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes VVINGOWS arak EE 298 Printing by using Custom Paper Size 300 Printing by using Custom Size eeeeees 298 Printing on Oversized Paper ccceeeeeeseeeeeees 251 OVETSIZE aiian devas ed inan e iana ieni eh ita 251 Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets 86 Roll Printing seein e aain 86 Sheet printing sirenesensiisnniinnieririnnivanivinsiiannneas 88 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls 0 00 324 Print Centered issida teasa hana cect drees 324 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X 327 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows 325 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets 0 330 Print Centered ossidasi aeania ea iaaa 330 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets MACOSX E E EEE E ousted 333 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets WINDOWS sociiiirino
25. 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation Ta te E Scale 100 4 Select the printer in the B Format for list 5 Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 6 In Page Size enter the height and width of the original Here enter 43 00 cm in Height and Width 7 In Printer Margins enter 0 5 for the top and side margins and 2 3 for the bottom margin Here measurements are entered in centimeters 8 Double click Untitled in the list at left in the Custom Page Sizes dialog box and enter the paper name in this case 430 430 9 Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box 10 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 430 430 the size you registered 11 Click F OK to close the dialog box 12 Choose Print in the application menu 302 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 13 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iz Main Bj Lt W media Type Plain Paper B Get Information MC se Di Easy Settings re a E prrint Target ee Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos 4 Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set
26. 8 50 in x 11 00 in W A O Landscape Roll Paper Auto 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK l Cancel JI Apply Help 11 Confirm the settings of A Page Size Paper Source and so on 12 Confirm the print settings and start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Working With Various Print Jobs 183 Printing CAD Drawings Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Line Drawings Mac OS X You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune monochrome settings before printing 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wy settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 HJ 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation m fa Toe E scale 100 Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx Es Presets Standard B Main 7 Bc Get Information D Easy Settings E print Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Of
27. Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 250 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Printing at full size Printing on Oversized Paper Except in borderless printing the actual printing area corresponds to your selected paper size minus the space for a margin P 85 To print document
28. During error messages press the Information button to view the ink levels on the Display Screen H ink X X Maint cart I Capacity 100 Simaa c These levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identified by the Color Label on the bottom of the Display Screen These symbols may be displayed above the ink level if ink is low x if no ink is left and if you have deactivated ink level detection The remaining ink level is indicated as shown below Full I m J None Remaining ink levels If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Ink Tank replace the Ink Tank If a message is displayed indicating to check the remaining ink levels or after tasks that consume a lot of ink such as large format printing or head cleaning check the remaining levels and replace Ink Tank as needed P 563 574 Maintenance Ink Tanks When to Replace Ink Tanks Replace or prepare to replace Ink Tank in the following situations If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen When there is little ink left the Message lamp is lit and Ink Level Check is shown on the Display Screen You can continue to print but prepare to replace the Ink Tank P 574 Online H ink Level Check panel T B K k Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot of ink If little ink is left there may not be enough for large format printing head cleaning
29. Setting item Ci escription N Input Bit Depth Choose the levels of gradation in print data either 8 bit or 16 bit Optimal results when printing data with rich gradation are possible by choosing 16 bit For example this option is particularly suited to printing images created after specifying 16 bits per channel in Photoshop Only supported in Mac OS X 10 5 O Fast ais cael Process Select this option to print faster than usual when possible ical supported in Mac OS X 10 5 Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color settings Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 J Unidirectional Printing Although unidirectional printing is slower it can help prevent misaligned lines and ensure better results M Thicken Fine Lines Activate this option to print fine lines more distinctly Only supported in Mac OS X 10 5 P Sharpen Text Activate this option to print text more sharply Only supported in Mac OS X 10 5 K Reduce Print Unevenness Choose this option to counteract uneven printing N Economy Printing When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may not be available L Printer Click to display the Printer dialog box which indicates the ink levels and gives other information about
30. Size Options Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help 11 Confirm the settings of A Page Size Paper Source and so on 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note Adjusting Images e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 207 Adjusting Images Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune the color tone of photos before printing 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box ou hk WN Access the Main pane A Settings Page Attributes B B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation To if IE scale 100 _ if Cr C Select the printer in the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu Printer _ iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard B B Main Plain Paper By Br Get Information J Set a D i Easy Settings Fs ee Biprint Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Photos 4 Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for
31. Special Settings Dialog Box Windows If the printing results are not as you expected you can change how printing is processed in the Special Settings dialog box Q Note Special Settings FineZoom Settings JA Application Color Matching Priority B Enable Preview Switching E V Fast Graphic Process D v Reduce Print Unevenness E v Adjust faint lines FI OK Cancel Defaults Help To display the Special Settings dialog box on the Layout sheet click Special Settings P 400 Setting tem escription O A FineZoom Settings This function is used in large format printing Normally choose Auto If documents are not printed correctly on large format paper it may help to select Yes and if fine lines are not visible or if images are distorted when printed it may help to select No B Application Color Matching You can give applications priority in color management Priority C Enable Preview Switching Selecting this option will start PageComposer if you print when Open D Fast Graphic Process E Reduce Print Unevenness F Adjust faint lines Preview When Print Job Starts is selected on the Main sheet If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed in varying thicknesses clearing this option may help produce the expected results If you are concerned about uneven colors selecting this option may improve printi
32. The type of paper is Bordless Margin Adjust the margin during borderless printing displayed here 1 Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically detect the paper width and configure the margin settings for borderless printing If margins are mistakenly created when Automatic is selected choose Fixed In this case the paper width is not detected automatically and the document is printed without borders using the margin settings required by the printer CutDustReduct If you choose On a line will be printed at the cut position when paper cutting is selected This option reduces the amount of debris given off after cutting It also helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp if you use adhesive paper P 144 NearEnd Sht Mrgn Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the leading edge Return Defaults Choose Yes to restore Paper Details to the default values 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 The type of paper indicated in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is changed when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM or if you upd
33. Wa Be __ No Spaces at Top or Bottom IB L C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print Setting item Description A Paper Source Choose the feed source as desired Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in A Media Type in the Main pane B Roll Paper Width Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer Unknown is displayed if the printer cannot detect the roll paper width C Page Size Displays the size of the original as specified in the page settings of the application For details on paper sizes available from the source application see Paper Sizes P 109 D Enlarged Reduced Printing Choose from the following options when this setting is activated Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 228 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 234 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value P 240 E Fit Paper Size Scales the document image to match the paper size F Fit Roll Paper Width Scales the document image to match the roll width G Scaling Resizes the document image based on a specified scaling value Enter a value in a range of 5 600 H Borderless Printing Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 is selected in the A Paper Source list Activate this setting for borderless printing to match the size and width of the paper Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalen
34. Wy settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx ma Canon iPFoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 HJ 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation m fis Toe E scale 100 i Cancel Co 2 Select the print target in the B Format for list 3 Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the source application menu choose Print 6 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx Es Presets Standard B Main EL S JA media Type Plain Paper BJ Bc Get Information gc Set D i Easy Settings E e print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 11 Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations t Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Working With Various Print Jobs 171 Printing Photos and Images 8 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard E Main BA images Size MA Media type Plain Paper a Set Print Priority mg Letter 8 5 x11 PiPrint Quality Draft 300dpi fia Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 JH Color Mode Color F9 1 Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode Unidirectional
35. a Printer PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print 14 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 15 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list 16 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx hed Presets Standard i Page Setup iz Wreaper Source Roll Paper Auto B JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing OE Eo Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 N O Scaling 100 5 5 600 foliar J O Borderless Printing Jil Paper Size Match Page Size E ch Print Centered aes e _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom 4 E hae _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF Preview Standard Cancel Print 17 Click Cut Sheet in the A Paper Source list 18 In D Easy Settings make sure 430 430 is displayed as registered in Page Setup 19 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing OQ Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 303 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other By arranging originals from word processing or spreadsheet programs or web browser scree
36. 1 Load the paper e Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 e Loading Rolls in the Printer P 118 e Loading Sheets in the Printer P 150 Q Note e When loading paper specify the type of paper correctly Using paper that you have not specified on the printer may cause feeding problems and affect the printing quality e We recommend loading a type of paper that you use often 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject 150 Oe 3 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Head Inc Adj and then press the gt button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button After the Printhead is moved a message is displayed requesting you to open the Top Cover 6 Open the Top Cover 548 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the Printhead 7 Align the Angle Adjustment Lever with the red square and close the Top Cover A test pattern is printed for adjustment Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them 8 Examine the test pattern for adjustment Determine the straightest set of lines 8 6 4 2 E 2 4 6 i Wi W AAN I WH Hl iii i 9 Open the Top Cover and move the Angle Adjustment Lever to match the number or the square of the straightest set of lines If no single set of lines is perfectly s
37. 11 Click F OK to close the dialog box 294 Enhanced Printing Options Under Page Size enter 10 in Width and 50 in Height Here measurements are entered Specify the margins by entering 0 3 in Printer Margins Here measurements are entered Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 100 500 the size In D Orientation click the icon of the document in landscape orientation Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing the banner Follow these steps to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Access the Main pane Printer _iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iz Main HH j ES W media Type Plain Paper By B 4 Get Information J Set D Easy Settings F Bprint Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos 4 Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics iC Viewset Bi Printer PDF w Preview Standard Cancel Print 3 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 4 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click POP in the E Print Target list 5
38. P 118 e Loading Sheets in the Printer P 150 O Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Loadeject i08 3 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Manual Band Adj and then press the button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button Test pattern A is printed for band adjustment 556 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount Examine test pattern A for band adjustment Determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable Go Note e If streaks seem least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better choose an intermediate value For example choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better Press A or Y to display the number selected in step 6 and then press the OK button Test pattern B is printed for band adjustment Examine test pattern B for band adjustment Determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable Press A or to display the number selected in step 8 and then press the OK button The adjustment value is now registered and adjustment is complete Adjustments for Better Print Quality 557 Adjusting the feed amount Banding Adjustment During Printing F
39. P 272 P 258 Banner printing You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages P 310 e 90 degree rotation before printing Originals in portrait orientation are rotated 90 degrees when possible to use paper more efficiently P 335 Enlarged reduced printing You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing P 228 P 234 P 240 86 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure e Free Layout Windows and inmagePROGRAF Free Layout Macintosh Print multiple documents from multiple applications such as word processing programs spreadsheet programs and so on next to each other tp Note e Loading two rolls at once in the Roll 1 Upper and Roll 2 Lower holders offers the following advantages e Save the time and effort of switching paper Loading rolls of different types saves you the time and effort of replacing rolls You can select the desired roll in Paper Source in the printer driver P 397 P 435 e Automatic selection of the right paper for the print job Selecting Roll Paper Auto in Paper Source in the printer driver enables automatic selection and printing on the roll that suits the print job from the loaded rolls Additionally loading two rolls of the same type enables nonstop printing of multiple jobs After one roll is completely used the printer switches to the other roll automatically and con
40. PDFw Preview Standard Cancel Print 14 Confirm the settings of A Paper Source and C Page Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 210 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing You can specify detailed print settings as desired for the quality level colors and other criteria Advanced Settings For printing results that appear just as expected for your original you can specify which graphic elements and colors to prioritize for printing G Note Easy Settings are also available providing convenient presets To use the presets simply choose the printing application For details on Easy Settings refer to the following topics e Printing Photos and Images gt P 161 e Printing Line Drawings and Text P 174 e Printing Office Documents P 191 Print Priority Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing Print Priority 7 A setting for posters or other documents made up mainly of photos or images or for emphasizing photos or images in printed documents Line Drawing Text Choose this setting for CAD drawings made up mainly of intricate lines or wall newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text Suitable for emphasizing detailed
41. Paper Sizes P 109 Paper sizes compatible with borderless printing are shown in the list G Paper Size Available when Fit Paper Size is selected C Enlarged Reduced Printing Choose from the following options when this setting is activated v Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Media Size O Fit Roll Paper Width Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 228 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 234 4 Media Size O Sealing Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value P 240 Match Page Size D Fit Paper Size Scales the document image to match the paper size E Fit Roll E Fit Roll Paper Width Width Scales the document image to match the roll width Scaling G Paper Size Resizes the document image based on a specified scaling value Enter a value in a range of 5 600 Choose the size of the paper you will print on For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 109 Windows Software 397 Printer Driver Setting item escription H Orientation Choose the printing orientation Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation P 356 K Rotate Page 90 degrees Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 90 degrees before Conserve Paper printing Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 335 L Paper Source Choose the feed source as desired Options displayed in the list vary depending on
42. Standard B C View Color Pattern Ee 30 30 Dak i I f Ban Z aai see Ss es c aponte sample I Contrast 2 Lew us 0 30 32 OD 9 Wsaturation Low 3 High 0 30 30 SS C Revet C Cancel Cox 11 Adjust the Brightness Contrast and other settings on the Color Settings pane 12 Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box Working With Various Print Jobs 185 Printing CAD Drawings 13 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ m Lo Print Centered ae P el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom ea eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard C Cancel Print 14 Confirm the settings of A Paper Source and C Page Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 421 186 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings ss Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings You can complete color settings when Color CAD is selected in Color Mode Colors can be
43. Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Important e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Aw Settings Page Attributes B B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx ke Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation t a scale 100 Cancel Ca 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Click the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard wy Main E S M media Type Plain Paper B Get Information gc Set D _ Easy Settings E es rrin Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set BC Printer E E
44. settings will apply to all applications you use for printing e You can also access the printer driver dialog box from applications see Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows P 381 384 Windows Software Printer Driver Main Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Main sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file O Note e On the Main sheet choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the particular printing application or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired Configuration using Easy Settings Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Man Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type s Get Information LA Advanced Settings _ I Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos P Poster Text Illustrations Ele X CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 14 00 in Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Detauts_ Setting tem Description O A Media Type Select the type of paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the
45. 30 32 e Oe Cane gt Enhanced Printing Options 209 Adjusting Images 11 On the Color Adjustment pane adjust the color tones brightness and so on as desired Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of ical G Gray Tone Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list H Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast J Saturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid 12 Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box 13 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _ iPFxxxx B Presets Standard iz Page Setup Fy ages Size W raper Source Roll Paper Auto IB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter DM Enlarged Reduced Printing ee EO Fit Paper Size US Letter a O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 EO scaling 100 41 5 600 US Letter Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size a L C Print Centered R aa kd No Spaces at Top or Bottom g ID L C Rotate Page 90 degrees
46. 409 Sharing the Printer in WindOWS n se 457 Sheet printing is selected cseeeeeeeeeesteeeeeees 656 Sheet removed ieeeissecevdds snneedeessareuvvae iaeia aaae 656 Special Settings Dialog Box Windows 403 DPECHICALIONS a sciveedieede dtd ead aana iA 79 Hard DiSkecciitet cratiniasra eee 83 al ennaa ree ere preteen a E 81 INTO MACE oonces ietdctees teeta andi tdenstaines 80 OPTIONS iiien ae aaar a Ne 83 Papo a 82 Prim eiorinn a a a a aa 79 Printing performance sessssseesrreserrrrnseerrreernnns 80 Index Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings 187 T Color Compatibility ccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 187 Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings The back side of the paper is dirty ceeees 624 Windows ER OM COT L TT Cee CC RRC eT ee cre cet 1 88 The contrast becomes uneven during printing Seats 631 Specifying NetWare Print ServiCes ccceee 463 The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not Choosing the type of print services s s 463 NGI UDr ensa aeaea 619 Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the The display screen indicates Agitating 664 print SOIVOT sionis A E A 464 The display screen indicates the system is filling Specifying NetWare Protocols ccccccccccccsseeeeeeees AGG WIT Sereccansecacvcescisinascesscatnecaensadeecernadge teadsseeseanaees 619 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver 223 The edges of the paper are dirty
47. B Format for _ iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox fe Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation To fa IE scale 100 Cancel 0K 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Main EZ Bc Get Information J D Easy Settings H Beri t Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics click 10 x12 FC View set Bc Printer PDF v Preview Standard Cancel E Prit Working With Various Print Jobs 165 Printing Photos and Images 7 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Photo Paper Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer Q Note e The type of paper indicated in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you update paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Config
48. CAD Monochrome Line Drawing bg Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EL e Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About __Defauts 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Make your selection in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 281 Borderless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size MeEnlarged Reduced Printing BD Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 m 8 50 in x 11 00 in ic Bb Paper Size Match Page Size 2 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation amp 50inx11 00in MA opotet W A Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing I Paper Source Roll Paper Auto x IM Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm z N Roll Paper Options _ Gutput Method Size Options __Detauts OK l Cancel J Apply Help 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click 10 x12 9 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case cho
49. Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Q Note e If printing is unsuccessful you may be able to print after completing the following setting 1 On the Layout sheet click M Special Settings to display the Special Settings dialog box amp Canon iPox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support E Page Layout B al 2 Pages Sheet c Watermark E CONFIDENTIAL x F Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 E 10 in x 11 00 in Bi Lett HSU Corot 100 canes ma i ne No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W copies 1 2 1 999 Reverse Order M Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 2 In the FineZoom Settings list click Yes 292 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to print a banner about five times as long as the roll width based on the following example e Document An original designed for a horizontal banner e Page size Non standard 100x500 mm 3 9 19 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format 1 In the application create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical
50. Important e We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality Registering the printer Before printing you must register the printer in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center For instructions on registering the printer see Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Macintosh P 471 Important During this process the printer will not be listed among available printers if it is off or disconnected e By factory default the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer In Mac OS X 10 4 and earlier you must enable AppleTalk protocol on the printer before using the printer in an AppleTalk network For instructions on activating AppleTalk protocol see Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Networks Macintosh P 473 Printing from the application software 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions Q Note e This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on 2 Select the printer in the Printer list printer em O Presets Standard B 5 Copies amp Pages Copies 1 Vv Collated Pages All O From 1 to 1 PDFY Preview Cancel Print Basic Printing Workflow 97
51. Messages regarding paper No Roll Unit The printer has received a print job that specifies Roll Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to 2 Lower but the Roll Unit is not installed cancel printing 1 Turn the printer off and install the Roll Unit Connect the Roll Unit Cable firmly and completely 2 Turn the printer on and resend the print job Sheet removed A sheet has come out of the printer during printing 1 Lift the Release Lever and remove the paper 2 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred Sheet printing is selected Corrective Action You have attempted to print a test print sheet or other Load a sheet and try printing again printer status information on a sheet but no sheet To print on a roll instead hold down the Stop button for more than a second to cancel printing load a roll and then print P 89 is loaded Regular printing is selected but a roll is loaded A print job for printing on sheets was sent when a Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to roll is loaded cancel printing Remove the roll and load a sheet of the type and size of paper you have specified in the printer driver P 125 656 Error Message Messages regarding paper ss Paper jam Lift the release lever A paper jam occ
52. Network Setting Windows Printer Number Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 15 NDS Tree Name Specify the name of an NDS PServer tree that has a NetWare print server 0 32 characters Context Name Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server 0 255 characters Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 64 characters Print Server Password Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters Polling Interval Specify the interval to confirm jobs 1 255 seconds Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Printer Number Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 254 T Click OK to display the Network page 460 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Specifying the Printer s Frame Type To enable communication between the printer and computers on your network specify the Ethernet frame type in your NetWare environment Follow the steps below to specify the frame type by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the printer Control Panel O Note e You can specify the frame type by using RemoteUl if the printer s IP address is configured O Important e Before specifying the frame type make sure the printer is on and connected to the network For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Devi
53. Oversize e For oversized printing choose paper identified by the regular paper name followed by Oversize A Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu Access the Main pane oui Printer Presets Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 PDFW Preview iPFxxxx Fey Standard B Main B Amediatype Plain Paper 9 Get Information B Set ce B Easy Settings H E prrint Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EC View set Bc Printer Standard Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 255 Printing at full size 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing EO Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ ro i Print Centere
54. PDF v Preview Standard Cancel E Prit 7 Inthe A Media Type list click the type of paper that is loaded 8 Make your selection in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 313 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i _ Page Setup 3 ages size a Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing EO Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 E O scaling 100 5 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ F na Lh L Print Centered ae P el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom cma E haa _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print 10 In the A Paper Source list click Roll Paper 1 Banner or Roll Paper 2 Banner 11 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 421 314 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet To conserve paper you can print several pages of the original on a single sheet by reducing the original and dividing the sheet into areas for each page Page Layout Specify a number
55. QO Note If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A try Head Cleaning B If this does not solve the problem repeat Head Cleaning B one or two times If this still does not improve printing the Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life Contact your Canon dealer y aves Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tank during cleaning 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Head Cleaning and then press the gt button WO N Press A or to select the type of cleaning and then press the OK button e Head Cleaning A Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances This method of cleaning consumes the least amount of ink It takes about three minutes to complete Head Cleaning B Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the problem It takes about four minutes to complete The printhead is cleaned and the printer goes online 4 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and determine whether cleaning has cleared the nozzles P 577 578 Maintenance Printheads Replacing the Printhead When to replace the Printhead Replace the Printhead in the following situations e If the printing quality does not improve even after one or two cycles of Head Cleaning B from the printer menu e If the Display Screen indicates Open top cover and replace the printhead e If your
56. Roll width Create an original 100 x 500 mm g rr Lo os Automatically 3 About five times Enlarged 2 as long as the roll width 0 0 Q Y gt i me E mi P A O Note e To create an original for large format printing in the Windows version of Microsoft Word you can use the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In for Word and follow simple instructions in the form of a wizard to prepare and print your original For details see Print Plug In for Word 286 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Fit Roll Paper Width You can easily create vertical or horizontal banners by automatically enlarging or reducing originals to fit the full width of rolls Q Note e The printer supports roll printing up to a maximum length of 18 0 m 19 7 yd For instructions on printing vertical or horizontal banners refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows P 288 e Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X P 293 Important e Before printing check how much of the roll paper is left If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper a warning message is displayed when there is not enough roll paper left e If not much ink is left prepare replacement ink tanks To print at a higher level of quality in the printer driver
57. gap it may cause feeding problems e When loading a roll be careful to avoid hitting the printer hard with the roll This may damage the Roll Holder 116 Handling Paper Handling rolls 4 Insert the attachments for the roll paper core on the Holder Stopper Align the tips a of the attachment with the holes b of the Holder Stopper and insert it firmly e 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 2 e 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment 5 Insert the Holder Stopper from the left in the Roll Holder as shown Holding it at the position shown b push it firmly in until the flange a of the Holder Stopper touches the roll Lock the Holder Stopper lever c by pushing it down toward the shaft side Important e Insert the Holder Stopper firmly onto the roll Otherwise it may cause feeding problems Handling Paper 117 Handling rolls Loading Rolls in the Printer Follow these steps to load rolls in the printer You can load rolls in two positions in the Roll 1 Upper and Roll 2 Lower holders Q Note Remove any loaded paper that will not be used e Rolls P 125 e Sheets P 155 e If the Wheeled Output Stacker is installed remove it in advance P 159 e If the Platen is dirty clean inside the Top Cover P 597 e After pressing the Load Eject button you can refer to instructions on the Display Screen as you load the paper P 76 Loading rolls in the Roll 1 Upper holder 1 Confirm that a roll is
58. gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs e008 XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready os Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable x amp Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper A sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 O ii esiin Jai Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password gt 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Resume Printing to display the Resume Printing dialog box 00e XXX XXX XXX XXX Dy Printer Ready dk Ready Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable x x Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source gt 0 Common Box 0 v 1 Box samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper vg sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper O inih ania yar 514 Hard Disk Hard Disk 3 Specify the number of copies and click the OK button Resume Printing Print the selected document Copies 1 8 Document title samplel Source Cut Sheet Paper Type Plain Paper Paper Size ISO A4 Creel B For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk 515 Hard Disk 2 Moving Saved Jobs Print jobs that you have
59. ooh WN 508 Hard Disk Hard Disk Printing Saved Jobs You can print jobs stored on the printer s hard disk as follows e Using the Control Panel e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Print LD Print jobs Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Print the saved job 1 Press A or Y to select Job Management and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Stored Job and then press the gt button Press A or to select the box number in the range 00 29 and then press the button Enter a password if one has been set and then press the OK button Press A or V to select Job List and then press the button Press A or Y to select the saved job to print and then press the button Press A or to select Print and then press the button CONOR WN Specify the number of copies and press the OK button Hard Disk 509 Hard Disk Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box Note BF ran English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX KX End User Mode rit np ma Remote Ul B enn Job Manager A 01 Box1 5 Print Job d Jol 02 Box2 0 Print Log 03 Box3 0 gt Device Selection 04 Box4 0 Support Links i 05 Box 5 0 06 Box6 0 07 Box7 0 08 Box 0 09 Box9 0 Box 10 0 aii Box 11 o e Enter a
60. p Matching Method Perceptual Text ABCD Matching Method Perceptual 1234567 GS Piinter Profile Settings Auto Settings OK Cancel Help Q Note e To display the Matching sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings and then click the Matching sheet P 385 Setting item Description O A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired B Input Profile Settings You can select Image Graphics or Text You can choose Matching Method and Input Profile Various options are available depending on your selected Matching Mode To apply the same input profile automatically for Graphics and Text select Use the Same Profile for All Objects To apply separate input profiles to Graphics and Text clear Use the Same Profile for All Objects and specify the individual settings C Printer Profile Settings Specify the printer profile as desired Normally select Auto Settings s Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 394 Windows Software Printer Driver Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome Windows On the Color Adjustment sheet for monochrome printing you can adjust the brightness and contrast Color Settings Color Adjustment SM ABCDEF aP 1234567 A Sample Type Standard v B View Color Pattern fl Brightness Kol Apply to Sample B Contrast D Object Ad
61. window will be displayed depending on your environment Enhanced Printing Options 349 Checking Images Before Printing imagePROGRAF Preview Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iP Poox File View Options Help BB Zoom Frown vi ld 4 d H A LEREN aL cece cela Ec ec EL eLELELELEL Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Printer 24 in Roll 809 6mm i Layout Selection zia O 4f C Center Originals Across Rol Start Printing Stop Printing Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information Manual feed tray Paper Size Unknown Paper Type Unknown Paper Remaining None Roll Paper 1 Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mrr Paper Type Plain Paper Daes D aniani JEI in lt m Update Printer Information Status Monitor Output Size 16 54in x 11 69in 1 The main imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed 2 On the main window you can check the layout and change settings as needed 3 To print click Start Printing in the File menu Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions see Preview 350 Enhanced Printing Options Checking Images Before Printing PageComposer 1 The PageComposer window is displayed At this point the document will not be printed yet 1E Canon PageComposer Canon iPFxxxx DAR File Edit Moveto Help SAY KB Document Name Total
62. 0 12 in on each side will not be printed Create the original so that it fits inside the paper area to be printed on Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 AON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEE Get Information he Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing bg Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EL e Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About __Defauts 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Make your selection in the E Print Target list 260 Enhanced Printing Options 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size MeEnlarged Reduced Printing BD Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 m 8 50 in x 11 00 in ic Bb Paper Size Match Page Size 2 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientati
63. 330 ml 1 Open the Ink Tank Cover of the tank for replacement and check the Ink Lamp The Ink Lamp flashes quickly if there is no ink left A caion e Avoid hitting the printer when replacing an Ink Tank Handle the printer gently when replacing tanks 2 Lift the stopper a of the Ink Tank Lock Lever for the color to replace Lift the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it stops and then push it down to the front O Important Push the Ink Tank Lock Lever down until it locks Make sure the Ink Tank Lock Lever does not return to the original position Maintenance 565 Ink Tanks 3 Hold the Ink Tank by the grips a and remove it Press the OK button O Note e If there is still ink in the Ink Tank you removed store it with the ink holes a facing up Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it a e Dispose of used ink tanks according to local regulations 566 Maintenance Ink Tanks Remove the Ink Tank 700 ml 1 Open the Ink Tank Cover of the tank for replacement and check the Ink Lamp The Ink Lamp flashes quickly if there is no ink left Mi caion e Avoid hitting the printer when replacing an Ink Tank Handle the printer gently when replacing tanks 2 Lift the stopper a of the Ink Tank Lock Lever for the color to replace Lift the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it stops and then push it down to the front Important e Push the Ink Tank Lock L
64. 8 50 in x 14 00 in 00 JE Orientation Ky E Paper Source M Roll Paper Width a 00 Letter 8 5 11 8 50 in x 11 00 in G 4 Paper Size aj Portrait Match Page Size E Aj O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper Auto 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options __Detauits OK l Cancel JI Apply iat Help 6 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 336 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper Inthe L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm Select the K Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper check box Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 337 Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Lette
65. Al Media Type EEEE B Get Information he Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings a E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing ai Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics EL e Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor About Defauts J 5 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 6 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list 298 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size v Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Seating ce 4 Paper Size H Orientation Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Aut o Scale 100 Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in a Paper Source IM Rol Paper width fi Aj Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Match Page Size i Aj O Landscape Roll Paper Auto 17 in Roll 431 8mm x INI Rol Paper Options Gutput Method Siz
66. AppleTalk Current AppleTalk settings Phase Type Network Number Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor a 74 Printer Parts Control Panel HEAD LOT NUMBER Printhead lot number peor PARTS STATUS Utilization status of replacement parts that require servicing i J COUNTER A Y COUNTER Utilization status of the cutter media and other items indicating how much they have been used Printer Parts 75 Control Panel Checking Instructions During Printer Operations You can refer to instructions on the printer control panel when loading paper replacing ink tanks or performing other operations How to view instructions Once you complete an action described in the instructions the printer detects the action and switches to the next instruction screen In the case of actions the printer cannot detect instruction screens are switched every four seconds and the sequence of operations is shown repeatedly When all actions in the sequence are finished the instruction screen for the next step is displayed Open ink tank cover af Automatically detected by the printer Lift stopper of Lift ink tank lock Lift ink tank lock Remove the ink ink tank lock lever lever until it stops lever until it stops tank holding of color to replace and push it down and push it down grip amp press OK 4 Pause 4 Pause 4_ Pause 4 Pause 4 OK button Before installing
67. Box 5 Box 6 Box Box 8 Box 9 r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password G This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No 0 Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number Ca 2 In the Documents dialog box select the saved job in the list and click Properties Documents Document Name Owner Souce Paper Type Media Size Plain Paper sample4 jpg E 7 Plain Paper sample3 jpg Plain Paper sample2 jpg KRHKKKX Plain Paper sample1 jpg RERRRRH Plain Paper gt _ wom r we 530 Hard Disk Hard Disk 3 In the Properties dialog box enter the new job name and click OK Properties i Document Name sampled jpg Owner RRR RKRX Source Roll 1 Paper Type Plain Paper Media Size Iso A4 File Size xex KB Pages 1 Date Saved BR KK ERRR XKR Cancel For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Hard Disk 531 Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready J Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Sa aE gt Ej Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 4 sample2 xx
68. Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fr0x Printing Preferences m Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type ERIE z Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Letter 8 5 11 8 50 inx 11 00 in x11 Draft CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Open Preview When Print Job Starts I Default Settings Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing EL ViewSettings Status Monitor About Defaults Help 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPFx00m Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size M Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper Size E O Fit Roll Paper Width F O Scaling G amp Paper Size FD iientation m Aj Portrait Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in le 100 E Paper Source M Roll Paper Width
69. Control Panel System Setup Setting tem Description Instructions a Set the buzzer Choose On for the buzzer to sound once for warnings and three times for errors Detect Mismatch Choose Warning for notification display of a warning message during printing if the type of paper specified in the printer menu does not match the type in the printer driver Choose None to continue to print without notification Choose Pause to have printing paused under these circumstances In this case you can continue printing by pressing the Online button Keep Paper Size Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instead of other settings The margin setting of the printer menu will be used instead of the margin setting of the printer driver if the latter is smaller which may prevent text or images in the margin from being printed S LE s LE _ Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead Even if the margin setting of the printer driver is smaller than that of the printer menu text or images will not be cut off However this requires longer paper because the actual margin will be equal to the margin setting of the printer driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu o S LE S LE Paper Size Basis Sht Selection 1 If sheet size detection is activated choose whether ISO A3 or 13 x19 Super B is applied when an int
70. Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 For instructions on printing office documents refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Office Documents Windows P 192 e Printing Office Documents Mac OS X P 194 Working With Various Print Jobs 191 Printing Office Documents nnn m m Printing Office Documents Windows This topic describes how to print office documents based on the following example e Document Office document created using word processing software or spreadsheet programs e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A4 210 0x297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 ON Make sure the Mainsheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i Media Type EEE X Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings v JE Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing bd Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEI viewSetns O
71. Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Mi Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of i text photographs and graphics IAAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts M Status Monitor About Detauts 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Make your selection in the E Print Target list 274 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size MeEnlarged Reduced Printing Fit Paper Size JE O Fi Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 m 8 50 in x 11 00 in ic Bb Paper Size Match Page Size 2 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50inx11 00in HAO W LA Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing I Paper Source Roll Paper Auto x IM Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm J N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply at Help 8 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 9 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed meth
72. Main Menu COSTS sisses a aee e e ecules al T ennan a 36 Menu es FO i en e E vet asat ete eyue teeta tecnaseeemeveneuates 40 Main Menu Settings escerai seoir RE E E AE 53 Main Menu Settings During Printing sasiccsssscceettesccicearsuncehd cent tensa aserbiotarsetcenetead tmeeay e 66 SUBMENU Display siorino a E E E EE E EE E 67 Status PriNt eesriie EEE AE E EE E E AOR EE 69 Checking Instructions During Printer Operations cceceecceeeesccceeeeeeaeeeeeeneeeseseeaeeeeeeaaaeees 76 Optional accessories ciie E E EAEE E EEEE raei 78 Roll Holder Sets erne r E E R E 78 IEEE 1394 FireWire Expansion Board ego oceds cece dein os Scesciaseccsdeceotecnadeiantectesdaaddanedencesnstesceeneasise 78 Printer Specifications wastes cncintatiacemceconnstacisese denmeneseaueteeentateltestasaceeeeeacteecdcnaataset 79 SPECIISCAUOMS eerren eren Seven tienes aie e eat acese dunia secne inane aes 79 Basic Environmental Performante sesers es Seuss ceded dente a E er R E 84 A ETET a E E E AE hanieeserts 85 Contents i Contents Basic Printing Workflow 86 Printing NO CS CUIS tase irprcncereeeccdcesdendedeccsddedsclebunseacdabuueesssutededodsdgadsotedsddsannundeees 86 Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets cccccessceeceeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeesesaeeeseseneneeseeeeaeeeeees 86 L ading and Printing Orn ROMS xicsiecaiverdcdwvs sdbreavstencekancackevua RE OR EERS 89 Loading and Printing o She StS ccccccvsdceceansccetvaceoctecndsedeva deasnncen den
73. P 113 After you load a roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the type of paper on the Handling Paper 121 Handling rolls Loading rolls in the Roll 2 Lower holder Ay caution Do not detach the Roll Unit in the following cases During printing Vibration from removing the Roll Unit may affect the printing quality e If a sheet is loaded in the printer The sheet may be ejected and rarely it may be bent 1 Confirm that a roll is selected as the paper source P 112 3 Holding the Roll Holder so that the side with the white gear faces the side of the Roll Holder Slot with a white gear load the Roll Holder shaft a into the grooves b on both ends of the Roll Holder Slot A caion Be careful not to drop the roll and hurt yourself when loading it e Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the Roll Holder shaft a and the guide grooves b when loading rolls 122 Handling Paper Handling rolls QO Note e For instructions on attaching the Roll Holder to rolls see Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 4 Pull out the roll evenly on both ends and insert it in the Paper Feed Slot a Advance the roll until the buzzer sounds Important e Be careful not to soil the printing surface of roll paper as you insert it in the slot This may affect the printing quality We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the prin
74. Papa assisia naia 104 Handling Tolosenca 112 Handling sheets for paper feed slots 148 Hard DISK iiaeaoee cgulicenveonterncttoey 480 Fard disk eOr cecnunin aan u gee tebeceactaaee 671 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or NUMbe eeee 674 How 16 Use this Mana s c ccisc eee 1 HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome OW COMO ATEA EE T N 640 HP GL 2 Printing issuers 190 HP GL 2 printing takes a long time 0008 640 HP GL 2 ProDleMS c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteneees 640 HTML Version of the Manual for Printing 5 Printing a group of individual topics in the MANU BO A E E tare 7 Printing a group of topics in the manual 5 Printing selected topics aseeseen 10 IEEE 1394 FireWire Expansion Board 0 78 If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound 8 643 Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding OCCUIS aniani riiseni rinata iaiia 628 imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 415 imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh 440 imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 410 Initializing the Network Settings cseeeeeeee 455 Ik INSUPFICIONE eccna 662 Ink level detection ccccccceeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeenseneees 645 Disabling ink level detection 0 eee 645 Ink level CeteCtiOn eect eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenee 645 Ink Tank Cover Inside 19 Ink tank iS empty ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeees 663
75. Press the A or V button to enter the value O Note e Pressing the A button increases the number by 1 The maximum value is 255 after which 0 is displayed e Pressing the W button decreases the number by 1 The minimum value is 0 after which 255 is displayed Hold down A or Y to increase or decrease the value continuously Repeat steps 6 7 to enter the IP address assigned to the printer Press the Online button to bring the printer online If any settings are changed a confirmation message is displayed In this case press the OK button Important e Be sure to complete step 9 This will activate the values you have entered e You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway on the Control Panel Q Note e If an error message is displayed check the settings and correct any invalid values e To cancel the setup process hold down the Stop button for a second or more Network Setting 445 Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands This topic describes how to configure the IP address using ARP and PING commands To use the ARP and PING commands you will need to know the printer s MAC address You can confirm the MAC address on the Control Panel 1 Check the printer s MAC address You can confirm the MAC address on the Control Panel as follows 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Press A or Y to select Interface Setup and the
76. Printer Default E Disetween Scans Printer Default x JE Roll Paper Margin for Safety near End Margin Printer Default J Scut Speed Printer Default ix AlAutomatic Cutting Printer Default F m w d C Mirror Revert Cancel ox Q Note To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box on the Main pane click Settings by Media Type P 426 Setting Item escription O A Media Type Select the paper type For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 B Drying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed The Drying Time setting is only valid for rolls P 137 C Between Pages Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the paper as needed a Between Scans Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until ee i the next line as needed E Roll Paper oe for You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to oe ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held firmly against the Platen F Near End Margin Specify the length of the Near End Margin the leading edge margin of the roll as needed G Cut Speed Select the speed of automatic cutting as needed You can adjust this setting if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used H Automatic Cutting You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines as desir
77. Tank Space for Printer and Wheeled 2 293 x 1 837 x 1 500 mm 90 3 x 72 3 x 59 1 in installation W x Output Stacker D x H Applicable standards International Energy Star Program Law on Promoting Green Purchasing GPN RoHS Eco Declaration WEEE U S presidential directives 1 The printer uses a trace amount of power even when turned off To stop all power consumption turn off the printer and unplug the power cord Printer Parts 79 Printer Specifications Printing performance Print method Bubblejet 2400 dpi horizontally 1 x 1200 dpi vertically Printhead PF 03 Number of nozzles MBK 5 120 others 2 560 per color 1 Prints with a minimum 1 2400 inch dot pitch between ink droplets Interface USB 2 0 1 Internal port Full speed 12 Mbps high speed 480 Mbps bulk transfer Specification IEEE 802 3 10BASE T IEEE 802 3u 100BASE TX Auto Negotiation IEEE 802 3x Full Duplex Protocols IPX SPX Netware 4 2 5 1 6 0 SNMP TCP IP AppleTalk HTTP IEEE 1394 Optional board compatible with the expansion slot Specification IEEE 1394 1995 conforms to P1394a Specification ver 2 0 half duplex Data Strb differential serial Transfer speed 100 200 400 Mbps Conforms to IEEE 1394 1995 6 pin no power supply 1 Use in USB 2 0 High Speed mode requires the following environment e Computer USB 2 0 High Speed compatible e Operating system Windows Server 2003 Windows XP Windows 2000 or Mac OS X
78. Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFw Preview Standard gt Cancel Print Enhanced Printing Options 339 Conserving roll paper 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation fa To Te E Scale 1100 1 Cancel 0K 12 Select the L Rotate Page 90 degrees check box 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 340 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper You can print without feeding the paper for blank portions of originals if there are top and bottom margins in originals This enables you to conserve as much paper as the size of the margins Important Printing without the top and bottom margins is not supported in the following cases e Banner printing e If y
79. To protect the internal parts in transit always follow the steps below before transferring the printer to a new location Refer to the Setup Guide for details on packing the printer and installing it after transfer Important Be sure to contact your Canon dealer before transferring the printer to a new location Ink may leak and damage the printer if you do not prepare the printer correctly and it is tipped or stood on end in transit Q Note e Itis not possible to prepare the printer for transfer if the Display Screen requests Maintenance Cartridge replacement or checking of the remaining capacity Replace the Maintenance Cartridge before transfer preparations P 586 e Depending on the state of the printer part replacement may be necessary when preparing to transfer the printer that is when you execute the printer menu item to prepare for transfer Ink must be drained before Level 2 or Level 3 printer transfer as described in the following table Prepare a Maintenance Cartridge in advance Always follow the instructions of the service representative when transferring the printer under Level 3 conditions Shipping Required Level Method Permitted Angle of Inclination Amann ar inh Maintenance to Dispose of Example Cartridges 1 1 By truck Lengthwise 0 30 0 or 1 Rotation as By plane All directions 0 30 Approx 200 ml Tipping the Lengthwise 0 90 Approx 700 ml 2or3 printer or Rotation 0 3
80. _ About _Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences a Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing V Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper size JE O Fi Rol Paper width F O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 f a 8 50 in x 11 00 in cc BY Paper size Match Page Size 2 00 Letter 8 5 x11 FB Orientation 8 50inx11 00in 1 A Portrait J Aj O Landscape mA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Mi Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm z N Roll Paper Options _Dutput Method __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply iat Help Enhanced Printing Options 229 Printing enlargements or reductions 7 Inthe L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 8 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 9 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 10 Select the C Enlarged
81. a Output Stacker A cloth tray that catches ejected documents The Output Stacker can be opened and closed using the rod in front b Output Stacker Ejection Guides Prevent printed documents from winding around the Roll Holder or being drawn into the Paper Feed Slot Hold the Wheeled Output Stacker by these guides when moving it c Output Stacker Foot Stand Equipped with casters to facilitate moving it d Stopper Locks the Stand casters Always release the Stopper before moving the printer Moving the printer while the Stopper is locked may scratch the casters or the floor Q Note e For instructions on assembling the Wheeled Output Stacker see the setup guide provided with the Wheeled Output Stacker 158 Handling Paper Output Stacker Using the Wheeled Output Stacker Positioning the Wheeled Output Stacker by the printer will prevent rolls from dropping on the floor after printing The stacker is equipped with casters to facilitate moving it Important e The Output Stacker can accommodate one sheet When printing multiple pages remove each sheet after it is printed Positioning the Wheeled Output Stacker by the printer 1 Holding the Output Stacker Ejection Guides a move the stacker between the printer Stand 2 Lock the casters Handling Paper 159 Output Stacker Removing the Wheeled Output Stacker from the printer O Note e If there is not enough space to move the Wheeled Output Stacker
82. and maintenance which require a lot of ink In this case replace or prepare to replace the Ink Tank before maintenance ink insufficient Press OK and replace ink tank If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Screen When ink runs out the Message lamp flashes a message regarding Ink Tank replacement is shown on the Display Screen and printing is disabled Replace the Ink Tank at this point H Ink tank is empty Replace the ink tank anual B K K Maintenance 575 Printheads Printheads Printhead This is a replacement Printhead for the printer e Printhead PF 03 Q Note e For instructions on replacing the Printhead see Replacing the Printhead P 579 576 Maintenance Printheads Checking for Nozzle Clogging If printing is faint or streaked in different colors make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test pattern to check the nozzles Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking every time you finish printing that quantity P 53 1 Load unused paper e Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 e Loading Rolls in the Printer P 118 e Loading Sheets in the Printer gt P 150 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject 150 ORO 3 Press A or Y to select Test Print and then press the gt button 4 Press A or W
83. box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page oa Ff GQ N Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page ep Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings NetWare Settings Items OOO im o O Dos a Sting Frame Type Specify the type of frame to Disabled use in NetWare NCP Burst Mode Activate this setting to use NCP Burst Mode This mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode Normally leave Print Application Choose the print service NDS PServer Bindery PServer e RPrinter e NDS PServer NPrinter Packet Signature Select If Requested by Server If Requested by Server to use packet signature Bindery File Server Name Specify the name of a file PServer server that has a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Password Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters BE Polling Interval Specify the interval to confirm a jobs 1 15 seconds Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Network Setting 459
84. choose High or Highest in Print Quality and choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing Enhanced Printing Options 287 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows This topic describes how to print a banner about five times as long as the roll width based on the following example e Document A horizontal banner created in Microsoft Word e Page size Non standard 100x500 mm 8 9x19 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Register a Custom Paper Size Banners tend to be in non standard sizes so register a Custom Paper Size In this example 100x500 mm 3 9 19 7 in is registered 2 In the application create an original in the size you registered 3 Print the banner using the settings that correspond to banners Registering a Custom Paper Size This example describes how to register a paper size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 383 2 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit P
85. click B next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs XXX XXX XXX XXX Hard Disk o Driver HardDisk Utility Support gt Ei Hard disk info SE age Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User b 0 Common Box v 1Box1 Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number xxxxxxxx Roll Paper samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper sample2 Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password d Carel D gt For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk 507 Hard Disk Printing a List of Saved Jobs You can print a list of saved print jobs in the common box and each personal box You can also print a list of print jobs by using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Stop LoadjEjeot 150 ORO 2 Print a list of saved print jobs 1 Press A or Y to select Job Management and then press the gt button Press A or V to select Stored Job and then press the button Press A or to select the box number in the range 00 29 and then press the button Enter a password if one has been set and then press the OK button Press A or V to select Print Job List and then press the gt button Press A or W to select Yes and then press the OK button
86. copies 1 999 ies w Restore Defaults Print 3 Update Printer Info e a Printer Information 0 Printer Status Online Feed Information TO 2ol O Important e The driver must be installed from the User Software CD ROM to use this function For instructions on arranging originals from multiple applications refer to the following topics e Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows P 306 e Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X P 308 Enhanced Printing Options 305 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows This topic describes how to arrange multiple originals using the Free Layout function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box gt P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEE Get Information La Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics HEL_ViewSetings e Open Preview When Print Job
87. j S H media Type Plain Paper E B Get Information BC se D Easy Settings E zE print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bc Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Office Document in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set 194 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Office Documents 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Z Presets _Standard iz Page Setup H Emag Size Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto Brot Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing ___________ BJ Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O Scaling 100 5 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing J Paper Size Match Page Size BJ F Ly Print Centered acy e _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm IB L C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF vy Preview Standard _ Cancel E Print 10 Select s
88. or 2 Lower Lift the release lever and replace the roll The roll is empty Follow these steps to replace the used roll with a new roll of the same type and size 1 Lift the Release Lever and remove the roll P 125 P 129 2 Load the new roll P 115 P 118 3 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the type of paper P 113 4 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the paper length P 114 5 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred There is remaining roll paper but because it could Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the not be advanced it could not be detected Advanced Settings of the printer driver and try printing again P 211 Press OK The roll is empty Follow these steps to replace the used roll with a new roll of the same type and size 1 Press the OK button and remove the roll P 125 P 129 2 Load the new roll P 115 P 118 3 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the type of paper P 113 4 If no barcode was printed on the roll specify the paper length P 114 5 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred Error Message 655
89. or before tasks that deplete much of the capacity such as head cleaning or preparations to move the printer check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and replace the Maintenance Cartridge as needed P 586 594 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge Replace or prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge in the following situations If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen When the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low the Message lamp is lit and Prepare for maint cart replacement is displayed You can continue to print but check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one P 594 Online Prepare for maint cart replacement Eana e KK When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted Printhead cleaning Printhead replacement and preparations to transfer the printer deplete much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity In particular preparing to move the printer depletes a lot of the capacity To check the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity press the Information button Replace the Maintenance Cartridge and perform related maintenance as needed H ink X X Maint cart Capacity 100 B D sa B K k If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on the Display Screen When the Maintenance Cartridge
90. the Paper Size WiNdOWS cesceeeeteeeeeteeeeees 267 Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size 265 Borderless Printige 265 Borderless Printing Method cccceseeees 265 Fit Paper SIZ viiaarkl x terstiei a 266 Borderless printng not possible ccceeeeee 660 Check supported paper ccceceeeteeeeseeeees 660 Lift release lever and reload the paper 660 Borderless printng not possible Paper stretched or Canceling print jODS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeees 99 Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X 00ceeee 102 Canceling print jobs from the Control Panel 103 Canceling print jobs from the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor ee 102 Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel 99 Canceling Print Jobs from Windows 100 Canceling print jobs from the Control Panel 101 Canceling print jobs in the printer window or imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 100 Cannot adjust band ccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 666 668 Cannot adjust printhead ceeeeeeeeees 666 668 Cannot connect the printer to the network 634 Cannot Load Sheets ccccccceeseeceeeeeessteeeeneees 618 Cannot print as selected Another roll is in use 653 Index 677 Index Cannot print as specified cseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 665 Lift the release lever and replace paper with A4 LTR vertical or larger
91. 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or YV to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or to select Roll1 Uppr Type or Roll2 Lwr Type and then press the button Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note e For details on types of paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 By default Plain Paper is selected AON e If you move the Release Lever the setting automatically reverts to the previously selected paper e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect printing quality If automatic monitoring of the remaining roll is deactivated Off is selected and you have selected a type of paper for which width detection is deactivated Off is selected you must advance the paper manually to the position for printing P 153 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Handling Paper 113 Handling rolls Specifying the Paper Length Roll When changing the length of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the length as follows Q Note e When you specify the roll length in the printer menu ManageRemainRoll must be set to On e After you select the type of roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the roll length on the Display Screen if no barcode has been printed on the roll
92. 17 in Roll 431 8mm ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 16 in Roll 406 4mm 14 in Roll 355 6mm ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 10 in Roll 254 0mm ISO AO ISO A1 ISO A2 ISO A2 ISO A3 ISO A3 ISO A4 ISO BO ISO B1 ISO B2 ISO B3 ISO B4 JIS BO JIS B1 JIS B2 JIS B3 JIS B4 34 x44 ANSI E 28 x40 ANSI F 22 x34 ANSI D 17 x22 ANSI C 13 x19 Super B 11 x17 Ledger Legal 8 5 x14 Letter 8 5 x11 36 x48 ARCH E 30 x42 ARCH E1 26 x38 ARCH E2 27 x39 ARCH E3 24 x36 ARCH D 18 x24 ARCH C 12 x18 ARCH B 9 x12 ARCH A DIN CO DIN C1 DIN C2 DIN C3 DIN C4 20 x24 18 x22 14 x17 12 x16 10 x12 10 x15 8 x10 US Photo 16 x20 Poster 20 x30 Poster 30 x40 Poster 42 x60 Poster 44 x62 13 x22 Poster 300x900mm Printable area e Rolls 3 mm 0 12 in from each side Sheets 3 mm 0 12 in from the top 23 mm 0 91 in from the bottom and 3mm 0 12 in from the left and right sides For information on the recommended print area see Print Area P 85 Printable area rolls 0 mm from the top 0 from the bottom and 0 mm from the left and right sides 42 in Roll 1066 8mm JIS B0 B1 Roll 1030 0mm 36 in Roll 914 4mm ISO A0 A1 Roll 841 0mm 24 in Roll 609 6mm ISO A1 A2 Roll 594 0mm JIS B2 B3 Roll 515 0mm 17 in Roll 431 8mm 14 in Roll 355 6mm 10 in Roll 254 0mm 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Pa
93. 2 XXXXXXXX XXXX sm Displays the printer s serial number IT n AC 66 Printer Parts Control Panel Submenu Display Press the Information button to display this information one after another the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels paper information printer information and HP GL 2 settings information Each time you press the Information button the following submenus are displayed Q Note e Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode e After you display a submenu the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print job is received or if you do not operate the printer Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels H ink X X Maint cart Capacity 100 3 rae c The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is shown on the top level of the Display Screen The remaining level of each ink is shown on the bottom level of the Display Screen Ink levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identified by the color labels on the bottom of the Display Screen These symbols may be displayed above the ink level if ink is low x if no ink is left and if ink level detection is not on Remaining ink is indicated as follows Full q None Remaining ink levels Information on the loaded paper Here the paper size type and related printer settings are displayed
94. 2 Printer Status Joj Hard Disk i Information i Maintenance B Support Mail Boxes LInboxNo Inboxname ooo l Common Box Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box Box 8 Box 9 Status Hard disk Information Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password G This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No 0 Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number cae 524 Hard Disk Hard Disk 2 In the Documents dialog box select the saved job in the list and click Properties Documents Inbox No Inbox name Documents sample3 jpg 7 Q Plain Paper sample2 ipa HERKRRH Plain Paper sample1 jpg RERRRRK Plain Paper Delete Move us The Properties dialog box is displayed Properties Document Name sample4 ipg Owner RRR RRKX Source Roll 1 Paper Type Plain Paper Media Size 150 A4 File Size xxxx KB Pages 1 Date Saved BRARK ERRR XKR Cancel For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Hard Disk 525 Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready oF Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info A Status Usable x Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User So
95. 306 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X eccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennaaeeees 308 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously 22 ccccccccecscsceccecccctsnesasesetecoessacnteneeaskostseesceadeaseseeeenesseenenese 310 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously WiNGOWS 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeteeteeeeteeeeeeeeesiaaeeees 311 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X ccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeteeeeeeeeentaaeeees 313 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet ccceeesccceeeesneceeeeesaeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaaeeensnaeeesteneeeeeea 315 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet WindOWS ceeeceeceeeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeeeeaeeesteseeeeeeeneaaaeees 316 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X eecceeeeeceeeeeeeseeceeeeeneaeeeeeeaaeeeetenseeeeeesaaaeees 318 Printing Posters in Sections cscs g cach ocesereasentaceupeet ce a ecuctasetaacbhecsiviaunte tack easnctaretiacerecanenieeahieess 321 iv Contents Contents Printing Large Posters Windows iis scaiciccsssicascatdsecwssiasvaseechssattetdebacsedgeniadedenessesetieesaasdentadventavaditne 322 CenternmgonginalS ats ct ses echt e EE cease Sa 324 Printing Originals Centered on R llS srmrssi n aera Ea eaaa A 324 Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows i 2c cicscccteeveenccnscetceseesssdceeas eeterees We sedeeenteeeense 325 Printing Originals Centered on Polis Ma OS X sssrini andane 327 Printing Originals Centered on Sheet
96. 637 Contents ix Contents Installation probleMS iiser iii a EE 638 The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly ccccecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeees 638 Removing Installed Printer Drivers cccesccceeeesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeesaaaeeeseeaeeeseeeneeeeea 639 HP GL 2 OO NS adept eaters ose de dds pee seautateeaa nievaareesCovosesedestane 640 Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that was printed cceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 640 Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 Printing cccceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeees 640 HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome or COlON ss ccecises ccecti cent veseneeanisiretiwadereteoreneds 640 Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP GL 2 Printing c eee 640 P GL 2 printing takes a MONG LIS ssis eiae e En Eae ni 640 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops MOVINQ e eeeeeee 641 Other SPS sosirii e ecm AERES REEE E Aaaa 642 The printer does NONGO ON karisseet chee ns Seay ETE ia Ana Aa AASE NES 642 If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound ssssssssesreneseeneesttrsssrrrnnetnnttstttrnsttrrnsrennntntnnnnsneennnene 643 Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared 644 The printer consumes a lot of WK acetone ceaessectacdanesacanzesincaceetecneicerapectedeandacnaseveastatdveeceateniers 644 Ink levelidetectionssssinnn ann a Eea E ENEE A EE
97. Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard i Page Setup HH mages Size M raper Source Roll Paper Auto JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter DM Enlarged Reduced Printing 2 _ E O Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 E O scaling 100 1 5 600 US Letter H C Borderless Printing Jf Paper Size Match Page Size PH np Lh Print Centered we e _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom ta oO eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel Print 6 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 Enhanced Printing Options 295 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 7 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 16 in 406 4mm Q Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer _iPFxxxx H Presets Standard B Main B E Se eve Canne f BC Get Information 3 Bc Set D Easy Settings E A E prrint Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Drai Actual Size Office Document
98. Adj ccccceeeccceeeeeecceeeeecaeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaeeeeenae 548 Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height ceseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 551 Adjusting the feed amount ciisiincsicncccrntncissisnoeeltendannceveenereneaccsabisuntunmeemencuersdats 552 Adjusting the Feed Amount n nnsnssrsseneoernnrnnsnsernnnnnnnnssnseeeenenesnssserorrrnnnnrrertrnnnnnonnnnnnnneeeneeeee 552 Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 553 Auto Band Adjustment Auto Band Adj ccceeecceeesseeeee cece ee eeeeeneneeeeeeeeeenenseeeeeeeneneeeeneeees 554 Manual Band Adjustment Manual Band Adj ccccccceeeeeee essences eeecaeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenaeeees 556 Banding Adjustment During Printing Fine Band Adj eceeccceeeeeeeeeeeennneeeeeeeeeeteenneeeeeeeeeees 558 Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length x ctcecccestieecsceccxssennsacecsesdesintehadslacibonmedieeiaiaentiteciezensiensers 559 Adjusting the Vacuum Strength VacuumStrngth cece ee eeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeteaeeeeeeee 561 Maintenance 562 AK TANKS ie e ee EEE e Eai EEEE EERS 562 E A E E A E E T 562 Replacing INK ke nm eee eee e e Eaa EA 563 Checkingilnk Tank Levels sserisriniie enintaan iheir eile aniraa EEEE EES 574 When to Replac a NRK TanKS eriiic nesan i eia a e E eee EEE 575 Printheads ccdesascsnecustuwncndesesneeedcennecdcnabhooanhatecsevosedesdansveeeea
99. Adjusting the feed amount and so on Control Panel Main Menu Hard Disk tional accessories and so on Network Setting Network Setting Windows Network Settin lac OS X end so on Replacing Ink Tanks Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printer end so on Frequently Asked Clearing jammed paper end so on Responding to Messages Eror Messages and so on estions internet R 100 Introduction 5 How to use this manual 2 Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area File iP Fxo0c User Manual Windows Internet Explorer DER E lek Edit View Favorites Tools Help ea Erro User Manual Canon Contents With Vari Enhanced Printing Options Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Eror Message Appendix Me he hre Goo imagePROGRAF Large Format Printer iPFxxxx Instruction Manual Home gt Basic Printing Workflow B Printing procedure Printing Options Using Rolls and S Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs fom the Control Panel Cencoling Print Jobs fom Wi Canceling Print Jobs fom Mac OS X The topics in Basic Printing Workflow are displayed together in HTML format ready for printing Go E File Edit View Favorites Tools Help oe a PF User Manual iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer DER J x Liv
100. BO or 44 inch paper When paper of a different size is used a valve is automatically activated to switch the area for paper suction which may make a sound This mechanism prevents vacuum from Vacuum holes where there is no paper In addition ink is ejected in sync with the movement of the Carriage back and forth to ensure optimal ink flow At this time the valve automatically switches the area for paper suction which may make a sound Roll paper makes a fluttering sound during printing There may be a fluttering sound when large paper is advanced You suddenly hear the tone for cleaning operations At regular intervals for printer maintenance cleaning operations will begin automatically even if the printer is in Sleep mode You suddenly hear the tone for ink agitation At regular intervals to ensure optimal printing quality the ink is agitated automatically even if the printer is in Sleep mode Ink agitation takes about a minute and a half The ink is also agitated automatically under the following conditions Note that other operations are not possible while Agitating is displayed on the control panel e After the printer is turned on The time for agitation varies depending on how long the printer has been turned off between about a minute and a half to twenty minutes During agitation you can print or do other operations after the printer goes Online e After data transmission After about a minute and a half the printer goes On
101. CAD drawing Page size A3 297 0x420 0 mm 11 7 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox ce Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation t Tle IE scale 100 H Cancel EB 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A3 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx mA Presets Standard B Main a j S M media Type Plain Paper By B Get Information BCs D Easy Settings E zE print Target o E Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bc Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Prit 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD Line Drawing or CAD Monochrome Line Drawing in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can c
102. Canon dealer has advised you to replace the Printhead Compatible printheads For information on compatible printheads see Printhead P 576 Precautions when handling the Printhead Take the following precautions when handling the Printhead saion e For safety keep the Printhead out of the reach of children If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately Do not touch the Printhead immediately after printing The Printhead becomes extremely hot and there is a risk of burns Important e Avoid dropping or shaking the Printhead Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains e There may be ink around the nozzles of the Printhead you remove Handle the Printhead carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing e Do not open the Printhead pouch until immediately before installation After removing the Printhead from the pouch install it right away If the Printhead is left after the pouch is opened the nozzles may dry out which may affect printing quality If you need to put a Printhead somewhere temporarily before installation do not keep the nozzles and metal contacts P 582 facing down If the nozzles or metal contacts are damaged it may affect the printing quality e Never attempt to take apart or modify a Printhead This may damage the printer e Never touch the Printhead nozzles or metal contacts This may cause printing problems Maintenance 579 Printheads Replacing
103. During HP GL 2 Printing AdjustFaintLines in the main menu is set to On Selecting Off may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken HP GL 2 printing takes a long time Corrective Action Large print jobs with a lot of data take longer to print On the printer Control Panel set Input Resolution to 300dpi P 53 640 Troubleshooting HP GL 2 problems The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops moving The printer is analyzing the print job Either wait a while for printing to resume or on the printer Control Panel set Input Resolution to 300dpi P 53 Troubleshooting 641 Other problems Other problems The printer does not go on The printer is unplugged Plug the power cord into the outlet and then turn on the printer The specified voltage is not supplied Check the voltage of the outlet and breaker Use a power source that conforms to the printer specifications 642 Troubleshooting Other problems If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound The printer makes a sound during The following sounds do not indicate a problem with the printer e There is a sound of vacuum from the Platen To prevent paper from rising paper is held against the Platen by suction from Vacuum holes under it There is a sound when a different size of paper is used and when the Carriage goes from side to side This may happen especially when using
104. E Fit Roll Paper Width the Information dialog box is displayed Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list and click OK e Make sure the roll paper width you specify matches the width of the loaded roll 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 236 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions ss Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox ce Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation Ta Tle Py IE scale 100 Cancel OD 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer PPro H Presets Standard E Main iz Bi Get Information i Set D Easy Settings
105. Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 8 Click O Paper Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box Paper Size Options Paper Size List Name JIS B1 JIS B2 JIS B3 JIS B4 9 34 x44 ANSI E 2 28 x40 ANSI F a 22 x34 ANSI D 17 x22 ANSI C e 13 x19 Super B 211 x17 Ledger Letter 8 5 x11 Display Series Size 28 66 x 40 55 20 28 x 28 66 14 33 x 20 28 10 12 x 14 33 34 00 x 44 00 28 00 x 40 00 22 00 x 34 00 17 00 x 22 00 13 00 x 19 00 11 00 x 17 00 8 50 x 11 00 2150 B B3 B4 3JIS B3 B4 E Custom Paper Size Name a BD units A O mm inch JE Paper Size Borderless Printing Size Width 850 gt inch 3 34 44 02 Height 11 00 inch 8 00 708 66 E Aua 4 DIN C3 C4 Photo 5ARCH A B Oversize Other OK Cancel Help 9 Complete the following settings in the Paper Size Options dialog box 1 Enter a desired paper name in C Custom Paper Size Name 430 mm Square is used in this 10 11 12 13 14 example 2 Confirm that mm is selected in D Units 3 Under E Paper Size enter 430 in both Width and Height O Note e If you select the Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height check box after you enter a value in either Width or Height the other value will be automatically applied based on the o
106. Help f Document Name Status Owner Pages Size Printing XXXXXXXX xx xxx MB xx xMB 8 55 Pause Restart lt Properties Cancels the selected documents 3 If the job to cancel is not shown in the printer window that is if the print data has already been received by the printer double click the taskbar icon to display imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 4 On the Printer Status sheet click Cancel Job Canon iP Poox Printing Now printing sample txt Ink Levels O M Y MBK BK Maintenance cartridge free space Job Information Owner RRRERRRK Document Name sample txt Cancel Job Feed Information Source Size Type Paper Remaining Manual feed tray 2S Empty Roll Paper 1 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper A 64 0 m 209 t11 in Roll Paper 2 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper A 64 0 m 7 209 ft 11 in 100 Basic Printing Workflow Canceling print jobs Canceling print jobs from the Control Panel Use the Control Panel to cancel print jobs that have already been received by the printer or that are currently being printed as needed 1 If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues flashing hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing Basic Printing Workflow 101 Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X Cancel print jobs in Mac OS X in one of the following ways Canceli
107. L Details CAD High Accuracy P i sai Photo from digital camera Sores ettings Poster Notice Announcement Print Priority Image 3D GIS Map Print Quality Standard Scanned Image Color Mode Color Highest Quality Color Adjustment Brightness 0 Contrast 0 Saturation 0 Object Adjustment All Matching Mode Driver Matching Made Matching Method Perceptual Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On OK Cancel Help G Note e To display the View Settings dialog box on the Main sheet click View Settings by Print Target P 385 Settingltem Description O A Print Target Shows all Print Target options settings items for the printing application Identifies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon C Details Here you can confirm detailed settings values for each listed item for the selected Print Target 390 Windows Software Printer Driver Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows If the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment sheet Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching X ABCDEF 1234567 IA Sample Type Standard v BIC view Color Patem H Brightness IEO Appl to Sample D Contrast High High High Warm Black w I Light Qa High i Saturation j High Object Adjustment Defauts OK Cancel Help Q Note To display the Co
108. Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bi Printer _ PDF vy Preview Standard Cancel E Print 8 In C Page Size make sure 100 500 is displayed as registered in Page Setup 9 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 10 Click F Fit Roll Paper Width 11 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing QO Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 296 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes By specifying the paper size you can print on non standard sizes of paper There are two ways to print on non standard paper sizes as follows Registering non standard paper size in the printer driver After you register non standard paper sizes they are listed with standard sizes so that you can choose them anytime as needed Q Note e These non standard paper sizes you register in the printer driver are called Custom Paper Sizes in Windows and Custom Sizes in Mac OS X Specifying custom paper sizes for temporary use Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the printer driver the sizes will not be available after you exit the application If you want to set up a non standard paper size so that it will
109. Letter 8 5 x11 W Display Series Size 28 66 x 40 55 20 28 x 28 66 14 33 x 20 28 10 12 x 14 33 34 00 x 44 00 28 00 x 40 00 22 00 x 34 00 17 00 x 22 00 13 00 x 19 00 11 00 x 17 00 8 50 x 11 00 a Custom Paper Size Name D units a Omm inch E Paper Size Borderless Printing Size Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height Width 8 50 inch 3 94 44 02 11 00 inch 8 00 708 66 E aca Height 2150 B B3 B4 3JIS B3 B4 4 DIN C3 C4 5ARCH A B Photo Oversize Other OK Cancel Help Q Note e To display the Paper Size Options dialog box on the Page Setup sheet click Paper Size Options P 397 Setting item escription A Paper Size List Shows the names and sizes of paper that can be used with the printer driver B Delete Custom paper sizes created by users can be deleted from the Paper Size List as needed However they cannot be deleted in the following situations e Ifa standard paper size of the printer driver is selected e If an oversized paper size is selected e If a paper size in a red box is selected C Custom Paper Size Name You can name Custom Paper Size as desired Specify the desired unit of measure for the Custom Paper Size height and width E Paper Size Specify the desired Width and Height You can make your selection from sizes that are compatible with Borderles
110. Mac OS X oiiire 359 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows cceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeenees 357 Managing Queued Jobs Deleting or Preempting Other JODS c2evo ceieactecees beste nchteahet aoia 490 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MMAGIMIOSMN sissies Ae S E 492 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor NOOWS facor ia 492 Using RemoteUl eesriie 491 Using the Control Panel s es 491 Manual Band Adjustment Manual Band Ad 556 Manual Straightening of Lines and Colors Manual Head Ad 0 cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 546 Manually Loading Paper to the Position for PARAM G E E N dace dees ep egbeebe T 153 Matching Sheet Windows ecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 393 Driver Matching Mode ccccceceeeesteeeeeees 393 ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode and Host ICM MOQ Sciencies 394 Maximum jobs stored irissasnianiisenasaas 672 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X 430 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows 389 Menu Structure ci 2ccctidesscecethssssecdcesdartscddadeateaccseasares 40 Main Mem Uioiri naana ia 40 Main menu during printing 52 SUDMENUS ici ccccsecechiccceecedtcecvecccascasteccdadenstaadteceees 51 Messages advising to check the maintenance Cartridge are not cleared 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 644 Messages regarding HP GL 2 ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 673 Messages regarding ink ccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeees 662 Me
111. Macintosh 54 Printer Parts Paper Details The type of paper is displayed here 1 Roll DryingTime Scan Wait Time Feed Priority Adjust Length Head Height Skew Check Lv VacuumStrngth Width Detection NearEnd RollMrgn Cut Speed Trim Edge First Cutting Mode Control Panel Description Instructions Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing in consideration of how quickly the ink dries Note that printing will take longer if you specify a wait time Specify exact paper feeding if desired Normally select Automatic Choose Print Length if you prefer to feed the paper an exact amount However note that choosing Print Length may result in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage of the current paper Enter either the adjustment results from Print Pattern or the discrepancy that you measured as a percentage For paper that tends to stretch increase the feed amount by choosing a higher adjustment value For paper that tends to shrink decrease the feed amount by choosing a lower adjustment value Adjust the Printhead height P 551 If you print on Japanese paper washi or other handmade paper that has an irregular width choose Loose for a higher skew detec
112. Main menu operations when no print job is in progress P 34 e Main menu operations during printing P 34 e Submenu operations P 35 Main menu operations when no print job is in progress Access the main menu by pressing the Menu button on the Control Panel O Note The main menu will not be displayed in the following case even if you press the Menu button e An error message is displayed Switches to Menu mode after the problem is solved The following operations are available from the main menu Paper settings e Print settings e Printer settings e HP GL 2 settings e Job management menu operations For a description of specific items available in the main menu see Main Menu Settings P 53 For instructions on selecting and setting main menu items see Main Menu Operations P 36 Q Note By default main menu settings apply to all print jobs However for settings that are also available in the printer driver the values specified in the printer driver take priority Main menu operations during printing The Menu Durng Prtng and Job Mgmt Menu can be accessed from the Menu Selection screen by pressing the Menu button on the control panel during printing Other menus are available after printing is finished Q Note e The Menu Selection screen will not be displayed in the following case even if you press the Menu button e An error message is displayed Switches to Menu mode after the pro
113. Menu mode printing Switches online and the Online lamp is lit Print is resumed 32 Printer Parts Control Panel Switching to Menu Mode Press the Menu button to display the main menu Loadejeot eE ORO Depending on the status the printer switches to Menu mode as follows Printer Status When Menu is Pressed Online printing Either menus available during printing or a screen to manage print jobs is displayed If you select a menu the printer switches to that menu mode Offline printing Menus available during printing are displayed Offline when an error message is displayed You cannot access Menu mode until the problem is solved Press the Information button to display the submenus Press the Information button to display the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels as well as information on the loaded paper and the printer Press the Information button repeatedly to change the information displayed P 67 Press any button other than the Information button to restore the previous mode After you display a submenu the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ten seconds if no print job is received or if you do not operate the printer 0 Note e You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more P 578 Printer Parts 33 Control Panel Printer Menu Operations The printer menu includes a main menu and submenus e
114. Monitor 537 Using Remoteull hessen 535 Using the Control Panel ccceeeeeeees 534 Device Settings Sheet Windows cseee 408 Device Setup Utility cissie 415 Digital Photo Front ACCeSS ccseceeeeteeesteeeeees 411 Displaying a List of Saved Jobs ceceeeeeeeeees 503 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MAG OS csr eerie ee petersenii terse 507 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINDOWS asis tcecceiescecceericccccectisceceecveyaeeecevenses 506 Using Remoteul 0 ecceeeeeceeeeeeenteeeeeeees 504 Using the Control Panel s e 503 Displaying Details of Saved JobS ee 522 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MAG OS E E E 526 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor ONOOWS aeir A 524 Using Remoteul l ecacdicnehannina 522 Do Not Save Print Jobs in the Common Box 489 Documents are printed crooked l n 631 Documents are printed in monochrome 5 632 Index E Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors OCCU anie as assed teea een eras uses a aE 454 End of Paper TOC andra es 659 Enhanced Printing Options 0 csceeeeeeeseeeeeees 201 Erasing Data on the Printer s Hard Disk 542 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or number 0 ee 674 Error MeSSaQe eeccceeececcceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenenees 647 Error Messages 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeneaaes 648 Error MESSAGES eeeecceeeeeeeeeeeee
115. NO Access the Main pane E B E Get Information Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard Main a Bi Ce Set D Easy Settings H E Print Targe Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set Printer PDFv Preview 262 Enhanced Printing Options a Standard E Print Cancel Printing at full size 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Make your selection in the E Print Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Weaper Source Roll Paper Auto DE JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing __________ BJ Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 5 5 600 US Letter m ae H _ Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size By FI am Ll Print Centered PDF wv Preview Standard _ Cancel E Print 11 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll
116. Network Setting Network Environment System requirements The system requirements which vary depending on your network are as follows e Printing over a TCP IP network e Compatible operating systems e Windows 2000 Professional or Server e Windows XP Home Edition or Professional e Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Windows Vista Home Basic Business Ultimate e Windows Server 2008 Standard Edition or Enterprise Edition e Mac OS X 10 2 8 or later e Compatible computer e A computer that runs one of the operating systems mentioned e Printing over an AppleTalk network e Compatible operating systems e Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 4 e Compatible computer Q Note The printer cannot be used over a LocalTalk network e Compatible with EtherTalk Phase 2 e A computer that runs one of the operating systems mentioned e Printing over a NetWare network e Compatible servers e Novell NetWare 4 2 5 1 6 0 e Compatible clients e Windows 2000 Professional or Server e Windows XP Professional e Compatible computer Q Note e In NetWare 6 0 iPrint is not supported e A computer that runs one of the operating systems mentioned Network Setting 441 Network Setting Network Environment After confirming what type of network environment you will connect the printer to set up the printer and computers as needed e Example of a Windows network In Windows networks print over TCP IP Windows Windows
117. OK Button In Menu mode press this button to confirm or execute the selected item or setting Also press this button if the Display Screen indicates to press the OK button o Information Button Displays printer submenus Press this button to display information about ink paper and so on P 67 You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead Head Cleaning A p Power Button Turns the printer on and off P 25 q Load Eject Button By pressing this button you can check instructions on loading and removing paper Instructions for loading paper are shown on the Display Screen if pressed when no paper is loaded and instructions for removing paper are shown if paper is loaded r Stop Button Hold down for at least a second to cancel print jobs in progress or end the ink drying period Q Note In Sleep mode you can press any button except the Power button to bring the printer online again 22 Printer Parts Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel a Online Button Green Switches the printer online and offline P 32 e On The printer is online Flashing The printer is switching modes Off The printer is offline b Menu Button Displays the main menu of the printer P 53 c Data lamp Green Flashing During printing the Data lamp flashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs Otherwise this lamp flashes when the print job is paused or the pri
118. OS X P 432 Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X P 434 Page Setup Pane Mac OS X P 435 You can specify the page size of the original borderless printing enlargement or reduction the orientation the paper size and source and automatic cutting Utility Pane Mac OS X P 437 You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount as well as settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X P 438 You can specify settings for how print jobs are sent to the printer Support Pane Mac OS X P 439 You can view support information and the user s manual With the imagePROGRAF Free Layout feature you can arrange originals from various source applications on a single page before printing For details see Free Layout With the imagePROGRAF Preview feature you can check the layout before printing and adjust layout or size settings while viewing a preview screen For details see Preview With the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy feature you can automatically enlarge and print scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 418 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver ss Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dial
119. Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 12 Confirm that the roll paper width matches the paper size Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iz Main B es JA media Type Plain Paper IBC Get information _ gc Set D Easy Settings print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations M Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set if Printer PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print Enhanced Printing Options 263 Printing at full size 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 Borderless A Settings B Format for Paper Size D Orientation B B i Page Attributes iPFxxxx Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Ti tet Th E Scale a EOD Cancel 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start
120. Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mmn lt M re i Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help Enhanced Printing Options 241 Printing enlargements or reductions 7 Inthe L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 8 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 9 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 10 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 11 Click ISO A4 in the G Paper Size list 12 Click F Scaling and enter 120 Q Note e You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size but in this case the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed e If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size the original is printed in the upper left corner In this case you can center originals by selecting G Print Centered on the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support 7 Page Layout B Al 2 Pages Sheet E Set Watermark JE conrIDenTiaL v JE Edt watermark Letter 8 5 x11 m 8 50 in x 11 00 in si Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 i i a inx11 00in H s5
121. Printer _ iPFxxxx ns Presets Standard B Page Setup Es ages Size Wreaper Source Roll Paper Auto JB Rol Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing e Bor Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 a O Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Lett A bas H Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Match Page Size C Print Centered ide pa e __ No Spaces at Top or Bottom 4 ID L C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFw Preview Standard Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 368 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings 8 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard iz Main E es A Media Type Plain Paper Bc Get Information gc Set B _ Easy Settings Es Bprint Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Fo View set if Printer J PDF v Preview Standard Cancel E Prit 9 In the A Media Type list select the type o
122. Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X cceeceeee 276 Borderless Printing at Actual Size 0 0 2 ceec ce cecceceeeeeeece ee eeeeaeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeees 279 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeceaeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeseaeeees 281 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X ceeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeeeeseaeeees 283 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 286 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing cccseeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 286 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows ceeeeeeee 288 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X 293 Printing on Non Standard Pap r SIZES serere iian aE raa ETEA 297 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows ssssseseessenenesenresoerrnnnerennrrrenreserrrnerrnrent 298 Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X cecccccceeeeeeceeeeenseeeeeeesnaeeeeeseeeeeeteeaaeeees 302 Tiling and multiple pages per Sheet ce ceecesecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 304 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other cccccececeeceeeeseceeeeeesaeeeeeeenaeeeeneseeeeeteneaaeeees 304 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Windows ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaaeeees
123. Printing procedure 3 Click Print to start printing As shown in the following illustration you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for various methods of printing including enlarged and reduced printing borderless printing and so on Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard B v Copies amp Pages Layout Scheduler Paper Handling Pages f ColorSync Copies Cover Page Page Setup PDF wv Pre Cancel ide i Additional Settings paci Ei Support Summary 98 Basic Printing Workflow Canceling print jobs Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel print jobs or ink drying in progress when the printer is online offline or in Menu mode Printer operation varies depending on the status when you hold down the Stop button for a second or more during printing e If you press the Stop button before printing starts Holding down the Stop button for a second or more before printing cancels the print job and brings the printer online When the roll is selected as the paper source the printer goes online and when sheet is selected the printer goes offline Rose Wine The Printer does not print e If you press the Stop button during printing Holding down the Stop button for a second or more during printing stops printing immediately The printer stops immed
124. Priority is not selected Printhead characteristics gradually change through repeated use and colors may change Color may change slightly even on the same model of printer if you use a different version of the firmware environment or printer driver or when you print under different settings or in a different printing environment In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver access Color Settings in Color Mode to adjust colors Refer to the computer and monitor documentation to adjust the colors Adjust the settings of the color management software referring to the software documentation as needed Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged P 577 Click Special Settings on the Layout sheet of the printer driver and select Application Color Matching Priority in the dialog box Adjust the Printhead alignment P 544 P 546 Follow these steps to prepare the printing 1 Use the same version of firmware printer driver and other software 2 Specify the same value for all settings items Troubleshooting 625 Problems with the printing quality Banding in different colors occurs The paper feed amount is out of adjustment Adjust the feed amount P 552 Printing does not proceed smoothly because print Exit other applications and cancel other print jobs jobs are interrupted during transmission In the printer menu Print Length is specified in Selecting Band Joi
125. Reduced Printing check box 11 Click D Fit Paper Size 12 Click ISO A3 in the G Paper Size list 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 230 Enhanced Printing Options This topic describes how to enlarge originals before p example Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3x11 7 Paper Roll Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 A Settings B Format for Paper Size D Orientation E Scale In the C Paper Size list click the size of t Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh amp NY Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X rinting to match the paper size based on the following in Letter 5 in Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Page Attributes E iPFxxxx EJ Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 5 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm E fal To To O lS 100 Select the printer in the B Format for list he original In this case click ISO A4 B Presets Standard B Main B H E Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 M media Type Cc oM Easy Settings he E prrint Targe Plain Paper c
126. Rotate 180 degrees pi ia No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W copies 15 1 999 C Reverse Order Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 242 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in Important e In borderless printing you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation f fa IE scale 100 H Cancel CB 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Ac
127. SettiNg Srnci 53 AGUSE PIM P esepinirara iancwohedal 60 GL2 SetNJ Siepie 58 PMT MMA ON censon 65 Interface Setup eccceeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesetaeeseneees 61 Job ManagemMent eeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeneeeeeeenaaes 57 WalNt NAN Eene 62 Paper Details cc cccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeneeees 55 Paper M nu ccccccccceeesseeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeseneees 54 System Setup essei inedia eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeseaes 63 Main Menu Settings During Printing 06 66 INFOMATION oe eee eee cece eeete eee eeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaaes 66 Main Pane Mac OS X cccecesceeeteeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 426 Configuration using Advanced Settings 427 Configuration using Easy Settings 426 Main Sheet WindOWS ccccsseeeeereeesteeeeeeees 385 Configuration using Advanced Settings 386 Configuration using Easy Settings 385 MAING NANCE soseste i 562 Maintenance Cartridge ccccccceeeseeeeeetteeeeeneees 585 Maintenance cartridge full 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeereees 670 Maintenance cartridge problem cceeeeeee 670 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation cece ecccecsseeceeeeseteeeeeeeseeeeeeeessteeeeeees 356 MITON aoten tiaia eaae aei on iaaa a 356 Orientation cececcccccceesteececseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeees 356 Rotate 180 GeQree eececeeeeseeeeeeeentteeeeeeeaes 356 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation
128. Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeene erences eeeceneeeeteeeeeeeesnaaeeees 430 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X eccceeeesceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 431 Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X scscisssssccccnasccresneaceneazansunceentiasncctenstnestnpeinentanncwabeesnanduccs 432 Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeecaaeeeseeeeeeeeeenaees 434 Page Setup Pane Mac OS X sicsicisstecercasssecensducveasensssecnersensseenstandctansseeneceintecianenaiazeteavannennense 435 Wiility Pare Wa OSX EE 437 Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X ccceecccceecessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaaaeeeeaaaeeseesaeeeeeeneaaaeeeeeaes 438 Support Pane Mac OS X siiasicincccatetiesnasccherssunisadaeiinnscecwaanaibuineinasiseddsletetiedbeaysubiharadarnedaasaetexaiisanieds 439 PP PIMEMOMNMON oee a E E E 440 imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh seriinin iae 440 vi Contents Network Setting Network Setting reseni a Ee A ESEE REAR eE Network ENVIFOMMOGMl ccccid scccastcsscscceseteenonernsstcenwaduansouts dubecerdascntiacnsdenoideantncedenitcecteres Configuring the IP Address on the Printer ccccccccsceseeccceeeeeeescecneeseeeneeeneseceeeenee Configuring the IP Address Using inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel ccccceeeeereees Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING CommandSs
129. Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Letter J Paper Size A C Borderless Printing Match Page Size BJ r Bi oa Print Centered pm el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom bd lest E al _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print 11 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard _ E Main i zm IBC Get Information g aC se Dy Easy Settings n Beri t Target z p Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 a Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable fo that contai r printing normal documents n a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print 360 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful
130. Starts Status Monitor _ About __ Detauts _ Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A M Page Layout B A 2 Pages Sheet L c DA watermark JE CONFIDENTIAL v F Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 Bs0inx11 00in G E A a St BN on ME a F Fota 180 degrees 33 P No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W copies 18 1 399 Reverse Order Ko Special Settings Peers OK Cancel J Apply J Help 5 Select the A Page Layout check box 6 Click Free Layout in the B Page Layout list 306 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 7 When you attempt to print the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed At this point the document will not be printed yet g imagePROGRAF Free Layout Canon iP Poox Ce File Edit Yiew Object Help Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm Unitstinch Number of Objects 4 8 Edit and rearrange the image in the inagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired O Important e Without closing the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window repeat steps 1 7 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For instructions on editing and rearranging images refer to the imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic 9 Print from the imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu
131. Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing ad Letter 8 5 x11 i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL__ViewSettnas e Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Defauts _ 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD Line Drawing in the E Print Target list Q Note You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 354 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing V Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper size JE O Fi Rol Paper width IF O Scaing G 4 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in fA Orientation mi Aj O Landscape T 8 9 10 11 m Aj Portrait my Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Paper Source Mi Rol Paper width Roll Paper Auto 17 in Roll 431 8mm v N Roll Paper Op
132. The main menu will not be displayed in the following case even if you press the Menu button e When an error message is displayed You can switch to Menu mode after the problem is solved Simply press buttons on the Control Panel to access various function menus from the main menu and set or execute menu items The following section describes menu operations and how they are presented in this User Manual e Accessing menus gt P 37 Specifying menu items P 38 e Specifying numerical values P 39 e Executing menu commands P 39 36 Printer Parts Control Panel Accessing menus Printer menus are grouped by function Menus are displayed with the upper line selected Use the buttons on the Control Panel to access each menu GB MAIN MENU lt Paper Cutting Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu Paper Details Job Management L No L Yes MMAIN MENU Paper Cutting gt Rep Ink Tank gt Head Cleaning gt Media Menu gt Paper Details gt Job Management gt e Press A to access a higher level menu on the same screen and press W to access a lower one If not all menus can be displayed on the screen at once press A and to scroll the menu Items you select are highlighted The scroll bar at right indicates the current position in the overall menu e Lower level menus are available if gt is displayed at right To access these lower level menus select a menu and p
133. Windows This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings Registering a favorite Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Complete the print settings 4 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details e B Default Settings Default Settings a Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graphics H2 g s Apply Favorite c Add m v Application Settings Priority OK Cancel JI Apply Help 5 Click H Add to display the Add dialog box 6 Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box e Enter a desired name in Name such as Photos for Presentations or Monthly Report Choose a fitting icon for these print settings in the Icon list e In Comment enter a description of the favorite to be added as desired 7 Click OK to close the Add dialog bo
134. Windows Software Printer Driver Settings Summaries Dialog Box Windows The Settings Summaries dialog box enables you to confirm the settings for the Main Page Setup Layout and Favorites sheets Settings Summaries Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Parameter Settings Media Type Plain Paper Media Detailed Settings Between Pages Printer Default Between Scans Printer Default Near End Margin Printer Default Cut Speed Printer Default Mirror Off Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Color Adjustment Cyan Manenta Button Corresponding Utility Click to copy the settings information to the clipboard You can paste the settings information into a file created with a text editor or similar application Windows Software 409 Status Monitor Status Monitor imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows imagePROGRAF Status Monitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs Two screens are available in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Printer List shows a list of printers and Status Monitor shows details for each printer F imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Printer List BENE Printer View Help SiE Pe zlil e 215 Canon iPFxxxx Printer Ready Ink Levels iim 2 3 C M Y MBK BK Maintenance cartridge free space Job Information Owner Document Name Feed Information Source Size Ty
135. a Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable fo that contai r printing normal documents n a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print Working With Various Print Jobs 179 Printing CAD Drawings 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A3 A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox ie Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation Ta To Te E Scale 1100 3 l Cancel SE 13 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X P 418 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 180 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings Printing CAD Drawings in Monochrome The following settings are available for monochrome printing of line drawings such as CAD documents Print Target CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Easy Settings Monochrome BK ink Advanced Color Settings Monochrome Bitmap Settings optimized for monochrome printing of line drawings su
136. access printable HTML versions from subtitles in the table of contents you can specify a group of topics to print 1 Click a section title in the table of contents Here Basic Printing Workflow is used as an example gt iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer G e jee x lve sem jek File Edit View Favorites Tools Help d a proce User Manual De GL Be sprog took Canon Large Format Printer Contents Instruction Manual Home Working With Various Print Jobs Basic Printing Printing on rolls Enhanced Printing Options Wo fow Printing on sheets an so on Windows Software Working With Various Printing CAD Drawings Mac OS X Software Pim Tb Printing Photos and Images and so on Handling Paper Enlargement and reduction Adjustments for Better Print A B bss printi Quality inti Non St Painter Parts Conserving paper and so on Network Setting 2 A 2 Printer Driver Maintenance HDI driver Troubleshooting Print Plug In for Word Eror Message Status Monitor Appendix Free Layout Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Preview and so on Printer Driver Printmonitor Free Layout Color imageRI Copy Preview and so on How to use this manual imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Types of paper Roll paper Sheets and so on Adjusting the Printhead Adjusting the feed amount and so on Control Panel Main Menu Hard Disk tional accessories and so on Network Setting Network Setting Windows Network S
137. address assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note e To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway Noah WN Windows Software 417 Printer Driver Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X For instructions on accessing the Mac OS X printer driver refer to the following topics e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X P 425 Printer iPFxxxx Hy Presets Standard B v Copies amp Pages a Layout Copies l Output Options Scheduler Pages Paper Handling 010 Page Setup 2 Yo w utility Cancel C Print DF Ip Additional Settings Support Summary For information on the Mac OS X printer driver settings refer to the following topics Main Pane Mac OS X gt P 426 You can specify the media type color processing print quality print preview and other settings Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired e Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X P 430 e View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X P 431 Color Settings Pane Color Mac
138. and Faxes or Printers window 2 Clear Pause Printing in the File menu to restart the print job In Mac OS X restart the print job as follows 1 Open the Printer Setup Utility or the Print Center 2 Select the printer and then Start Jobs in the Printers menu to restart the print job u The printer does not respond even if print jobs are sent Corrective Action The printer is offline Press the Online button on the Control Panel to bring the printer online You have printed when select Save Print the job saved on the printer s hard disk in mail box is selected in Output P 509 Method The display screen indicates the system is filling with ink The printer was forced off during Wait until the system has been filled with ink This process may take operation about ten minutes Troubleshooting 619 The printer stops during a print job The printer stops during a print job An error message is shown on the Display Screen O OSes Corrective Action O An error message is displayed during printing Check the error message and take action as necessary P 648 The last portion of roll paper was used during a print Remove the used roll and insert a new roll job and paper could not be advanced because the gt P 125 trailing edge is taped to the roll P 129 P 89 The printer ejects blank unprinted paper PoC Status Corrective Action O The leading edge of the ro
139. are categorized into groups based on the size system such as ISO A or JIS In Windows some size systems are not available by default Follow these steps to make them available 1 Display the printer driver dialog box 2 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet 3 Click Paper Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box 4 Select the Display Series check box e For details on non standard paper sizes see Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 297 e Borderless printing is not supported on sheets Handling Paper 111 Handling rolls Handling rolls Selecting the Paper Source When advancing paper press the Feeder Selection button and select the source You can determine the selected source by checking which lamp is lit either the Roll Media lamp a or the Cut Sheet lamp b e Roll Media lamp Selected when printing on Roll Media e Cut Sheet lamp Selected when printing on Sheets OR Q Note e If a sheet is loaded when you change the paper source to a roll Eject sheet is displayed Press the OK button and remove the sheet e You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations When the Message lamp is flashing Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 647 When the Data lamp is flashing Select the paper source after printing is finished When a printer menu operation is in progress Wait until the operation
140. box The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites Q Note To save a favorite as a file click J Export and specify the file to save Windows Software 379 Printer Driver Printing using the favorite Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details Default Settings Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 i E Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K ssj mixture of text photos and graphics Bl g G o B Default Settings Apply Favorite Add v Application Settings Priority t OK Cancel JI Apply Help 4 In the A Favorites choose the favorite you registered Q Note To import a favorite click I Import and specify the favorite file 5 Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings 6 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e F
141. brighter colors Color CAD 3 Print emulating the Canon BJ W3000 W3050 x colors resembling colors produced by these printers Color CAD 4 Print emulating the HP Designjet i in colors resembling colors produced by these printers Color CAD 5 Print emulating the HP Designjet a in colors resembling colors produced by these printers 1 Color CAD 6 Print emulating the HP Designjet a in colors resembling colors produced by these printers Print Quality Choose the print quality Choose the print Choose the print quality Print Economy Although printing quality is diminished less ink is consumed than in regular printing Select On to conserve ink Input Resolution PF Choose the printer input resolution 600dpi or 300dpi Paper Source O Choose the source of paper for HP GL 2 printing Line Cap Choose the shape of the end point determined by Software or Rounded If you choose Software Operation is determined by the application If nothing is specified by the application the result is as shown in the figure e If you choose Rounded TN Choose whether to print arcs as smooth curved lines or as multiple connected line segments If you choose Software Operation is determined by the application If nothing is specified by the application the result is as shown in the figure Note By default this is a 72 sided figure 58 Printer Parts Control Panel Description Instructions a a Line Width C
142. condition determines which roll is used When Width Detection is set to Off the seventh condition determines which roll is used Q Note e When neither loaded roll matches the width specified in the print job an error message is displayed 6 Use a size of paper that accommodates the width specified in the print job When both loaded rolls can accommodate the width specified in the print job the seventh condition determines which roll is used Q Note e When Detect Mismatch in the printer menu is set to Warning or None the roll is determined by the following conditions When neither loaded roll is wide enough for the print job and Detect Mismatch in the printer menu is set to Pause an error message is displayed 7 The roll closest to the roll width specified in the print job is used If both rolls are equally close to the specified width the currently advanced roll is used Handling Paper 147 Handling sheets for paper feed slots Handling sheets for paper feed slots Selecting the Paper Source When advancing paper press the Feeder Selection button and select the source You can determine the selected source by checking which lamp is lit either the Roll Media lamp a or the Cut Sheet lamp b e Roll Media lamp Selected when printing on Roll Media e Cut Sheet lamp Selected when printing on Sheets ot D coa OR Q Note e If a sheet is loaded when you change the paper source to a roll Eject s
143. correctly and the print queue is available 4 If data transmission to a printer on another subnet fails deactivate NCP burst mode in that printer s network protocol settings 5 If the printer is used in queue server mode specify Other Unknown as the printer type 636 Troubleshooting Cannot print over a network Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks The AppleTalk protocol is not enabled on the printer Activate AppleTalk on the printer The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s AppleTalk settings are configured correctly configured correctly P 473 P 479 The computer and printer are not on the same Due to the nature of Bonjour you cannot print if network the printer is on another network behind a router Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network For information about network settings ask your network administrator Troubleshooting 637 Installation problems Installation problems The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly In Windows the device interface driver may not be installed correctly in some cases if you connected the IEEE 1394 cable before installing the printer driver If so reinstall the IEEE 1394 device interface driver and the printer driver as follows Important hON oOo CON e This procedure is based on an example for Windows XP The name of the wizard may be different in other operatin
144. describes how to print four pages of an original on a single sheet based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A3 297 0x420 0 mm 11 7 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox fe Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation IE scale 100 E Cancel 0K Select the printer in the B Format for list Inthe C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A3 Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu ou kh WN Access the Layout pane Printer _ iPFxxxx Presets Standard S gg Layout A Pages per Sheet 1 iz i S E A eg B Layout Direction 5 Nal aN 1 Border None iz 2 PDF Preview Cancel Print T Click 4 0 in the A Pages per Sheet list OQ Note e You can choose the layout order and specify a boundary line for the four pages in B Layout Direction and C Border 318 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 8 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Main E B Get Information BC se Di Easy Settings re as Bprint rge
145. eaoin 663 Wrong maintenance cartridge ceeeeeeeeeeee 670 Wrong printhead se eure dein 669 CANON INC 2008
146. edges of the paper are dirty Corrective Action The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing or printing on small paper The paper type as specified on the printer does not match the type specified in the printer driver The paper is wrinkled or warped A cut line is printed because the function to reduce cutting dust has been activated The Printhead is set too low You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink The Ejection Guide is soiled Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen P 597 Make sure the same paper type is specified on the printer as in the printer driver P 113 P 149 Make sure the same paper type is specified in the printer driver as on the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the paper type in the printer driver and try printing again Straighten out the wrinkles or curls and reload the paper Do not use paper that has been printed on previously P 118 If this function is not needed deactivate CutDustReduct through the printer menu In Head Height choose Automatic P 551 When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or other paper based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Strong or Strongest If paper still rubs against the printhead try raising the Printhead by setting Head Height to Highest P 561 P 551 When printing on CAD Trac
147. find information in topics of this User Manual by searching for relevant terms To search for multiple terms at once enter a space between each term gt iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer zem Go File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ka Erro User Manual Canon Contents Working With Various Print Jobs Basic Printing ed Printing Options hica Windows Software Wodking With Vasious Mac OS X Software Print Jobs Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Eror Message Appendix Printing on rolls Printing on sheets end so on Printing CAD Drawi Printing Photos and Images end so on Enlargement and reduction Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Conserving paper and so on Printer Driver HDI driver Print Plug In for Word Status Monitor Free Layout Color imageRUNNER Copy Preview and so on Pinter Dav Printmonitor Free Layout Color imageRUNNER_ Preview and so on How to use this manual Search results are listed at left iImagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Paper Type Types of paper Roll paper Sheets and so on Adjusting the Printhead Adjusting the feed amount end so on Control Panel Main Menu Hard Disk tional accessories end so on Network Setting Network Setti Vindows Network Settin lac OS X and so on Replaci k Tanks Cleani Pri Cleaning the Printer snd so on Fre Asked Questio
148. for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 342 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper 8 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 9 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support i A Fage Layout B E 2Pages Shest L GB se DW A watermark JE CONFIDENTIAL v Letter 8 5 x11 0 inx 14 00 in E F Edit Watermark JA s5 O Rotate 180 degrees Pa k No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W copies 1 2 0 399 Reverse Order __Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 10 Select the I No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper check box 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 343 Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Rol
149. from becoming dirty e Angle Adjustment Lever Use this lever to fine tune the printer to correct misalignment of printed lines 18 Printer Parts Note Ink Tank Cover Inside y The figure shows the printer as loaded with 700 ml 23 7 fl oz Ink Tank Ink Tanks Cartridges of ink in various colors Ink Tank Lock Lever Printer parts A lever that locks the Ink Tank in place and protects it Lift and lower the lever when replacing an Ink Tank To open it lift the stopper of the lever until it stops and then push it down toward the front To close it push it down until it clicks into place Ink Lamp Red Indicates the state of the Ink Tank as follows when the Ink Tank Cover is opened e On The Ink Tank is installed correctly Off No Ink Tank is installed or the ink level detection function is disabled e Flashing Slowly Not much ink is left e Flashing Rapidly Ink tank is empty Ink Color Label Load an Ink Tank that matches the color and name on this label Ink Set An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side When purchasing an Ink Tank make sure an A is printed on the label P 562 Printer Parts 19 Printer parts st Wheeled Output Stacker An output stacker with casters positioned in front of the printer Output Stacker A cloth tray that catches ejected documents The Output Stacker can
150. from the User Software CD ROM to use this function For instructions on how to check the layout before printing refer to the following topics Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows P 349 e Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Mac OS X P 352 348 Enhanced Printing Options Checking Images Before Printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences gt Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al meda Type EEEE v Get Information ic Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor About __ Defauits re 4 Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box 5 After you click OK when you print a job either the imagePROGRAF Preview or PageComposer
151. ie IE scale 100 Cancel OD 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard im TE B j S H media Type Plain Paper E B Get Information T D Easy Settings E oE print Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bc Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 327 Centering originals 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size B
152. imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Bi Set PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print Setting tom scription Click to display the Printer dialog box which offers the following maintenance for the printer e Nozzle ink ejecting outlet cleaning e Head alignment adjustment e Feed amount adjustment Click to start imagePROGRAF Printmonitor which enables you to view the status of print jobs Click to complete the settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy 1 For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Mac OS X Software 437 Printer Driver Additional Settings Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Additional Settings pane Printer iPFxxxx Presets Standard B Additional Settings B mages size W Data Send Method B O Send Print Data Immediately to Printer Cc O Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer Dsena job to Letter 8 5 x11 Print Actual Size O Print auto delete Letter 8 5 x11 O Save in mail box Save data before printing M PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel C Print Setting tem Description A Data Send Method Choose how print data is sent to the printer B Send Print Data Immediately to Printer e C Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer D Send job to Click to display the Send job to dialog box which enables you to specify how print jobs are stored on the
153. in the application In this case click 10 x12 9 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing Borderless Printing Method Bo Fit Paper Size IE Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in o oll With m Aj Portrait AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper 24 in Roll 609 6mm 24 00 in x 31 22 in Paper Source 1 Rol Paper width Roll Paper Auto 24 in Roll 609 6mm i W Cara Ss ji Apply __Dutput Method OK Cancel JI Size Options Defaults Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 13 14 15 Click OK to close the Information dialog box In C Borderless Printing Method click D Fit Paper Size Click Match Page Size in the G Paper Size list Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 268 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless P
154. ink tanks P 565 e 700 ml ink tanks P 567 4 Load the new Ink Tank e 330 ml ink tanks P 569 e 700 ml ink tanks P 571 Maintenance 563 Ink Tanks Make sure the printer is ready for Ink Tank replacement You can replace ink tanks if the Display Screen indicates the printer is Online or Offline or if messages advise you to check the amount of ink left or replace ink tanks Online g Glossy Photo 2Plain Paper Danaa B K k If a message requests you to replace ink tanks press the OK button H Ink tank is empty Press OK and replace ink tank Do not remove an Ink Tank during initialization immediately after turning on the printer or during printhead cleaning Q Note e Ink Tank replacement is possible even when print jobs are being canceled or if paper is being advanced Access the menu for Ink Tank replacement O Note e This step is not necessary if a message requests you to replace ink tanks Check the message on the Display Screen and press the OK button Remove the Ink Tank at this point 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Stop Load Eject 1506 ORO Press A or Y to select Rep Ink Tank and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button O N A message on the Display Screen requests you to open the Ink Tank Cover Remove the Ink Tank at this point 564 Maintenance Ink Tanks Remove the Ink Tank
155. is applied to the printer driver settings for the feed source and type of paper C Set Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the type of paper E Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Printing Photos and Images gt P 161 Printing Line Drawings and Text P 174 Printing Office Documents P 191 F View set Click to display the View settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the order of items listed in E Print Target L Printer Click to display the Printer dialog box which indicates the ink levels and gives other information about the printer 426 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Configuration using Advanced Settings Printer _iPFxxxx B Presets Standard i Main ss fimages Size W media Type Plain Paper B aa Get information si Heca D Advanced Settings H n IE Print Priority mae Letter 8 5 x11 3 IF Print Quality Draft 300dpi iz Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 JH Color Mode olor Be Set Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode i _ Unidirectional Printing Reduce Print Unevenness C Economy Printing Printer M PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel Print Using Mac OS X 10 5 Main H images Size JA
156. it during a print job This could damage the printer 1 Make sure no print jobs are in progress If the Message lamp is flashing check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 648 If the Data lamp is flashing the printer is receiving a print job Turn off the printer only after printing is finished After Shut Down Please Wait is shown on the Display Screen the printer shuts off 26 Printer Parts Control Panel u Printer Modes Printer modes are classified as follows and described in this topic Modes P 27 Mode transition P 28 Online and state of the Control Panel P 29 Offline and state of the Control Panel P 29 Menu mode and state of the Control Panel P 30 Submenu mode and state of the Control Panel P 31 Modes The printer has five modes as follows Online The printer is ready to receive jobs sent from the computer Jobs sent from the computer are processed immediately If jobs are received in other modes they are printed the next time the printer goes online Offline Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being printed While the printer is offline you can feed or cut roll paper manually The printer goes offline automatically if jobs cannot be processed such as if errors occur Menu mode Menus are displayed on the printer and you can select set or execute menu items Any jobs sent from the computer are held with
157. it parallel to the Paper Alignment Line e The suction remains on for about 30 seconds during loading If you cannot finish loading a sheet during this time pull the sheet away and reinsert it to start the suction again Handling Paper 151 Handling sheets for paper feed slots 3 Lower the Release Lever and close the Top Cover The printer now starts feeding the paper After the paper is advanced the printer automatically goes online and starts printing If no print job has been received from the computer beforehand the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the type of paper on the Display Screen In this case select the type of paper P 149 152 Handling Paper Handling sheets for paper feed slots Manually Loading Paper to the Position for Printing When printing on non standard sizes of paper or to specify a particular position to start printing in the printer menu set Width Detection to Off for the paper used Setting Width Detection to Off will prevent paper from being automatically advanced to the position for printing In this case manually load paper at the position for printing Instructions for manually loading paper at the position for printing when Width Detection is set to Off are as follows 1 If you send a print job from a computer beforehand the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen Lift the Release Lever and open the Top Cover Important Do not touch the L
158. jobs 1 Press A or W to select Job Mgmt Menu and then press the OK button 2 Press A or to select Print Job and then press the gt button 3 Press A or W to select the print job to delete and then press the gt button 4 Press A or YW to select Delete and then press the OK button Changing the order of printing 1 Press A or W to select Job Mgmt Menu and then press the OK button 2 Press A or to select Print Job and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select the job to print first and then press the gt button 4 Press A or to select Preempt Jobs and then press the OK button Using RemoteUl Hard Disk On the Print Job page select the job to manage and how to manage it For details refer to the RemoteUI help amp Remote Ul R oro English language Last Updated xxxx xx xx xxxx xx End User Mode x F Select Document Name Status Owner Number of Total Pages Startad At Me f mais Pima menia Print Job Stored Job Print Log b Device Selection Support Links sample2jpg Printing XXXXXXK sample3jpg Printing XKXKXKX o sample4jpg Processing XXXXXXX B sample5jpg Preprocessing xxxxxxx 1 XXXK XX XX XX XXXX 1 XXXX XX XX XXXXKX 1 XXXX XX XX KKXKKK 1 XXXX XX XX XX XKXX 1 XXXX XX XX KXXXXX Hard Disk 491 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows On the Job sheet select the job and the d
159. of paper Be sure to select the type of paper to use correctly before printing e Because the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper the margins and the size of printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used If margins and the size of images are not as you expected adjust the paper feed amount and Printhead height P 552 P 551 Q Note e After you load the roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic monitoring of the remaining roll paper Select the type of paper and then press the OK button If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic monitoring of the remaining roll paper specify the roll length after the paper type P 114 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or YV to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or to select Roll1 Uppr Type or Roll2 Lwr Type and then press the button Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Q Note e For details on types of paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 By default Plain Paper is selected AON e If you move the Release Lever the setting automatically reverts to the previously selected paper e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does n
160. of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 To display the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box either double click the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF in the Applications folder or click C Set in the Utility pane Printer _iPFxxxx B Presets Standard E Utility B images Size Perform printer maintenance a w Set Start Printmonitor to display print job status and other information Letter 8 5 x11 B View Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Configure Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy of Set PDF v Preview Standard Cancel E Print 2 In Enlarged Copy Settings click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Enhanced Printing Options 249 Printing enlargements or reductions Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER
161. offers two modes Standard Adj and Advanced Adj Standard Adj will fix most slight image distortion or color misalignment but if not try Advanced Adj m Q Note e If advanced adjustment does not improve printing results or if you are using special paper try manual adjustment For instructions on manual adjustment see Manual Straightening of Lines and Colors Manual Head Adj P 546 e Use Standard Adj if you have switched to another type of paper or if you want the boundaries between colors to appear as attractive as possible e Use Advanced Adj to fine tune the space between nozzles or colors if you have switched the printhead or if you want printed documents to appear as vivid as possible We recommend using Advanced Adj for printing at a higher level of image quality e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified on the printer Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings e We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment This function is not available with CAD Tracing Paper CAD Translucent Matte Film or CAD Clear Film If adjustment is not possible as expected using highly transparent film or similar media try another type of paper or try adjust the Printhead alignment manually P 546 Paper to Prepare An unused roll at least 10 inches wide Sheets Standard Adj One sheet of unused paper of at least A4 Letter
162. paper cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit specify Manual as the roll cutting method and cut the roll manually Contact your Canon dealer for assistance You are pressing the A button on the Control Panel Release the A button and trying to rewind the roll to the edge s Rel lever is in wrong position The Release Lever is up Lower the Release Lever If the error occurs again turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power Error Message 659 Messages regarding paper Borderless printng not possible Lift release lever and reload the paper Because paper expands or contracts depending on Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to the environment of use it may become narrower or cancel printing wider than the supported width for borderless printing Use each type of paper only where the recommended environmental conditions are met For details on environmental conditions for various paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 The paper is loaded askew Lift the Release Lever and straighten the paper so that the edge of the paper is in the width of the ink groove for borderless printing Insert the roll firmly until it touches the flange of the Roll Holder P 115 If you press the Online button and continue printing the document will be printed with a border Check supported paper The print job received specifies a type or width of Follow these steps to chang
163. printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER 196 Working With Various Print Jobs Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 383 2 Click the Utility tab to display the Utility she
164. printer s hard disk E Print F Print auto delete e G Save in mail box H Save data before printing Jobs are printed after they are saved on the hard disk 438 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Support Pane Mac OS X On the Support pane you can view support information and the user s manual Printer _iPFxxxx ra Presets Standard B Support B pa Support Information Accesses the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for driver updates and browse other information B User Manual Displays the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer B Settings B About 3 PDFw Preview Cancel Print Button Corresponding Utility A Support Information Click to access the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for printer driver updates and browse other information B User Manual Click to view the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer C Settings The settings can be saved as a file Click to display the Export dialog box which enables you to specify where to save the file D About You can display version information for the printer driver Mac OS X Software 439 Printmonitor Printmonitor imagePROGRAF Printmo
165. printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see 264 Enhanced Printing Options Confirming Print Settings Mac OS Xy P 421 Borderless Printing Borderless Printing Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls e Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 e Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls e You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper
166. printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAC Viewset Bc Printer PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 208 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images 8 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard ic Main i images Size A Media Type Plain Paper By B D Advanced Settings Print Priority Image B Letter 8 5 x11 Print Quality Draft 300dpi By Actual Size T Letter 8 5 x11 JH Color Mode Color a Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode C Unidirectional Printing Reduce Print Unevenness L Economy Printing MCO Printer M Cancel Rant 9 Click Color in the H Color Mode list 10 Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Settings ColorAdjustment Matching Color Balance Dyan Low p High a i f O Oeo m s IE Magenta Low 5 High 0 2 30 30 s 4 gg Fiveliow Low High Fy ABCDEF 11 30 30 4 pt 1234567 a Gray Tone Cool A lt r Warm Wsampie Type 0 8 30 30 Standard Brightness Dark Light BIO View Color Pattern o 1A 30 30 es ce 7 Dared w 205 g us co Apply to Sample If Contrast 3 Low Be High f i 0 3 30 30 i Q Wesaturation High Low 1 I 1 0
167. printing of photos images and other documents to match the paper size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows P 267 e Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X P 269 266 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size based on the following example e Document Any Type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size O Note e If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation 2 Choose Print in the application menu 3 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 4 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Aided type v Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Fint Default Settings Draft Office Document Le
168. remove any printed documents inside the Output Stacker and fold the Output Stacker up 1 Release the caster lock 160 Handling Paper Printing Photos and Images Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images m Printing Photos and Images Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for photos and images Highest Quality Setting optimized for printing at the highest level of quality Setting optimized for printing photographic images from digital cameras Poster Photos Settings optimized for printing posters mainly composed of photos Poster Text Illustrations Setting optimized for printing vivid eye catching store posters combining images and text Scanned Image Setting optimized for printing scanned images with accurate color reproduction to match the original images Setting optimized for high speed draft printing Working With Various Print Jobs 161 Printing Photos and Images A auio e Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available ts Note e You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settin
169. results are not as you expected click this option to change how printing is processed S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Windows Software 401 Printer Driver Page Options Dialog Box Windows The Page Options dialog box offers the following settings Page Options Print Date JA Do Not Print Print User Name cS Do Not Print Print Page Number BD Do Not Print BL toni OK J Cancel Defaults Help Q Note To display the Page Options dialog box on the Layout sheet click Page Options P 400 Setting Item Description O A Print Date Select where the date is printed as desired To print the time as well select B Print Time Also C Print User Name Select where the user name is printed as desired D Print Page Number Select where the page number is printed as desired E Format Settings Click to display the Format Settings dialog box which enables you to complete format related settings Format Settings Arial v Regular v 11 3 Points 1 72 H Black OK _ _ Cancel __Defauts Help Q Note e If you specify the same position for multiple items the items are printed from left to right in this order date user name and page number e When you print multiple pages per sheet using Page Layout Printing or similar functions these items will be printed for each page 402 Windows Software Printer Driver
170. s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you finish printing that quantity P 53 You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more Cleaning the Printhead QO Note If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A try Head Cleaning B If this does not solve the problem repeat Head Cleaning B one or two times If this still does not improve printing the Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life Contact your Canon dealer y aves Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge or Ink Tank during cleaning 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Head Cleaning and then press the gt button WO N Press A or to select the type of cleaning and then press the OK button e Head Cleaning A Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances This method of cleaning consumes the least amount of ink It takes about three minutes to complete Head Cleaning B Use Head Cleaning B if no ink comes out of the printhead or if Head Cleaning A does not solve the problem It takes about four minutes to complete The printhead is cleaned and the printer goes online 4 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and determine whether cleaning has cleared the nozzles P 577 600 Maintenance Other Maintenance Other Maintenance Preparing to Transfer the Printer
171. selected as the paper source P 112 118 Handling Paper Handling rolls 3 Holding the Roll Holder so that the side with the white gear faces the side of the Roll Holder Slot with a white gear load the Roll Holder shaft a into the grooves b on both ends of the Roll Holder Slot My caion Be careful not to drop the roll and hurt yourself when loading it e Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the Roll Holder shaft a and the guide grooves b when loading rolls O Note e For instructions on attaching the Roll Holder to rolls see Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 Handling Paper 119 Handling rolls 4 Using both hands pull out the roll evenly on both ends and insert it in the Paper Feed Slot a Advance the roll until the buzzer sounds Important e Be careful not to soil the printing surface of roll paper as you insert it in the slot This may affect the printing quality We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the printing surface e If the paper is wrinkled or warped straighten it out before loading it e Load the roll so that there is no gap between the right edge of the paper and the Roll Holder 5 Lower the Ejection Guide 6 Close the Top Cover 120 Handling Paper Handling rolls 7 Press the OK button The paper is now advanced Display Screen At this point specify the type of paper
172. the Display Screen Error messages are displayed Bottom Line of the Display Screen The corrective actions H Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX Turn off printer wait then turn on again Top Line of the Display Screen The error message is displayed with the following instructions Turn off printer wait then turn on again HJERROR Ex0100x Call for service Display Screen ERROR is displayed followed by the error code and Call for service ink level is indicated P 574 Data lamp Flashes when print jobs are being received Message lamp Flashes when error messages are displayed Take the appropriate action P 648 QMAIN MENU Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu Paper Details Job Management Display Screen Pressing the Menu button when printing is not in progress displays the main menu The title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menus immediately under the current menu are displayed on the second and subsequent lines Lower level menus are available if b gt is displayed at right P 36 30 Printer Parts are displayed here Data lamp Flashes when print jobs are being received Message lamp Flashes when error messages are displayed Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring the power If the message is still displayed after this write down the error code and message
173. the correct size Lift the Release Lever and load paper of the correct size Lift the Release Lever and load unused paper A4 or larger More than one sheet may be required depending on the adjustment Cannot print as selected Another roll is in use A printed document remains in the Output Tray without being cut and a print job was received that specifies the other roll Follow these steps to load the other roll after cutting the printed document 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Cut the printed document P 139 3 Load the other roll and resend the print job P 89 Error Message 653 Messages regarding paper Roll printing is selected Corrective Action You have attempted to print a test print sheet or Load a roll and try printing again other printer status information on a roll but no roll F is hea To print on a sheet instead hold down the Stop button for more than a second to cancel printing load a sheet and then print Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded A print job for rolls was received when a sheet is Follow these steps to load and print on a roll loaded 1 Press the OK button and remove the sheet 2 Load a new roll P 118 The printer now starts printing the print job Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 654 Error Message Messages regarding paper Roll x is empty x is 1 Upper
174. the corresponding page Cross reference in related manuals Example See the Paper Reference Guide Other cross reference Example See the printer driver help e Figures and software screens e Figures in this User Manual may be different from the actual appearance of the printer in some cases e Screens depicted in this User Manual for the printer driver or other software may be different from the actual screens because of subsequent updates e Windows XP screens are used in explanations of Windows operations in this User Manual e Trademarks Canon the Canon logo and imagePROGRAF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Canon Inc Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple Inc in the United States and other countries e Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners Copyright 2008 Canon Inc e Unauthorized reproduction of this User Manual in whole or part is prohibited e May we request Thank you for understanding the following points e The information in this User Manual is subject to change without notice e We strive to ensure accuracy of information in this User Manual but if you notice errors or omissions please contact us 2 Introduction Searching Topics 1 Enter a term and click the Search button Q Note How to use this manual You can
175. the network settings For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 416 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP e You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway Noah WN 444 Network Setting Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel This topic describes how to configure the printer s IP address on the Control Panel 1 NO oR amp DN co Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Sto LoadjEjeot 120E OKC Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or W to select TCP IP and then press the gt button Press A or to select IP Setting and then press the button Press A or to select IP Address and then press the gt button After you press lt or gt to select the input field numerical input is possible
176. the printer 428 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver ss Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Mac OS X On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and configure printer driver media type setting The following media types are specified on the printer for these paper sources By choosing a desired paper source here you can automatically apply the selected paper source and media type to the printer driver Note Other related settings may also be changed To change the details shown here use the printer contro panel to adjust the settings A Paper Source Cut Shee Media Type Roll Paper 1 Media Type Plain Paper Roll Paper 2 Media Type Plain Paper Cancel GOED Q Note To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box on the Main pane click Get Information by Media Type P 426 Setting tem Cescription A Paper Source Shows the Paper Source supported by the printer as well as the type of paper loaded To update the media type setting in the printer driver select the desired Paper Source option and click OK Mac OS X Software 429 Printer Driver Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Mac OS X The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Paper Detailed Settings Media Type Plain Paper B Drying Time between Pages
177. the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DEMAS Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About LDefauts Ee a e 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences a Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing MEnlarged Reduced Printing DM O Fi Paper Size JE O Fi Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x 11 00 in G BY Paper Size Match Page Size a 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in HAO W LA Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper Auto xj 1M Rol Paper
178. the printer normally detects the hub communication mode and transmission rate automatically in auto negotiation mode sometimes the hub settings cannot be detected In this case configure the connection method manually specifying the communication mode in use P 635 634 Troubleshooting Cannot print over a network Configuring the Communication Mode Manually This topic gives instructions for configuring the communication mode manually 1 N O of W DN oO 10 11 12 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU oD io Mama CO Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the button Press A or to select Ethernet Driver and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Auto Detect and then press the gt button Press A or to select Off and then press the OK button Return to the Ethernet Driver menu Press A or V to select Comm Mode and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select the communication mode and then press the OK button Return to the Ethernet Driver menu Press A or Y to select Ethernet Type and then press the gt button Press A or to select the Ethernet type and then press the OK button Return to the Ethernet Driver menu Press A or V to select Spanning Tree and then press the button Press A or to enable or disable spanning tree support and then press the OK button Return to the Ethernet Driver men
179. the selection in Media Type on the Main sheet M Roll Paper Width Choose the roll width For details on available roll widths see Paper Sizes P 109 N Roll Paper Options Complete optional roll paper settings Click to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box Roll Paper Options Automatic Cutting Banner Printing Under A Automatic Cutting you can specify Yes or No and Print Cut Guideline Cutting Roll Paper After Printing gt P 366 Select B Banner Printing when printing multiple pages continuously Printing Multiple Pages Continuously P 310 P Output Method Click to display the Output Method dialog box which enables you to complete the Output Method and Name of data to be saved settings O Paper Size Options Click to display the Paper Size Options dialog box which enables you to register additional paper sizes or select the size system for use S Defaults Restores all settings on the sheet to the default values 398 Windows Software Printer Driver Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows In the Paper Size Options dialog box you can create and register your own Custom Paper Size The sizes you define are listed with standard paper sizes for selection later as needed Paper Size Options Paper Size List Name e JIS B1 JIS B2 JIS B3 e JIS B4 2 34 x44 ANSI E 28 x40 ANSI F 9 22 x34 ANSI D 17 x22 ANSI C e 13 x19 Super B 11 x17 Ledger
180. the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main Page Setup and Layout sheets By checking images and numerical values in the preview you can confirm current settings for the page size orientation paper source layout and so on Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EE z Get Information he Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 er Poster Photos a oy 850 in x 11 00 in Poster Text Illustrations A CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About __ Defaults Display Area Information Displayed Top illustrations Illustrations indicate the orientation page layout borderless printing selection color mode and other settings information Middle bordered area The page size paper size and method and percentage of enlargement or reduction are displayed Bottom illustrations Illustrations indicate the media source orientation borderless printing selection and other settings information Q Note To confirm the Print Target specified in Easy Settings click F View Settings on the
181. this guide the instruction manual supplied with the media and the printer s User Manual for use in optimal conditions This guide includes information for paper sold in North or South America Some paper in the guide may not be available locally depending on your location For instructions on loading or cutting paper or other printer operations refer to the User Manual The Paper Reference Guide is automatically updated when you update the Media Configuration Tool To download the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool access the imagePROGRAF website from imagePROGRAF Support Information The media types with marked in the product name are those specified as genuine Canon media For other media please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media Handle all media carefully being careful not to rub or damage it We recommend wearing gloves when handling media Handle media so as to keep the print surface free of sweat and grease from hands This may affect the printing quality After printing allow ink to dry before handling After printing handle prints carefully and avoid touching the print surface Due to their nature pigment inks may flake off if rubbed or scratched Paper may stretch or shrink from changes in humidity or other environmental factors Allow ample time for the paper to adjust to the environment before use After use remove paper from the printer if e
182. to select Nozzle Check and then press the button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button The printer goes online and prints a test pattern 6 Check the printing results The Printhead L prints the test pattern for nozzle checking on the top line in each color and the Printhead R prints the test pattern on the bottom line If the horizontal lines are not faint or incomplete the nozzles are clear S If some sections of the horizontal lines are faint or incomplete the nozzles for those colors are clogged If horizontal lines are faint or incomplete follow the steps below and check again for nozzle clogging 1 Clean the Printhead P 578 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles O Note e If you repeat these steps several times but the horizontal lines are still faint or incomplete contact your Canon dealer Maintenance 577 Printheads Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged Choose one of two Printhead cleaning modes Head Cleaning A or Head Cleaning B depending on the problem to resolve O Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer s Noz Check Freq menu for automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you finish printing that quantity P 53 You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more Cleaning the Printhead
183. u 8 m L4 ex m a PTT Plain Paper 2m O Note e If the document is not cut but kept in the printer only the text message is printed Important e Because this function is not compatible with clear film an error message may be displayed The roll is empty after you load clear film For this reason deactivate the function before loading clear film e If the barcode on the roll is not detected enter the type and length of paper on the Control Panel Follow these steps to activate monitoring of the remaining roll paper 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Oo B Even CC ORO LoadiElect free 2 Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button 3 Press A or W to select ManageRemainRoll and then press the gt button 4 Press A or YW to select the setting and then press the OK button 136 Handling Paper Handling rolls ss Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere if the Cutter touches printed surfaces that are still wet it may damage the paper or cause rough cut edges Also ink may be transferred onto the paper surface during ejection soiling it You can prevent problems by adjusting the drying time after printing before the paper is cut Windows 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 383 2 Select the Main sheet and click C Advanced Settings in A Media Type Canon iP Poox Printing Preference
184. web browsers after composing an original with them using PosterArtist O Important e PosterArtist sold separately must be installed to use this function Edit Using PosterArtist PosterArtist offers a wide range of features including features to insert source documents in posters and compose an original with them T Untitled PosterArtist Open Poster Da oa FAEG H E Q 9 froox Fiview Auto Design Ror A EEO W Lg View All Templates Find Template DER z Select All 7 8 50 x 11 00 inch Letter 8 5 x11 O Important e This function is only supported in Windows For detailed instructions on editing with PosterArtist refer to the following topic e Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals Windows P 413 412 Windows Software PosterArtist ss Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals Windows This topic describes how to use PosterArtist to compose originals from multiple applications creating a poster layout for printing O Important e PosterArtist sold separately must be installed to use this function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box gt P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support ive type Get Information LA Advanced Settings
185. width 17 in Roll 431 8mm INI Fol Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel lI Apply Help 7 Inthe L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 Enhanced Printing Options 235 Printing enlargements or reductions 8 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 9 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box Q Note If the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet clear the B Borderless Printing check box Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing Method DB O Fit Paper Size JE Scale to fit Roll Paper Width fo 5 x11 AL 8 50 inx 11 00 in B4 Borderless Roll Width Borderless Printing 24 in Roll 09 6mm JE Orientation 24 00 in x 31 22 in i Aj Porret MLA O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper Auto v M Rol Paper width 24 in Roll 09 6mm N Roll Paper Options __ Defauts _ SA Output Method Size Options OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 10 Click E Fit Roll Paper Width Q Note e After you click
186. you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge Offline FeedPaper AW o Glossy Photo 2 Plain Paper Danna If a message prompts you to replace the Maintenance Cartridge press the OK button Steps 2 5 are unnecessary in this case Go to step 6 and remove the Maintenance Cartridge H Maintenance cartridge full Replace the maintenance cartridge Do not replace the Maintenance Cartridge during initialization immediately after turning on the printer during Printhead cleaning or while ink is being drawn out If you pause printing to replace the Maintenance Cartridge it may cause the printed images to be blurry 586 Maintenance A Maintenance Cartridge Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Stop LoadEjeot 1506 ORO Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Repl maint cart and then press the button Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button A message on the Display Screen advises you to open the Maintenance Cartridge Cover At this point open the Maintenance Cartridge Cover Hold the used Maintenance Cartridge by the grip a with one hand and put your other hand under the Maintenance Cartridge to hold it firmly on the bottom keeping it level as you pull it out O Important e Used maintenance cartridges are heavy Always grasp the cartridge firmly and keep the cartridge level during
187. 0 holding it upright for elevators or stairs 1 The quantity of cartridges required depends on the capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge in use Maintenance 601 Other Maintenance NO of Remove the Wheeled Output Stacker from the printer P 159 Remove the paper e Rolls P 125 e Sheets P 155 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Load Eject Tsoc OC Press A or V to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or to select Move Printer and then press the gt button Press A or to select the level of transfer and then press the OK button After the message Always contact service before preparing to move the printer is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button The Display Screen indicates Please Wait e If you have selected Level 1 in step 6 after processing in preparation to move the printer is finished the message Finished preparing to move printer Turn off printer is shown on the Display Screen Go to step 15 e When you are finished preparing to transfer the printer after selecting Level 2 or Level 3 conditions the Display Screen requests you to open the Ink Tank Cover Follow the procedure starting with step 8 Important e If consumables must be replaced the message Consumables must be replaced Call for service is shown on the Display Screen and preparation is not possible If this message is displayed press the O
188. 0 12 in on each side Q Note Not all page sizes are available e Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size the originals are automatically enlarged when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size This may affect image quality When image quality is most important make the original 3 mm longer on each side than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows gt P 260 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X P 262 Enhanced Printing Options 259 Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example e Document Any Type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Create the original in the source application 3 mm 0 12 in larger on each side than 254 0x304 8 mm 10x12 in that is 260 0 310 8 mm 10 2 12 2 in Q Note If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation The extra 3 mm
189. 0 ccecceteeeeeees 665 Lift the release lever and replace roll with 10 in wide or larger Tollarar 665 Cannot print over a NetWare network essees 636 Cannot print over a network 0 ccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 634 Cannot print over a TCP IP network 636 Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks 637 CAI AGS cne reaS ENTRE 18 Centering originals ccecceeeseeeeeeeeseeteeeeseeeeeaes 324 Checking for Nozzle Clogging cccseseeeeees 577 Checking Images Before Printing 347 Checking Ink Tank Levels 574 Checking Instructions During Printer Operations 76 How to view instructions 76 Viewing instructions for loading or removing Oll Eininn nenna ne ene 77 Viewing instructions for loading or removing SICOUS EAE A E A E 77 Checking the Free Hard Disk Space 06 539 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 541 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 540 Using Remote asnes 540 Using the Control Panel n 539 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before PrO oee n E 347 Open Preview When Print Job Starts RAe o E A E te eenihetss 347 Preview Macintosh 348 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Mac OSX arainn nean piiniat 352 423 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing WINDOWS sie ccesleen tire Wee aeteieas 349 376 imagePROGRAF Preview 00ceceee 350 377 Page Compost cceccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeees 351 378 Checking the Remain
190. 05 Box 5 0 06 Box6 0 07 Box7 0 aos Box 0 oo Box9 0 io Box 10 o Box11 0 e Enter a password if one has been set 504 Hard Disk i Remote Ul E or English language Last Updated xxxu xx xx xxxx xx End User Mode ey ee NE ene gt Device Selection 4 Support Links Hard Disk Jobs saved in the mail box are listed Remote UI English language Stored Job L xl End User Mode For details refer to the RemoteUl help Hard Disk 505 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help 2 Printer Status sel Hadi fo Information ii Maintenance B Support Mail Boxes LInboxNo Inbowname ooo Common Box r Hard disk Information Status Free Space ga Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password fi This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No o1 Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number Jobs saved in that mail box are displayed in the Documents dialog box Documents Documents KRRRRRK Plain Paper RRRRERE Plain Paper RRKKKRX Plain Paper MEKKERK Plain Paper RRRRERE Plain Paper For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file 506 Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS On the Hard Disk pane
191. 1 Draft 0 Office Document Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos 3 Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Enhanced Printing Options 217 Adjusting Images 8 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Printer _iPFxxxx By Presets Standard E Main BA ffimmagess Size lAlMedia Type Plain Paper BIC Get information ko Set E Print Priority mg Letter 8 5 x11 JE Print Quality Draft 300dp PA Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 IH Color Mode Color i i Set Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode Unidirectional Printing _ Reduce Print Unevenness L Economy Printing BC Printer i PDF v Preview Standard Cancel pema n 9 Click Line Drawing in the E Print Priority list 10 Click High 1200dpi in the F Print Quality list Q Note e Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type 11 Click Color CAD in the H Color Mode list 12 To adjust the color click I Set G Note e For instructions on adjusting color see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 13 Access the Page Setup pane
192. 1 0 516 Hard Disk Note e Enter a password if one has been set Remote UI English language End User Mode Job Manager Print Job Print Log Support Links 2 Select the print job in the list and click Remote UI 3 English language End User Mode gt Device Manager Job Manager Print Job Print Log gt Device Selection Support Links BF ran Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXXXXX Inbox No ol Inbox Name Box 1 pamos a sosa a Move iPFxxxx Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX Xx Edit To Inbox ListPage Peal XXXX KX XX XK XX XX XXKX EX XX XX XX XX Hard Disk Hard Disk 517 Hard Disk 3 On the Move Document page select the name or number of the destination personal box in the Destination mail box list and click OK i Remote Ul E eam English language Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx End User Mode Lo Concet Document to move sample4 jpg gt Device Manager Destination mail box 02 Box2 v A Print Log Support Links For details refer to the RemoteUl help 518 Hard Disk Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help E Printer Status sa G naani fo Information i Maintenance B Support Mail Bo
193. 10 3 3 or later e USB 2 0 driver Microsoft USB 2 0 driver available from Windows Update or the Service Pack e USB cable Certified USB 2 0 cable 80 Printer Parts Printer Specifications Ink Ink Tank MBK Ink Tank Matte Black Pigment ink PFI 303MBK 330 ml 11 2 fl oz or Ink or black ink for matte PFI 703MBK 700 ml 23 7 fl oz paper BK Ink Tank Black Ink Pigment ink PFI 303BK 330 ml 11 2 fl oz o PFI 703BK 700 ml 23 7 fl oz C Ink Tank Cyan Ink Pigment ink PFI 303C 330 ml 11 2 fl oz or PFI 703C 700 ml 23 7 fl oz M Ink Tank Magenta Ink Pigment ink PFI 303M 330 ml 11 2 fl oz o PFI 703M 700 ml 23 7 fl oz Y Ink Tank Yellow Ink Pigment ink PFI 303Y 330 ml 11 2 fl oz or PFI 703Y 700 ml 23 7 fl oz Capacity 330 or i ml 11 2 or 23 7 fl oz per color 1 The provided Starter Ink Tanks contain 330 ml 11 2 fl oz each Printer Parts 81 Printer Specifications Paper 1 254 1 117 6 mm 10 44 in Sheets 203 2 18 000 mm 8 708 7 in 203 1 600 mm 8 63 in 0 07 0 8 mm 0 0028 0 031 in 0 07 0 8 mm 0 0028 0 031 in Paper Size Roll width 7 Borderless printing 3 Supported width for borderless printing 44 in Roll 1117 6mm 42 in Roll 1066 8mm JIS B0 B1 Roll 1030 0mm 36 in Roll 914 4mm ISO A0 A1 Roll 841 0mm 30 in Roll 762 0mm JIS B1 B2 Roll 728 0mm 24 in Roll 609 6mm ISO A1 A2 Roll 594 0mm JIS B2 B3 Roll 515 0mm
194. 21 Enhanced Printing Options 271 Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper O Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer d
195. 421 Enhanced Printing Options 239 Printing enlargements or reductions ss Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Scaling Enlarge or reduce originals by a particular amount as desired 80 For instructions on entering a scaling value to resize originals refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Windows P 241 e Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X P 243 Q Note e For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size 240 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions ss Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in Important e In borderless printing you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value 1 C
196. 59 3 Holding the Roll Unit Lever a pull out the Roll Unit 4 Check for paper in the lower part of the printer Remove any jammed paper here by pushing it to the floor with your fingers 5 Lift the Release Lever Troubleshooting 615 Problems Regarding Paper 6 Open the Top Cover and if there is a paper jam at the position shown push it inside with your fingers The paper will drop to the floor or to the lower part of the printer Q Note If paper remains in the lower part of the printer push it to the floor with your fingers e If the paper does not drop to the floor or to the lower part of the printer fold an A4 sheet three times insert it through the gap of the Platen a and the Paper Retainer b and push the jammed paper out TEM AH I OU Ia T ah Faint hod H 1 i A a o A ae 616 Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper 8 In a crouching position push the Roll Unit in 9 Position the Wheeled Output Stacker by the printer gt P 159 10 Turn the printer on P 25 Troubleshooting 617 Problems Regarding Paper Roll Paper Cannot be Inserted into the Paper Feed Slot Corrective Action The roll paper is warped Straighten out curls and reload the roll If paper cannot be advanced from Roll 2 Lower the Connect the Roll Unit Cable firmly to the Roll Unit Roll Unit
197. A Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions refer to Free Layout Enhanced Printing Options 307 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple This topic describes how to use the printing Originals Next to Each Other Mac OS X Free Layout function to arrange multiple originals next to each other before 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout Printer XXX XXX XXX XXX iy Standard rey Presets Copies amp Pages Fe Copies M Collated Pages AIl OFrom 1 to 1 JE Preview ave as PDF Canon Imager ROCRAE E Free e Layout Cancel D Save PDF as PostScript Fax PDF cones PDF Encrypt PDF Mail PDF Save as PDF X Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout xxx xxx xxx xxx Print 308 Enhanced Printing Options AAT D y Ee Rage alts 2 o0 aa on o Zoom _ sumo Re aste Auto Arrange Help eaa Page Setup Media Type Plain Paper Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Media Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm E E Automatic Cutting Print
198. AA B PH S SUA T PELEN 5 Page Setup B Media Type Plain Paper B Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings B Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Media Source Roll Paper B Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm B Automatic Cutting Printer Default i A Copies 1 L copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print 3 Update Printer Info ee Printer Information 0 Printer Status Online Feed Information 4 Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview menu Q Note For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions refer to imagePROGRAF Preview Guide 352 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Other useful settings Printing With Watermarks You can add watermarks background images to documents that require special handling Watermark Watermarks are applied to all pages of your document Important e Watermarks are not printed if you select poster as the type of page layout The following watermarks are provided e CONFIDENTIAL e COPY e DRAFT e FILE COPY e FINAL e PRELIMINARY PROOF TOP SECRET You can also create your own watermarks Specify the following options to customize your watermark e Watermark string
199. Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 SSE A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ m Lo Print Centered ae P el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom ea eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard C Cancel 3 Print 9 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 10 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width in this case ISO A3 A4 297 0mm OQ Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard _ IB mn B ES W media Type Plain Paper is B Get Information c Koy Set Dy Easy Settings et Beri t Target eey Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document k Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFw Preview Standard gt Cancel Print
200. Cable is disconnected Power Supply Inlet and the inlet on the roll unit nnn 1 Cannot Load Sheets Corrective Action The paper source selection is incorrect Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Cut Sheet lamp Paper is not cut straight Corrective Action The paper is bent or curled at the cut position Straighten out any curling by the edges of the paper Paper rises by the ends of the cut position before Reload the paper correctly it is cut Paper is not cut In the printer driver No or Print Cut Guideline is Specify Yes in Auto Cut in the printer driver specified in Auto Cut In MAIN MENU Eject or Manual is specified in Specify Automatic in Cutting Mode in MAIN MENU Cutting Mode 618 Troubleshooting Printing does not start Printing does not start The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light up The printer is not on Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in all the way Press the Power button to turn on the printer The printer is not selected in the In Windows select the printer by clicking Select Printer or Printer in printer driver The printer is in the printing dialog box and try printing again SI de PER MONE In Mac OS X select the printer by clicking Printer Setup Utility or Print Center and try printing again The print job is paused The In Windows restart the print job as follows printer is in Sleep mode 1 Select the printer icon in the Printers
201. Cancel Help Q Note e To display the Matching sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings and then click the Matching sheet P 385 Setting item Description A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired Normally select Driver Matching Mode For color matching based on ICC profiles select ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode or Host ICM Mode depending on your color matching system If you prefer not to use the printer driver for color matching select No B Matching Method Select the color matching method that suits the document to be printed Various Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in Matching Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 Windows Software 393 Printer Driver ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode and Host ICM Mode On the Matching sheet you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices The following options are available when you select ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode or Host ICM Mode on the Matching Mode sheet Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching Al Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode Host ICM Mode Off B Input Profile Settings V Use the Same Profile for All Objects Image Matching Method Perceptual Input Profile sRGB v3 0 Canon Graphics
202. Canon Large Format Printer imagePROGRAF IPF820 User Manual ENG Contents Contents Introduction 1 How to use this TRAM All sciscorctccecced cottusveedttunds dy dlounssenneneursascceteobebacndesetaddmendundes 1 About This User Manual lt ccuxsscctedivicencecareoccctauuascergansnceddacarebeckaudaceuedsearehanua muoceesduecatenuamereabiweleees 1 Searching TOPICS ctices sienccxaceovtecansecenias casiendebedean dius svendad A EAEE EREE EEES 3 HTML Version of the Manual for Printing ccsicicsivccessantaincctand caehemuniebcendeusds aroteorio 5 Printer Parts 13 Printer paS aeseenenrake EEEE EEE ERER A E EAE 13 FON E E R 13 BaCk ce E E E 15 Top Goyer INSId rriena aae eka oi ee rec EE aR E ene eer eee 16 ONL srt te eaten A A E A E aie 18 Ink Tank Cover INSIG cccceeescceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeesaaaeesaaaaeesssaaeeeessaaeeeessnaeeeeneeneeees 19 Wheeled Output Stacker cecccceeeeeecceeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaaaeeeaaaeeeseaaaeeeeeeeaaeeesesseeesneseeeees 20 Control Panelist aiaei e aa a a a AE aE aa ikain aaa ENERE 21 Control Panels ernennen roa e e EERE E E EEEN EEEE A E EESE EnS 23 Contool Paneke eese a E rer ee apy er espe rene err er 23 Turning the PRIME omn and Off ta occ ctetid ee eiere aeee een OAE EEEE ES E 25 Printer ModS asgi A a a AEA a ee eee reer ee 27 UU MINI Se ats sa a ele EEE E E EEE EERE EEEE 32 Pnnter Menu St ANG eho eats a pe aia nated tide rds ad eee nade cocia acne 34
203. Drawings Windows You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune monochrome settings before printing 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Aveda type Y Get Information ic Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings Draft a 5 11 Office Document ip 1 e Poster Photos EEn LEARE Poster Text Illustrations 4 za CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics TAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About _ Defaults TE 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEE X Get Information ie Advanced Settings Dy Advanced Settings z E Print Priority Image JE Pint Quatt Draft 300dpi x Letter 8 5 x11 1G Color Mode Color x in x 14 00 in A A Color Settings 8 50 in
204. E ae print Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Bc Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 237 Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Letter J Paper Size A C Borderless Printing Match Page Size BJ r Bi oa Print Centered pm el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm E al _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print 10 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed i
205. E SREE 645 Error Message 647 Responding to Messages 0cseeceeeeceeeeceeeeeseesseseeeeeeeeeeseesaauaeessesseeeeeees 647 Responding to Messages cccceccsceeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeessaaaeeeeeseaaeeeeeesaaaesegneeeeeeeeaaeeeeess 647 Error Messages a gece cede tciraa dai Bc tu otic Ricci teen ea eugcaanda welled dais totaal eaten Berta Gaaenenayabeneetaaae 648 Messages regarding paper eeccciccccecsenc cect cesactetesstcecearatundseesncansiceerimseeeneeeetad 650 Papr Type VSI aca dacs ces ete ote a ea ee Dial deleted 650 Ppl 1 VOC IMISINAUCH sscie aa pasvatsuetic canes dededocuayacrebsonaphacee lucida a eaea a a aa a aE 650 TERE ADEE IS TOO small ssip renn ae a aea i aa e iE 651 RollWdthMiSmate h so sicre ae adcarsciencnccceteacderstaayaceauncmeponentdasapuedaudidauaemapoeeplebieaxnlenaccumlesneseGentocss 651 PAD SIZS NOL COIS CIO imris a mn tdbcnndoreduaorasantaotenninsuaaeianteutatanies 652 Insufficient Paper FOF JOD ccccccecceeecceeceeeeeeeceeeceneceececeeceeccceccneceseccnecceeccesceeseeeeeenseeeeeentenereess 653 This paper cannot bE Used sicure ERE E EE 653 Cannot print as selected Another roll iS in USC sssssessssserssssrrnneernntettnrrtsstrrnserrnntrrnnnnrserrrnene 653 Rollprinting 1S Selected 3 i cccearsanterainesccieonaadeedennsenbovawseiachdcus R REEE 654 Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded cccccecseesecsceeeeeeceseenenaeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 654 Roll x is empty
206. EE EA 353 Printing With WalerniatkS cicccascattcnrassncatvesabieteaceuondneevetunts nedacteoeatabientenaencetatiaresteuielentaiuelenseutas 353 Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows ssseesssssseeessreessserrress 354 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeneeeees 356 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation WindowWS c ccceeeees 357 Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X eseseeessseeeeren 359 Using FAVO TES sissioni E AREE EEE a 362 Using Favorites WINJOWS sai aescictajsucdvrandahiweasubietvantadeccainonschuunss EE EERS 363 Using Favorites Mac OS X sssseessssesessnresoeerrnerrtnrrsrerresorrrnortnntnttttnrerrnnoernnnetnen neneeese rnent 365 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing ssesseeeessneessserrnseernrreenrerssrtrrsstrrnntrnnntnsrttnsetrrnntennnnnnnnn nenene 366 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing WiNdOWS cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeseeseeeeeneeaeeees 367 Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X cccccccsseeeessseeeeeeecceeeeeesaeeeeeeeaaeeeenssaeeeteneeaeees 368 Windows Software 370 Printer Drivel could scien day eiae ia aE EE EAEN aei 370 Printer Driver Settings Windows cceeeesceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaaeeeeeaaaaeeseegeeeeeeeeeaaeennees 370 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows ssssseessseresssrrnnerrnn
207. Enhanced Printing Options 345 Conserving roll paper 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox ie Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation fa To Te E Scale 1100 3 1 Cancel 0K 12 Select the K No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 346 Enhanced Printing Options Checking Images Before Printing Checking Images Before Printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing You can check the print layout on the preview screen Open Preview When Print Job Starts Windows While viewing the preview screen you can also adjust orientation or other settings and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen S Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iPFxxxx File View Options Help D Zoom Frown vi ld I dD H A Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 09 6mm Printer 24 in Roll 609 6mm ti Layout Selection U Center Originals Across Roll Start Printing __ Stop Printing Printer Informatio
208. Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EE Get Information e Advanced Settings I Easy Settings v E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IAAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts 4 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing Ba V Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper size JE O Fit Rol Paper width F O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 m 8 50 in x 11 00 in G BY Paper Size Match Page Size 00 FE Orientation 7 A Portrait M aj O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Mi Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mmn N Roll Paper Options _Dutput Method __ Size Options Defaults OK l Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Inthe A Page Size list select the size of the original as specified in the application 7 In the L Paper Source list select how paper is supplied 224 Enhanced Printing Options Choosing P
209. H2 44 is for use with both 2 inch and 3 inch paper cores Use the correct attachment for the particular paper core P 115 e Roll Holder Set RH2 44 e Roll Holder for 2 and 3 inch paper cores e Attachments IEEE 1394 FireWire Expansion Board An interface board to add an IEEE 1394 also called FireWire port e IEEE1394 Expansion Board EB 05 Dy caion e Note that EB 04 is incompatible For instructions on installing the IEEE 1394 expansion board refer to the documentation provided with the optional IEEE 1394 expansion board 78 Printer Parts Printer Specifications Printer Specifications s Specifications Important e This information is subject to change as the printer is updated The following values may vary depending on the operating environment Printer Power supply 100 120 V AC 50 60 Hz 220 240 V AC 50 60 Hz Power During operation 190 W max EAE Sleep mode 100 120 V 5 W max 10 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed 220 240 V 6 W max 11 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed Operating noise Approx 52 dB A max 6 8 bels or less Dimensions W x Printer only 1 893 x 766 x 1 144 mm 74 5 x 30 2 x 45 0 in KEN Printer and Stand 1 893 x 1 291 x 1 144 mm 74 5 x 50 8 x 45 0 in including Roll Holder and Wheeled Output Stacker Printer and Stand Approx 178 kg 392 4 Ib not including the Printhead and Ink
210. Important If you use a DHCP server for automatic assignment of the printer s IP address printing may no longer be possible after the printer is turned off and on This is because an IP address different from before has been assigned Thus when using DHCP server functions consult your network administrator and configure the settings in one of the following ways Configure the setting for dynamic DNS updating In RemoteuUl activate the setting Enable DNS Dynamic Update P 448 e Configure the setting for assignment of the same IP address each time the printer starts up Q Note e We recommend configuring the printer s IP address even if you will use the printer in networks other than TCP IP networks Configuring the printer s IP address enables you to use RemoteUI to configure the network settings and manage the printer with a web browser For details on RemoteUI see Using RemoteUl P 447 Network Setting 443 Network Setting Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to configure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure
211. J m Lo Print Centered ae P el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom es eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard C Cancel 3 Print 10 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in Roll OQ Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B H Main zs a W media Type Plain Paper By B Get Information c a Set D Easy Settings Fe ee print Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document b Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos 4 Poster Text Illustrations si Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEC Viewset gt B Printer POF v Preview Standard C Cancel Print 328 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox ie Paper Si
212. K button and contact your Canon dealer for assistance Open the Ink Tank Cover 602 Maintenance Other Maintenance 9 Lift the stopper a of the Ink Tank Lock Lever a Lift the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it stops and then push it down to the front 10 Remove the Ink Tank G Note Store the Ink Tank you removed in the box with the ink holes a facing up Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains 11 Repeat steps 9 and 10 to remove all ink tanks Maintenance 603 Other Maintenance 12 Push down the release lever a as shown as you gently return all ink tank lock levers to the original position 13 Close the Ink Tank Cover At this point ink is drawn out from inside the tubes O Important Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during this process When the process is finished Finished preparing to move printer Turn off printer is displayed 14 Press the Power button and turn off the printer O Important e Turn off the printer before you unplug it It may damage the printer if you unplug it before it is off and transfer it in that state If you accidentally unplug the printer plug it in again reinstall the Ink Tank wait until the printer comes online and follow this procedure again 15 Disconnect the printer power cord and interface cable as well as the Roll Unit power cord 604 Maintenance Other Maintenance 16 Open the Top Cover grasp the Belt insert it be
213. LK TANKS iii ranuinui aeaaaee a 562 Insert the maintenance cartridge 670 Installation problems ssssesssesessseerrssserrrssnens 638 Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Ut iinitan ia 416 469 Insufficient paper for job cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeetreeeees 653 MO CUI CTO s iea ea dice alles seach bi odcetede eddies eat 1 K Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left 136 680 Index L Layout Sheet Windows ccceseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 400 Line thickness iS NOt uniform 632 Lines are misaligned ce eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeee 633 Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 PA een R vegies 640 Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that was Printed aenenunieanninanienani 640 Loading and Printing on Rolls isee 89 Loading and Printing on Sheets ceeeceeeee 93 Loading Rolls in the Printer s 118 Loading rolls in the Roll 1 Upper holder 118 Loading rolls in the Roll 2 Lower holder 122 Loading Sheets in the Printer 150 M Mac OS X Somtware ccccccceecsececeseeeeseeeeesseeeeeneees 418 Mail box full Now printing without saving data 671 Mail box nearly full ceecsceeeeseeceeeeeeseeeeereeteeee 671 Main Menu Operations cccccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeees 36 ACCESSING MENUS sarissescitasireriinin iekea 37 Executing menu commands 39 Specifying Menu HeMSensriiiirinii kinisas 38 Specifying numerical values 39 Main Menu
214. Links os Box5 0 06 Box6 0 07 Box7 0 08 Box 0 09 Box9 0 l0 Box 10 0 ll Box 11 0 Note e Enter a password if one has been set i Remote E oro English language Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx xxXx xx End User Mode 2 This mail box is password protected Enter password and click OK_ Inbox No 01 m aes eae Print Job gt Device Selection 4 Support Links 522 Hard Disk Hard Disk 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Details l Remote Ul English language Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX KX End User Mode gt Device Manager v Job Manager Print Job d Job XXXXX XX XX XX XX XX Print Log XXXX XX XX XXOXXIXX XXXX XX XX XX XX KX Support Links XXKX EX XX XK XX XX The Details of the saved document page is displayed l Remote UI I A Details of the saved document Last Updated xxxx xx xx xxxx xx 2 End User Mode 3 Change Document To Saved Job Page Document Name sample4 jpg Daie Monen PAO ECTE ya Pin Paper Print Job Owner XXXXXXX Print Ta Date Saved XX XX XX XX XX XX Size xxxxKB Paper Information Roll 1 Support Links Copies 1Copies E For details refer to the RemoteUl help Hard Disk 523 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help
215. MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or to select VacuumStrngth and then press the gt button Press A or to select the level of suction against paper on the Platen and then press the OK button oa fk WN Adjustments for Better Print Quality 561 Ink Tanks Maintenance LEEU Ink Tanks Ink tanks that can be used in the printer are labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side When purchasing ink tanks make sure an A is printed on the label along with the following Ink Tank serial numbers 330 ml 11 2 fl oz MBK Ink Tank PFI 303MBK BK Ink Tank PFI 303BK e C Ink Tank PFI 303C e M Ink Tank PFI 303M e Y Ink Tank PFI 303Y 700 ml 23 7 fl oz MBK Ink Tank PFI 703MBK BK Ink Tank PFI 703BK C Ink Tank PFI 703C M Ink Tank PFI 703M Y Ink Tank PFI 703Y 0 Note e For instructions on ink tank replacement see Replacing Ink Tanks P 563 562 Maintenance Ink Tanks Replacing Ink Tanks Compatible ink tanks Replacement ink tanks in 330 ml 11 2 fl oz and 700 ml 23 7 fl oz capacities are supported These ink tanks are labeled with a white letter A in a black circle on the side Request ink tanks with the same label when you purchase new ones For details see Ink Tanks P 562 Precautions when handlin
216. Mail Boxes LInboxNo Inboxname ooo l Common Box Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box Box 8 Box 9 r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password G This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No 0 Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number Ca 2 In the Documents dialog box select the print job in the list and click Print Documents Document Name Owner Souce Paper Type Media Size RERRRRK Plain Paper sampled jpa HRRRRRR Plain Paper sample3 jpa REMERRE Plain Paper sample2 jpa REMKRRH Plain Paper sample jpa RERRRRH Plain Paper gt Properties 512 Hard Disk Hard Disk 3 In the Print dialog box enter the quantity to print in Copies and click OK D Print the selected document Copies 14 11 899 Document Name sampled jpg Source Roll 1 Paper Type Plain Paper Media Size IS0 A4 Q Note The printing time initially indicates how long it took to finish printing one copy during the previous print job If you change the value in Copies the printing time indicates the time it took to print one copy during the previous print job multiplied by the number of copies For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Hard Disk 513 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 1 In the Hard Disk pane click
217. Main sheet to display the View Settings dialog box Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support F i meda type A Get Information LA Advanced Settings ID Easy Settings K IE Print Target Default Settings Draft ae Office Document Lettercesx11 a Ba eacaaaii Poster Photos inx in Poster Text Illustrations Q Actual ze CAD Line Drawing 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing ad Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Detauts 374 Windows Software Printer Driver Checking a print preview You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed When you activate this feature PageComposer is launched before printing Confirming how documents will be printed this way helps prevent printing errors For details on print previews see Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 347 Windows Software 375 Printer Driver Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure th
218. Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Make your selection in the E Print Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFXXxxx i Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Weaper Source Roll Paper Auto B JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing BJ Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 E O Scaling 100 5 600 US Letter H C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size By F n i Print Centered H p e _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom 4 m al _ Rotate Page 90 degrees M Standard _ Cancel _ E Print PDFv Preview 11 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm s Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Main B S W media Type Plain Paper s B Get Information c B Set ID Easy Settings ER aE Berint Target
219. NNER Enlargement Copy is a feature for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Windows Software 371 Printer Driver Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver Important e Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver If the type and size do not match an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EE Get Information e Advanced Settings I Easy Settings v E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IAAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts 4 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing P
220. NetWare print server 0 254 T Click OK to display the Network page 452 Network Setting Network Setting Specifying Printer Related Information Follow the steps below to specify device information and security settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Information in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Information page af GN To display the relevant settings page click Edit in the upper right corner of Device Information or Security depending on what information you want to specify Refer to the table of settings for device information security and email notification as you complete these settings Device Information Settings TS Device Name Enter a device name blank 0 32 characters Location Enter the location where the device is installed blank 0 32 characters Administrator Enter the administrator s name blank 0 32 characters Enter the administrator s contact information blank 0 32 characters Comments E mail Enter any comments regarding the administrator blank 0 32 characters Security Settings Old Password Enter the current device password blank 0 14 characters New Password E
221. O Fit Roll Paper Width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 7 gt 8 50 inx11 00in G BY Paper size Match Page Size A 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in HB A orotate B LA Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto x IN Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm z N Chara Output Method __Size Options __Defauts Ok Cancel JI Apply Help 176 Working With Various Print Jobs 10 11 Printing CAD Drawings In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A3 Inthe L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 370 Confirm the print settings and print as desired O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Working With Various Print Jobs 177 Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example Document
222. OS X P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 233 Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Fit Roll Paper Width Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width as desired For instructions on resizing originals to match the roll paper width refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows P 235 e Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X P 237 Q Note e For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size 234 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width 16 inches 406 4 mm 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display
223. OS X P 231 Q Note e For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format use an image editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of 150 dpi or more at actual size 228 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type GEMAS v Get Information ic Advanced Settings z ID Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft ee Office Document 8 50 in x 11 00 in Poster Text Illustrations Q A ze CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor
224. PPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer VEN 6 we r e E esa ee File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w k Erro User Manual A D arrer Tss Canon Contents Working With Vari me x ed Printing Opti 1 Printing procedure Windows Sof S Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Loading and Printing on Rolls Mac OS X Software Loading and Printing on Sheets Handling Paper Printing in Windows ij Print Printingin Mac OSX i k i ents for Better Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Printer Parts Using the Stationary Output Stacker Network Setting Maintenance 2 Canceling print jobs Troubleshooting Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel E Canceling Print Jobs from Windows Eror Message Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X Appendix 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets Vindows Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx This section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Q Note Forinformation on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper 6 1 1 Internet Printing a group of individual topics in the manual When you
225. Pa Layout Data Comments Microsoft Word Document il 1 Page per Sheet For Help press F1 2 In the PageComposer editing window select the document to print and open the Print Preview window 3 After confirming that the layout is just as you expected close the Print Preview window 4 In the PageComposer editing window make sure the document to print is selected Choose Print in the File menu 1E Canon PageComposer Canon iPFxxxx Proof Print Print Preview Total Pa Layout Data Comments Exit 1 1 Page per Sheet Prints the selected document Enhanced Printing Options 351 Checking Images Before Printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Printer XXX XXX XXX XXX 4 Presets Standard rey Copies amp Pages HJ Copies zA Collated Pages AIl O From 1 to 1 m as PDF Save PDF as PostScript Fax PDF aan imagePROGRAr N POF Mail PDF Save as PDF X Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed eoe Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp 2S A S GF A a Nie Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Go to Page Help LAP DE
226. Pane Se as Sheet Selection 1 Lo Sheet Selection 2 asia TrimEdge Reload Yr eare frozen C oeresescanwan carage sanwan OOOO SleepTimer Printer system settings C fem oo fie zoe oo ose Famer O fee oo Joona aa Output Method Current output method setting seven ie O esa 72 Printer Parts Control Panel Network RemoteUl Current network settings used by RemoteUl Update Primary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server Address DNS Host Name DNS Domain Name Multicast DNS Service Name Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor Frame Type IPX External Network Number Node Number Print Service Depending on the NetWare print service settings information on one of the following four items is printed Printer Parts 73 Control Panel Bindery PServer Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt Bindery PServer is selected File Server Name Print Server Name Print Server Password RPrinter o Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt RPrinter is selected E Name oo Printer Number NDSPSever O Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt NDS PServer is selected ia os Name 4 Lt Print Server Password Polling Interval Values set when NetWare gt Print Service gt NPrinter is selected Print Server Name Printer Number Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor
227. Paper Reference Guide P 104 When you select a feed source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the feed source type of paper and roll width C Advanced Settings Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the type of paper E Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Printing Photos and Images P 161 Printing Line Drawings and Text P 174 Printing Office Documents P 191 Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available F View Settings Click to display the View Settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the order of items listed in E Print Target B Get Information Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box which shows the types and sizes of paper specified on the printer for each feed source L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to check on screen previews of documents before Job Starts printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 347 Windows Software 385 Printer Driver Setting item Ciescription M Status Monitor Click to start imagePROGRAF Status Monitor which enables you to confirm the status of the printer and print jobs You can also set up email notification if printer errors occur by compl
228. Printing _ Reduce Print Unevenness L Economy Printing E d Printer M C POF Y Preview Standard Cancel aiie l ai panan 9 Click Monochrome in the H Color Mode list 10 Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Settings D cyan Low A High 0 30 30 fo IE Magenta Low s High 0 3 30 30 on IF yellow Low s High gt ABCDEF Ee eso i ts 1234567 Garay Tone Cool Warm Wsampie Type 0 30 30 O 4 Standard Brightness Dark g Light B View Color Pattern oe 8 30 30 4 h xy Sal c 2pply to Sampie If Contrast Low a High t i 0 M30 30 o 9 Wesaturation Low High 0 30 30 O a O Revert C Gre gt 11 Adjust the Brightness Contrast and other settings on the Color Settings pane 12 Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box 172 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images 13 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ m Lo Print Centered ae P el _ No Spaces
229. Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 364 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Using Favorites Mac OS X You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite based printing Q Note In the printing dialog box click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings This is a standard feature of the operating system For details refer to the Mac OS documentation Enhanced Printing Options 365 Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Roll paper can be automatically cut after printing Q Note e It may not be possible to cut certain types of paper such as adhesive paper For details on types of paper that cannot be used with the auto cut feature see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Automatic Cutting Roll paper is cut automatically after printing If you prefer you can print continuously without cutting the roll or you can print a cut line For instructions on cutting roll paper after printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows P 367 e Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X P 368 366 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Windows This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically after printing using the auto cut f
230. Questions sicccccicsssserneed mnncocxeccensdcendideseniuscttbenadteeesecantecenedueberecumnecdenssenieneduse 607 Problems Regarding Paper eiccicucesnndeciceceieuincandaxnxaeenieanviendbinnnaieenineddeamadescn 610 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper sacieccccscncssteccessneasticccratentasctaeecsatsecastessnistcsecteettaxedcacaestaacaaeeserieass 610 Clearing a Jammed SIG Tso ies seed ccnssd sane saccasnegeatcenssncnenSeanivasdcvisedanieednsapacdnsegevenmetesasanenecaacas 613 Troubleshooting When Paper Jams are not FOUNG ccccecsseceeneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenenseseneeeee 615 Roll Paper Cannot be Inserted into the Paper Feed Slot ccccceccsseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 618 Cannot Load fe 21 eee ee mene ee er Or eee ro ne oe oe eee eee eee eee 618 P per IS MU SIN aos eectcacatteescpenineatceseedaueeseciacesdeieanerevaetaccetaciasdasabantosepeassienaendpanoamvaiea 618 Paper IS Not gt eo eee ee Oe ne eet oe er ee eee A er aero ree eee eee eee ret 618 Printing elelsrcl ois c2 9 Reamer eee eee eee erie eee ree ree te EEEE Eee erste eer 619 The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light Upc ccna eieeGitiniceenekn 619 The printer does not respond even if print jobs are Sent sssssssseesssrrrsssrrrrerrrrtrsrrrsserrrennt 619 The display screen indicates the system is filling with iNK eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 619 The printer stops during a print job a cssnececonssieserizieveddedcenstnnsacnabsnceccehnencesarin
231. REE RAEE riac 174 Printing Line Drawings and Text s ssssssessssssssssrnrneseeeeeessnnsnnnrrrrrrnnnnnreorrnnnnnnnennrnnnnaneeeeeenena 174 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows s sssssssessserrnseernnerrnntssrnrrssetrnnnetnnntnsrernseen nnet 176 Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X sssssssseesssrreserrnrerrnntssrnrrssrrrnnnrnnntesrernseren nnet 178 Printing CAD Drawings in Monochrome eeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeee eter eee e ee ee eeae ee tecceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeee 181 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Line Drawings Windows 0e 182 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Line Drawings Mac OS X s es 184 Specifying Colors and Printing CAD DrawingS cceccceeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeees 187 Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings WiNdOWS c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetenneeees 188 Fea age Priming tsa etre ac acta tee aii a Gasset ae a aiei ea 190 Printing Office Documents jccnuccasisrecesocnsatseec nscuncedvevenunereeedceccassantaataders erence 191 Printing Otice Documents ssoirerreninnsanegnsas o eee E EE E eteeay 191 Printing Office Documents WV INGOQWS si sin ceva retethvaysScorenrarte iis ieezeriesdieledtes a eE is 192 Printing Office Documents Mac OS Ao aig eco ca ates ness sched ee dich ata radiata a 194 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER cesses 196 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals fro
232. Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A3 A4 Roll 297 0mm 10 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iPFro0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Page Layout B i 2 Pages Sheet BB se Watermark JE CONFIDENTIAL F Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 11 1 999 Reverse Order __Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel lI Apply Help 11 Select the G Print Centered check box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 326 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx BI Canon iPPoox fe Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation To Tle
233. Setup Utility as follows 1 2 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From the Windows start menu select Programs gt imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility gt Uninstaller imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to start the wizard In the wizard window click Delete and then click Next Troubleshooting 639 HP GL 2 problems HP GL 2 problems Lines or images are missing in the HP GL 2 data that was printed Corrective Action The memory is full Check the size of the data in the print job An HP GL 2 command not supported by this printer Check the print job and settings was received The printer has received print data that includes HP Set Auto Rotate to Off before attempting to print RTL commands when Auto Rotate is On Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP GL 2 Printing Corrective Action The Line Width setting in the main menu is incorrect Confirm the selection in Line Width If fine lines are printed faint setting ThickenFineLines to On in the main menu will print the lines more distinctly 5 HP GL 2 jobs are printed in monochrome or color Corrective Action The Color Mode is incorrect On the printer Control Panel check the Color Mode setting However for optimal Printhead performance the printer consumes trace amounts of color ink even when Monochrome is selected as Color Mode Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate
234. Shake tank in bag a new ink tank slowly 7 8 times amp press OK 4 Pause 4 Pause m5 i O a J OK button Close ink tank cover after replacing ink tanks Push down holder until you hear a click Take out tank amp set on holder color label on back side 4 Pause 4 Pause fa ne 4 Pause Offline FeedPaper a Glossy Photo 47in Roll Q Note e During a continuous display of instructions you can press the lt button to pause the instructions on the current screen Press the lt or gt button to display the previous or next screens If you do not press the lt or gt button within 30 seconds continuous display is resumed Press the OK button to display the instruction screen for the next step 76 Printer Parts Control Panel Viewing instructions for loading or removing rolls 1 Press the Load Eject button 2 Press A or Y to select Load Roll or Remove Roll and then press the OK button 3 Press A or V to select Roll1 Uppr Lngth or Roll2 Lwr Type and then press the OK button Instructions are now displayed Viewing instructions for loading or removing sheets 1 Press the Load Eject button Instructions are now displayed Printer Parts 77 Optional accessories Optional accessories u Roll Holder Set Load a roll on the roll holder and then load the holder in the printer The Roll Holder in the Roll Holder Set R
235. Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 370 Confirm the print settings and print as desired A caion Depending on the Media Type setting some Print Target options may not be available Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Working With Various Print Jobs 193 Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Mac OS X This topic describes how to print office documents based on the following example e Document Office document created using word processing or spreadsheet programs e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx Es Canon iPPoox Ce Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation t Tle IE scale 100 1 Cancel E 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Cut Sheet 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx rw Presets Standard B Main a
236. Specify the font size color and so on Surround the watermark with a frame if desired e Watermark position Specify the position on the page the angle and so on e Watermark printing method Specify whether to print the watermark superimposed or under the document image You can also print the watermark only on the first page if desired 0 Note e Watermarks are supported in Windows e In addition to the provided watermarks you can create up to 50 original watermarks in Windows For detailed instructions on printing with watermarks refer to the following topics e Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows P 354 Enhanced Printing Options 353 Other useful settings Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and so on Windows This topic describes how to print with watermarks based on the following example of printing with a FILE COPY watermark Document CAD drawing e Page size A2 420 0x594 0 mm 16 5 23 4 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences gt Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EE B Get Information Le Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print
237. Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows cccccceeeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeee 224 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X ccssscceeescccceeeesaceeeesesaeeeeessneeeeeeeneaeees 226 Contents iii Contents Printing enlargements OF reductions lt ayosccenenicntencesinnne cies annseaneeuieteeensieweregsauest 228 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size eccceceeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesaeeeseeeeeeeeeeneaaeeees 228 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows cccccceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetenaeeees 229 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X c ccceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeees 231 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width 0 0 0 ccccceesccseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeesaaeeesteseeeeeeeeeaaaeees 234 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows c ccceeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeteaaeeees 235 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X snsssssssesssenessnnrssssrrrnsernnnrsrnrressrrrnserrrnne 237 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling ValU ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeesenaeeees 240 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value WiNGOWS ccceceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaaeeees 241 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value Mac OS X ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseaaeeees 243 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER
238. Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Fi View set Printer a M PDF wv Preview Standard C Cancel E Prit 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 226 Enhanced Printing Options Choosing Paper for Printing 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard iz Page Setup H Emag Size a Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto Boll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing EO Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O Scaling 100 5 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ ro Ly Print Centered ma e _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom ca IB L C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF vy Preview Standard _ Cancel Print 9 In the A Paper Source list select how paper is supplied 10 If you have selected Cut Sheet in A Paper Source make sure the size as selected in Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size If you have selected Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 in A Paper Source make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width Q Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update
239. Tank and check the orientation of the Ink Tank before reloading it Maintenance 569 Ink Tanks 4 Lift the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it stops and then push it down until it clicks into place Q Note e Ifthe Ink Lamp is not lit in red reload the tank Ink lamps flash when there is little ink left 6 Close the Ink Tank Cover The printer will go online or offline Important e After Ink Tank replacement always close the Ink Tank Cover If the Ink Tank Cover cannot close some Ink Tank Lock Lever may not be closed completely Make sure all ink tank lock levers are fully closed 570 Maintenance Ink Tanks Load the ink tank 700 ml 1 Before opening the pouch hold the new Ink Tank with both hands and tilt it to the left and right as shown shaking gently it seven or eight times Ay saion 700 ml ink tanks are heavy so use your whole arm to agitate it instead of just your wrist Q Note e If you do not agitate the Ink Tank the ink may sediment which may affect printing quality 2 Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank Q Note Never touch the ink holes or electrical contacts This may cause stains damage the Ink Tank and affect printing quality e Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Do not remove and agitate ink tanks that have already been installed in the printer Ink may leak out Maintenance 571 Ink Tan
240. Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Make your selection in the E Print Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Weaper Source Roll Paper Auto DE JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing BJ Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 5 5 600 US Letter m e H _ Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size By FI am Ll Print Centered PDF wv Preview Standard _ Cancel E Print 11 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 12 Confirm that the roll paper width matches the paper size Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information 284 Enhanced Printing Options Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard iz Main B es JA media Type Plain Paper IBC Get information _ gc Set D Easy Settings print Target Default Setti
241. UNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 3 Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility 4 Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility Enhanced Printing Options 247 Printing enlargements or reductions Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button refer to the setting manual displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites a
242. Y to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for adjustment based on the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage The scale bar shows Millimeter in 50 mm units and Inch in 1 inch units 5 Q Millimeter OQ Note e A test pattern is printed in black when you choose A High or in magenta if you choose B Standard Draft To cancel printing the test pattern for adjustment hold down the Stop button for a second or more and then go to step 7 T Measure the length of the adjustment pattern Calculate the difference between the measured length and actual length Enter it as a percentage and press the OK button You can adjust the value in 0 02 increments Press A to increase the value or W to decrease it If the scale is printed shorter than actual size set the value toward the positive side if it is printed longer set the value toward the negative side i Note e You can also specify the adjustment value in Adjust Length in the Paper Details menu In this case no test pattern for adjustment is printed 560 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the Vacuum Strength VacuumStrngth When printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily if paper rubs against the printer or the edge is wrinkled from rubbing adjusting the level of suction against paper on the Platen may improve results 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN
243. aae eE 240 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value MACOS X i aa 243 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value WINGOWS fictiecestovitederetinneeebiiied variate 241 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width 234 Enlarged Reduced Printing cceeeeeeee 234 Fit Roll Paper Width cccceceeeeeeseeeesteeeeeees 234 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X cctv cieechen diners earache 237 Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width WINGOWS ssceiecbiienteee cette eed EEEE 235 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size 228 Enlarged Reduced Printing s e 228 Fit Paper SiZ eceeesseeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeteaes 228 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size AC OS X sterseccistvedonhes Gieteessdeepvactstedestechtteedvna itis 231 Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size VV INGOWS 3 dee tbaess so ctoeneth screenees ieceodgettieetoee deteeeseaaes 229 Responding to MeSSages cccccccceeessteeeeeenees 647 Error M SSQQEC eceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeettteeeeeeeeae 647 Other Messages ccceeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 647 Roll feed unit error c cceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeee 660 Roll Holder Set 0 c cccsecceeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 78 145 Roll Paper Cannot be Inserted into the Paper Feed SlOb ak wriek is Ae eee eee 618 684 Index Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded 654 Roll printing is s
244. adjusted before printing as follows when Color Compatibility is selected i Note e Color CAD is displayed when you select Advanced Settings on the Main sheet and set Print Priority to Line Drawing Text Color Compatibility Color Setting Item Color Setting Color CAD 1 Print in standard colors Color CAD 2 Print in brighter colors Color CAD 3 Print emulating the Canon BJ W3000 W3050 in colors resembling colors produced by these printers Color CAD 4 Print emulating the HP Designjet 500 800 in colors resembling colors produced by these printers Color CAD 5 Print emulating the HP Designjet 1000 in colors resembling colors produced by this printer Color CAD 6 Print emulating the HP Designjet 4000 4500 in colors resembling colors produced by these printers Important e If you have selected Color CAD 3 Color CAD 4 Color CAD 5 or Color CAD 6 it is not possible to match the colors and image quality produced by the specified printer exactly For instructions on configuring Color Compatibility refer to the following topics Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings Windows P 188 Working With Various Print Jobs 187 Printing CAD Drawings ss Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings Windows You can complete color settings when Color CAD is selected in Color Mode Q Note e Color CAD is displayed when you select Advanced Settings on the Main sheet and set Print Priority to L
245. ages Error Message Check the message and take the appropriate action P 648 Other Messages These messages do not prevent printer operation Check the information on the Display Screen and take action as necessary Q Note e Messages are also displayed in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Canon iP Pox Job G Hard Disk Information ff Maintenance Support Paper jam Clear the paper jam Ink Levels C M Y MBK BK r z Maintenance cartridge free space Job Information Owner Document Name Feed Information Source Size Type Paper Remaining Manual feed tray Empty Roll Paper 1 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper Q 64 0 m 209 ft 11 in Roll Paper 2 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper A 64 0 m 7 209 ft 11 in Error Message 647 Responding to Messages Error Messages Error messages Check the message and take the appropriate action Before borderless printing move the blue platen switch P 667 Blue platen switch is dirty P 667 Borderless printng not possible P 660 Borderless printng not possible Paper stretched or shrank gt P 667 Cannot adjust band P 666 Cannot adjust printhead P 666 Cannot print as selected Another roll is in use P 653 Cannot print as specified P 665 Close Ink Tank Cover P 662 End of paper feed P 659 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represent
246. aintenance Printhead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Use this utility with the Color imageRUNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel J Apply Help Baton Corresponding Utility A Maintenance Click to start the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor which offers the following maintenance for the printer e Nozzle ink ejecting outlet check e Nozzle ink ejecting outlet cleaning e Head alignment adjustment e Feed amount adjustment B Color imageRUNNER Click to launch Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 1 iR Enlargement Copy enlargement copy which enables you to create hot folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy and assign print settings to hot folders Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 196 1 For details see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 406 Windows Software Printer Driver Support Sheet Windows On the Support sheet you can view support information and the user s manual Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences n Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support H a Support Information E jaa Accesses the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest printer information check for software updates and browse other information User Manual Ti Displays the printer user s manual This function requi
247. aintenance Cartridge for your printer is installed particular model Prepare for maint cart replacement The Maintenance Cartridge is almost full You can continue to print but prepare a new Maintenance Cartridge to use when the message for replacement is displayed No Maintenance Cartridge capacity The Maintenance Cartridge cannot absorb enough After confirming that the printer has stopped ink for Printhead cleaning or other operation operating replace the Maintenance Cartridge P 586 Maintenance cartridge full The Maintenance Cartridge is full After confirming that the printer has stopped operating replace the Maintenance Cartridge P 586 s Maintenance cartridge problem An incompatible or used Maintenance Cartridge has Install an unused Maintenance Cartridge specified for been installed use with the printer 670 Error Message Messages regarding the hard disk Messages regarding the hard disk Hard disk error The format of the printer s hard disk is invalid Press the OK button to start reformatting the hard disk When formatting is finished the printer automatically restarts Formatting will erase all data on the hard disk File read error Files on the printer s hard disk have become Restart the printer Only the corrupted files will be corrupted deleted and the printer will restart The mail box is full Corrective Action There is no mo
248. always be available we recommend registering the paper size in the printer driver Q Note These temporary paper sizes you register on the printer are called Custom Sizes in Windows For instructions on specifying non standard paper sizes for printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows P 298 e Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X P 302 Enhanced Printing Options 297 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows There are two ways to print on non standard paper sizes as described below e Printing by using Custom Size P 298 e Printing by using Custom Paper Size P 300 Printing by using Custom Size This section describes how to print using Custom Size based on the following example e Document Scanned image e Page size Square of non standard dimensions 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in Load the square paper 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in in the printer Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 kh OND Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support
249. an specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size but in this case the portion off the edge of the paper will not be printed e Ifthe original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size the original is printed in the upper left corner In this case you can center originals by selecting the J Print Centered check box 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 245 Printing enlargements or reductions u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER refer to the following topic e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 247 e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X gt P 249 246 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing con
250. and Adj is not possible Either B Standard Draft or A High in the Adjust Length menu is applied depending on printer driver settings at the time of printing e If you have selected Easy Settings in the printer driver follow these steps to confirm the Print Priority setting e Windows Click View Settings on the Main tab to display the View Settings dialog box e Mac OS X Click View set on the Main pane to display the View settings dialog box Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Louaieject F508 2 Press A or W to select Paper Details and then press the button 3 Press A or Y to select the type of paper and then press the gt button 4 Press A or to select Feed Priority and then press the gt button 5 Press A or Y to select Automatic Band Joint or Print Length and then press the OK button Adjustments for Better Print Quality 553 Adjusting the feed amount Auto Band Adjustment Auto Band Adj If printed images are affected by banding in different colors adjust the amount that paper is fed Auto Band Adj offers two modes Standard Adj and Advanced Adj Use Advanced Adj if Standard Adj does not eliminate banding or when using paper other than genuine Canon paper or paper for purposes other than checking output Always check the Feed Priority setting before using Auto Band Adj P 553 Q Note e When using highly transparen
251. and affect the printing quality Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing Make sure the roll width selected in the dialog box displayed when you select Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver matches the width of the roll loaded in the printer and then try printing again Error Message 651 Messages regarding paper Paper size not detected Paper has been loaded askew or warped paper has Follow these steps to reload the roll been loaded 1 Lift the Release Lever 2 Open the Top Cover 3 Adjust the right edge of the roll to make it parallel to the right Paper Alignment Line 4 Lower the Release Lever 5 Close the Top Cover 6 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred P 118 If this error recurs after you reload the roll remove the Roll Holder from the printer push the roll firmly in until it touches the Roll Holder flange and reload the Roll Holder in the printer P 115 Follow these step to reload a sheet 1 Lift the Release Lever 2 Open the Top Cover 3 Adjust the right edge of the sheet to make it parallel to the right Paper Alignment Line and the trailing edge of the sheet to make it parallel to the paper alignment line under the Paper Retainer 4 Lower the Release Lever 5 Close the Top Cover 6 If Not finished printing F
252. and you have set ManageRemainRoll to On Select the roll length and then press the OK button The printer will automatically go online 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Roll1 Uppr Lngth or Roll2 Lwr Lngth and then press the button Press A or to select the length of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button Specify the roll length as follows 1 Press lt or gt to move the cursor _ to each field for entering numbers 2 Press the A or W button to enter the value 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to finish entering the value and then press the OK button AON 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online 114 Handling Paper Handling rolls m Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls When printing on rolls attach the Roll Holder to the roll Rolls have a two or three inch paper core Use the correct attachment for the paper core The printer comes equipped with the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment installed Using the 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment Using the 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Roll Holder Side Holder Stopper Side Roll Holder Side Holder Stopper Side No Attachment Needed 2 Inch Paper Core 3 Inch Paper Core 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment Attachment 1 Attachment 2 Important Be sure to use the correct attachment for the size of the roll paper core The roll edge may be dama
253. andling Paper Handling rolls Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls How a roll is cut after ejection varies depending on the printer settings Cutting Method Automatic The roll is automatically cut by the Cutter Unit following printer driver settings Eject P 140 Q Note Choose this setting if you prefer not to have documents dropped immediately after printing as when waiting for ink to dry To cut the roll using the Cutter Unit hold down the Stop button for a second or more Choose this setting when using media that cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit Cut each page from the roll using scissors For continuous printing if you will cut each page later in Auto Cut select Yes or select Print Cut Guideline Choose this option if you want to cut pages by pressing Cutter Unit buttons for manual cutting after printing when the printer driver is configured to Auto Cut gt No or Print Cut Guideline Otherwise choose this option if you want to cut the roll edge after loading a roll Menu Settings Cutting Mode Paper Cutting Driver Setting a No Yes Print Cut Guideline gt Cut Guideline e Automatic and Eject are valid only when you have specified Auto Cut gt Yes in the printer driver e With Eject printing does not resume after a series of jobs have been printed continuously until the roll is cut Cut rolls manually in the following cases Handling Paper 139 Handling rolls Ejec
254. ane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Main B S W media Type Plain Paper s B Get Information c B Set ID Easy Settings ER aE Berint Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos 4 Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics AC View set a Printer PDFw Preview Standard Cancel Print 270 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 A Settings B Format for Paper Size o Orientation E Scale 14 15 16 17 18 Q Note Page Attributes iz iPFxxxx E3 Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Va 1 T 100 On the Page Setup pane select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box Select the H Borderless Printing check box Click E Fit Paper Size under D Enlarged Reduced Printing In Paper Size click the paper size In this case click 10 x12 Borderless Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 4
255. anese Printer Model Auto Select i 1 Location No Selection a Print Using m 6 Enter the printer s IP address in Printer s Address and click Add 0e88 Printer Browser Canon IP iPF Fs Complete and valid address Queue Cancel gt Location No Selection lt Print Using a Network Setting 477 Network Setting Mac OS X 7 Make sure the printer has been added and then close the Printer List window e088 Printer List eon Add Status Kind XXX XXX XXX XXX Canon iPFxxxx O Important If imagePROGRAF Generic is indicated in Kind the printer information is not properly acquired Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network P 634 478 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network Macintosh In Mac OS X 10 2 8 and later use Bonjour functions to easily connect the printer to the network Follow the steps below to configure the destination if you use the printer on TCP IP network Important e Bonjour and IP Print Auto do not support printing to a printer on other network groups that require a router for connection Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network For information about network settings ask your network administrator By default Bonjour is activated on the printer The printer name as displayed in Printer Setup Utility
256. aper Roll Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm A Settings B Format for co Paper Size D Orientation E Scale N Q Note Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3x11 7 in Letter Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Page Attributes EJ iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 15 100 Select the printer in the B Format for list In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 e All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to fit the roll width 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx mW Presets Standard B Main zs Lt J media Type Plain Paper as ae Bc Get Information BC Set D Easy Settings he a E prrint Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set Printer PDF wv Preview 276 Enhanced Printing Options Standard Cancel Borderless Printing 8 In the A
257. aper Size O Scalin Letter 8 5 x11 r 00 00 8 50 in x 11 00 in se A m A Portat E A O Landscape a 7 am C Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm INI Rol Paper Options Output Method __ Size Options __ Defaults OK Cancel J Apply Help 3 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 Click O Paper Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box Enter a desired paper name in Custom Paper Size Name My Horizontal Banner is used a A in this example In Units click mm Under Paper Size enter 100 in Width and 500 in Height Click Add to add the paper size of My Horizontal Banner Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box Oo ON O amp O 288 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 10 Close the printer driver dialog box Q Note e You can also specify a Custom Size as the paper size Note that Custom Size settings are not available after you exit the application For more information see Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Windows P 298 Creating the banner in the application Follow the steps below to create the banner in Microsoft Word using the Cus
258. aper for Printing 8 If you have selected Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 in L Paper Source select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll Paper Width Q Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 370 Enhanced Printing Options 225 Choosing Paper for Printing Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes cz B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 zs 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 14 ID Orientation ical E Scale 100 Cancel a 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iIPFxxxx i Presets Standard wy Main B as H media Type Plain Paper B Get Information Bc Set D Easy Settings E en E prrint Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Y Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11
259. aper information indicated in the Paper Reference Guide on the printer Control Panel and in the printer driver is up to date Q Note e Types of paper for which t appears next to the product name are specified as genuine Canon paper For other paper contact the respective manufacturer after reading instructions included with the media for further information 104 Handling Paper Paper Accessing the Paper Reference Guide from imagePROGRAF Support Information The Paper Reference Guide can also be accessed from imagePROGRAF Support Information Follow these instructions as appropriate for your operating system e Windows 1 Double click the iPFxxxx Support desktop icon iPFxxxx indicates the printer model iPFxxxx Support The imagePROGRAF Support Information window is displayed 2 Click the Paper Reference Guide button 2 imagePROGRAF Support Information Windows Internet Explorer JO Snips we amp GimagePROGRAF Support Information 5 5 dh i Page Tools W ImagePROGRAF imagePROGRAF Support Information _ Using Your imagePROGRAF Printer Stay Informed User s Manual Visit the inagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips EEEn baer sani Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage a Paper Reference Guide iew information about paper that can be used with the printer Bet the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly adde
260. ary applications before printing Running several applications while printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality 1 In the source application select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions 2 After confirming that the printer is selected in the dialog box click Print or OK to start printing O Note e The appearance of the dialog box varies depending on the software application In most cases the dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on Example Print dialog box displayed by the application General Select Printer E Add Printer Status Ready Print to filed Location Comment Find Printer Page Range Oal Number of copies 1 Che Q Note e If another printer is selected select the printer you want to use under Select Printer or in the dialog box displayed after clicking Printer Settings for many printing methods including enlarged or reduced printing borderless printing and so on are displayed in the printer driver dialog box There are two ways to access the printer driver dialog box as follows e From the application P 381 From the operating system menu P 383 96 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure Printing in Mac OS X Print from the application menu after registering the printer
261. at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only Cut the printed document ejected from the printer then use scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Before borderless printing make sure the blue Switch on the platen is set toward the e side P 629 Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired 258 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Print Image with Actual Size Prints originals at actual size without enlarging or reducing them Originals must be prepared in a size that exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm
262. at Top or Bottom ea eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard C Cancel Print 14 Confirm the settings of A Paper Source and C Page Size 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 421 Working With Various Print Jobs 173 Printing CAD Drawings Printing CAD Drawings Printing CAD Drawings Using this printer you can print fine lines and text clearly and sharply It s easy to produce highly precise drawings from CAD applications Q Note In Windows you can print highly precise drawings using the provided imagePROGRAF HDI Driver for AutoCAD AutoCAD LT For details on the HDI driver see HDI Driver For instructions on CAD printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 176 e Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X P 178 Printing Line Drawings and Text Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for line drawings and text CAD Line Drawing Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD m drawings clearly CAD Fas
263. at least four sheets 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Loaaiejeot isee 3 Press A or Y to select Test Print and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Status Print and then press the gt button 5 Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button Checking the information in the Status Print report The following information is included in the Status Print report Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Status Print Printer model C ve C M Y MBK BK Ink levels The remaining ink is displayed in a five level scale Information on the loaded paper BECCO C onome Le Roll2 Lwr Type ManageRemainRoll Job Management The free space on the printer s hard disk drive Lt HDD Information ame see Printer Parts 69 Control Panel HP GL 2 setting values Line Width O pen fieran eeo On The Fly Adjust Printer Current printer settings Auto Head Adj Printhead adjustment value al Auto Print p 70 Printer Parts Control Panel Interface Setup Current network settings canceling printing Settings related to TCP IP es O poe pe o e Pset o O IP Setting values ee pe Oo p Mask e G W NetWare settings rears Oo feme O pesme Ethernet Driver settings O pea o fome O eee O Smor es Printer Parts 71 Control Panel fWarning o Current warning and error settings Op pe C eama Keep Media Size Current paper related settings
264. ate paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool 56 Printer Parts Control Panel Job ob Management ame Description Instructions pas u SS saa Job Job List Choose a Delete Delete the current job or print job queued jobs P 490 Preempt Print the job first after the Jobs current print job is finished P 490 Stored Job Mailbox Enter a Job List Choose a Print Print the saved job d t job eo print jab Erc Delete the saved job if one has been set Print Job Print a list of saved print jobs List Job Log Choose Document Displays the document name from Name in the last print job inf i last three who sent the print job print jobs Page Displays the number of pages Count in the print job Job Status Displays the results of the print job processed Print Start Displays the time when the Time print job was started Print End Displays the time when the Time print job was finished Print Time Displays the time required to print the job Displays the paper size in the print job Media Displays the paper type in the Type print job Interface Displays the interface used for the print job Ink Displays the ink consumption Consumed HDD HDDSpace Displays the space available Information on the printer s hard disk Printer Parts 57 Control Panel GL2 Settings Description Instructions Description Instructions Color CAD 1 Print in standard colors Color CAD 2 Print in
265. banner 2 Register a Custom Page Size Banners tend to be in non standard sizes so register a Custom Page Size in Page Setup In this example 100x500 mm 3 9x19 7 in is registered 3 Print the banner using the settings that correspond to banners QG Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of setting up non standard paper sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X Enhanced Printing Options 293 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Register a Custom Page Size This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in either horizontal or vertical format 1 Create the document in the application 2 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings B Format for Paper Size D Orientation E Scale dialog box to register Here enter 100 500 Select the printer in the B Format for list Page Attributes E iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPFxxxx Letter 8 5 x11 is 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm 16 fs 100 Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes Double click Untitled in the list at left and then enter a name for the page size you want If the Untitled size is not listed at left click below the list in centimeters in centimeters oO you registered 10
266. be opened and closed using the rod in front Output Stacker Ejection Guides Prevent printed documents from winding around the Roll Holder or being drawn into the Paper Feed Slot Hold the Wheeled Output Stacker by these guides when moving it Output Stacker Foot Stand Equipped with casters to facilitate moving it Stopper Locks the Stand casters Always release the Stopper before moving the printer Moving the printer while the Stopper is locked may scratch the casters or the floor Q Note e For instructions on assembling the Wheeled Output Stacker see the setup guide provided with the Wheeled Output Stacker 20 Printer Parts Printer parts Control Panel a Online Button Green Switches the printer online and offline P 32 e On The printer is online Flashing The printer is switching modes e Off The printer is offline b Menu Button Displays the main menu of the printer P 53 c Data lamp Green Flashing During printing the Data lamp flashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs Otherwise this lamp flashes when the print job is paused or the printer is updating the firmware e Off There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off d Message lamp Orange e On A warning message is displayed e Flashing An error message is displayed Off The printer is off or is operating normally e Paper Source Section After you press the Feeder Se
267. ble automatic cutting click Yes in the A Automatic Cutting list If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself click Print Cut Guideline Click OK to close the Roll Paper Options dialog box Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 CON Roll paper will be automatically cut after printing Enhanced Printing Options 367 Other useful settings Cutting Roll Paper After Printing Mac OS X This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically using the auto cut function after printing as well as how to print a cut line for manual cutting Q Note e The auto cut function is activated on the printer by default and when the printer driver is installed Follow the steps below to reactivate the function once disabled or to select the setting for printing a cut line instead 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFroc B Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation Th Ja fle E Scale 1100 z E O _ Cancel E Select the printer in the B Format for list Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list Click F OK to close the dialog box Choose Print in the application menu Access the Page Setup pane ou kh WN
268. blem is solved The following operations are available from the main menu during printing Menu Durng Prtng e Printhead cleaning e Manual adjustment of the paper feed amount e Display of printer related information Job Mgmt Menu e Job management menu operations For a description of specific items available in the main menu during printing see Main Menu Settings During Printing P 66 For instructions on selecting and setting main menu items during printing see Main Menu Operations P 36 34 Printer Parts Control Panel Submenu operations Access submenus by pressing the Information button on the Control Panel You can check the following information in submenus e Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity Ink levels e Information on the loaded paper e Printer information e HP GL 2 setting information For a description of specific items displayed in submenus see Submenu Display P 67 Printer Parts 35 Control Panel Main Menu Operations Press the Menu button to display the main menu For details see Main Menu Settings P 53 e Main menu displayed if you press the Menu button when printing is not in progress MAIN MENU Paper Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Media Menu Paper Details Job Management e Menu selection if you press the Menu button when printing is in progress Menu Selection Menu Durng Prtng Job Mgmt Menu OK Select Q Note
269. cation s plotter output settings tp Note e For instructions on configuring these settings refer to the software documentation The printer automatically switches to the corresponding processing when GARO HP GL 2 or HP RTL jobs are received Configure the settings especially for HP GL 2 emulation on the printer control panel P 53 This printer can emulate the following printers Emulated Printers Canon W3000 and W3050 3 Hewlett Packard Designjet 450c Designjet 750c Plus and Designjet 750c 1 HP GL 2 Hewlett Packard Graphics Language 2 HP RTL Hewlett Packard Raster Transfer Language 2 It may not be possible to print jobs with excessively large amounts of data correctly 3 Layout templates are not supported 190 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Printing Office Documents Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print Easy Settings Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results Print Target Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed Print targets for office documents Office Document Settings optimized for clear printing of office documents such as handouts Q Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see
270. cations Print Area A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer Except in borderless printing the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size minus the space for this margin ts Note e Printable area The area that can be printed e There is no margin that is a margin of 0 mm during borderless printing on rolls e Guaranteed Print Area We recommend printing within this area To print so that your original matches the print area exactly use an oversized paper size that includes the required margin P 251 4 Margins of Printable Area Margins of Recommended Print Area py oo S 0 91 mm a 0 79 FR 0 91 a ae Sheets 0 3 mm 0 3 mm 0 3 mm 20 mm si 79 5mm a 20 5mm 0 20 0 0 12 in 0 0 12 in 0 0 12 in in Sheets Printable Area Recommended Print Area on Paper Size enim 3mm 3mm 5mm 5mm 3 23 mm Print Area 27 mm Printable Area a margin of 3 mm 0 12 in on top 23 mm 0 91 in on bottom and 3 mm 0 12 in on left and right sides is required e Recommended Print Area A margin of 20 mm 0 79 in on top 23 mm 0 91 in on bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in on left and right sides is required Rolls Printable Area Recommended Print Area 0 3 mm Paper Size 20mm 0 3 mm 0 3 mm 5 mm 5 mm 0 3 mm Print Area Sm e Printable Area A margin of 3 mm 0 12 in on all sides is required During borderless printing the margin on all sides is 0 mm For in
271. cause problems in the printing results The paper is too small Corrective Action When the Detect Mismatch menu is set to Pause the paper loaded in the printer is smaller than the size specified in the printer driver When the Detect Mismatch menu is set to Warning the paper loaded in the printer is smaller than the size specified in the printer driver RollWdthMismatch Messages regarding paper Press the Online button to resume printing However note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality Adjust the paper size setting in the printer driver to match the size loaded in the printer as follows 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the paper size setting in the printer driver to the size loaded in the printer and try printing again Replace the loaded paper with paper of a size that matches the size setting in the printer driver as follows 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Replace the loaded paper to match the paper size setting in the printer driver and try printing again You can continue to print but note that this error may cause problems in the printing results Corrective Action The roll width set in Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver does not match the width of the roll loaded in the printer Press the Online button to resume printing However note that this error may cause paper jams
272. ce Setup Utility P 416 Specifying the Frame Type Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility OouahwhNd Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility In the list of printers select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the NetWare Frame Type list select the frame type Click ETHERNET Il under Frame Type in TCP IP In IP Address enter the IP address assigned to the printer and then enter the subnet mask in Subnet Mask and the default gateway in Gateway Address Important You must specify the IP address here to be able to configure NetWare protocol settings using RemoteuUl Click Set Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Network Setting 461 Network Setting Windows Specifying the Frame Type Using the Printer Control Panel 1 o a fk WN co 10 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or V to select NetWare and then press the gt button Press A or to select NetWare and then press the gt button Press A or to select On and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu Press A or WV to select Frame Type and then press the gt button Press A or to select the frame type to use and then press the OK button Return to the NetWare menu
273. ceceaanmeaeenueins 662 INK insufficient 22 ccce cece cece eee e eee e cent cence cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeteetieeteeeenes 662 DUS WA IDNs aren E AEE anata an a naan nna E E E inne 662 Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected eccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeees 662 Close Ink Tank Cover ssicciscersnstsugubscertsucansntinantratnndnninoenanrtn stehadiamdagnenitinaakaghinanaialialensdeuelantaerians 662 fi ae Soke i 816 area ete ee eaa a a ee Ep ER eee een Eaa err rr cane ne 663 NGL mucMink is IOI scc lt cxnissaxsackintiaatasatansaemcinianntarabiaienehprttlndanamnandauimissataaSaiteiseeiasatisgeueietiniantns 663 ING Wale tank loaded siecia iaaa raakaan DN ARa RERA Aidei Sen NERE 663 Wrong NK tank aa ER EEA O a EE EERE RAEE 663 The display screen indicates Agitating s seesssseeenereesertrnerttnnrrrnnreesrrrrstttrnnetnnnnnnsrernseren nnee 664 Messages regarding printing or adjuSMeN ccc eee eee ee eeeteeeeteeeeeeeee 665 Use another 2 6 eee ee een ee eer e SE PRE ree eee reer eee eee errr 665 Cannot print aS Speche daedra Ere e aea er Een aereas een e i 665 Cannotadjust band a sxccschavrassatacenctanantanvonanoatesapeendenbrsdantelimben E N a A a a a 666 Cannot adj st printhead caccansdesecaccitanc eslodebea Mennsenteeckadudsesmmctarecuasancanbacuasastasnesdsbduccalaoadvestanbiue 666 Borderless printng not possible Paper stretched or shrank
274. cel Defaults Mirror Handling Paper 137 Handling rolls Mac OS X 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the Main pane and click C Settings in A Media Type Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard x Main BC Get information GBC se Berint Target Leeren fee 0 Office Document b Poster Photos 2 Poster Text Illustrations Y Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set oe Printer PDF Preview Standard Cancel Print 3 In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next select the desired settings values in C Between Pages and D Between Scans in B Drying Time and then click OK P 430 Paper Detailed Settings Media Type Plain Paper Bonin Time between Pages Printer Default ry D Between Scans Printer Default iz JE Rott Paper Margin for Safety JF Near End Margin Printer Default _ BS Geut Speed Printer Default i Automatic Cutting Printer Default FJ D bia C Mirror Revert Note Cancel gt e By factory default Drying Time is deactivated Off for all paper types To have the printer wait for ink to dry immediately after printing without releasing paper set Cutting Mode to Eject in the printer menu P 139 138 H
275. centage of enlargement or reduction is displayed Pane displayed when the I Size tab is Paper size details are indicated numerically clicked Pane with printer and paper illustrations Illustrations indicate the feed source orientation borderless printing selection and other settings information Mac OS X Software 421 Printer Driver G Note To check the Print Target specified in Easy Settings click F View set on the Main pane to display the View settings dialog box Printer iPFxxxx HY Presets Standard i Main in BC Get Information EJ BC se E Easy Settings E mmmn prin Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations X Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set f f Printer PDF C Preview _Standard Cancel E Print Checking a print preview You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed Confirming the image of print jobs beforehand helps prevent printing errors For details on print previews see Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 347 422 Mac OS X Software OS X Printer Driver Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Mac This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Previ
276. cess the Main pane Printer _ iIPFxxxx FA Presets Standard B Main By L JA media Type Plain Paper By C a Set D Easy Settings E e E prrint Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set B Printer E E PDFv Preview Standard Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 243 Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Letter J Paper Size A C Borderless Printing Match Page Size BJ r Bi oa Print Centered pm el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom bd lest E al _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print 10 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the spe
277. ch as CAD drawings When you select Easy Settings gt Print Target gt CAD Monochrome Line Drawing color is printed as shades of gray using black ink for monochrome printing This mode may not be available for all types of paper e Trace amounts of color ink are also used to enhance the paper adhesion of black ink Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 176 Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X P 178 Monochrome printing using black ink Color is printed in grayscale Use this mode when printing CAD drawings or similar line drawings in monochrome This mode may not be available for all types of paper e Trace amounts of color ink are also used to enhance the paper adhesion of black ink Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Line Drawings Windows P 182 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Line Drawings Mac OS X P 184 All colors except white are printed in black Colors are shown not in grayscale but solid black Use this mode to print documents with fine color lines that might be difficult to distinguish unless printed in black or to print sharp black lines when making copies of diazo prints This mode may not be available for all types of paper e Trace amounts of color ink are also used to enhance the paper adhesion of black ink Working With Various Print Jobs 181 Printing CAD Drawings Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Line
278. cified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard _ E Main i zm IBC Get Information g aC se Dy Easy Settings n Beri t Target z p Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 a Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable fo that contai r printing normal documents n a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print 244 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D orientation Ma t e E Scale 1100 a Cancel 0K 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Click G Scaling and enter 120 QO Note e You c
279. cing printing quality Settingitem iescription O Unidirectional Printing Choosing unidirectional printing can improve printing results if lines are printed crooked or images are uneven However this takes more time than regular printing Thicken Fine Lines Windows Choose this option to make fine lines clearer in CAD Thicken Fine Lines Mac OS X drawings or similar documents Sharpen Text 1 Choose this option to print intricate text more distinctly Reduce Print Unevenness 2 Choose this option to counteract uneven printing Economy Printing When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may not be available 1 Displayed in Windows and Mac OS X 10 5 2 Displayed in Mac OS X Q Note To print at a higher level of quality in the printer driver choose High or Highest in Print Quality and choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing e For instructions on specifying the print quality and color settings before printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows P 215 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X P 217 214 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Image
280. ck the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences 4 Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Lettere 5 11 B Borderless Printing vV Enlarged Reduced Printing Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Ea Paper Size Orientation Letter 8 5 x11 K aj O Landscape a 00 Letter 8 8 50 in x 11 00 in Ko E Paper IM Rol Paper width E a Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Source Roll Paper Auto xj 17 in Roll 431 8mm v Naan S Output Method __Size Options Defauts OK Cancel J Apply Help 6 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 Enhanced Printing Options 311 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 7 Click N Roll Paper Options to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box Roll Paper Options Automatic Cutting Banner Printing OK Cancel Defauts Help 8 Select the B Banner Printing check box 9 Click OK 10 Confirm the print settings and print as desired O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 312 Enhanced Printing Options
281. clear the error 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 577 3 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 578 4 Execute Auto Head Adj again P 544 Press the Online button to clear the error We recommend using a type of paper that you often use other than film for Printhead adjustment P 544 Straighten the Printhead as follows and then execute Auto Head Adj again 1 Press the Online button to clear the error 2 Use Head Inc Adj to adjust the angle of inclination of the Printhead P 548 3 Execute Auto Head Adj again P 544 The Printhead cannot be aligned highly transparent film is loaded The Printhead is installed crooked 666 Error Message Messages regarding printing or adjusment Borderless printng not possible Paper stretched or shrank The loaded roll has expanded or contracted due to Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to environmental conditions making it wider or narrower cancel printing than the supported width for borderless printing Use each type of paper only where the recommended environmental conditions are met For details on environmental conditions for various paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Before borderless printing move the blue platen switch The blue Switch on the platen was set to the side Before borderless printing set the blue Switch on the opposite e when a borderless print job was receiv
282. color adjustment S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values G Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 Object Adjustment dialog box In the Object Adjustment dialog box you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Object Adjustment g DE Graphics ACO v Text OK Cancel Defaults Help Q Note To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet Setting item Description O Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos B Graphics Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics such as lines and circles Select this option to apply color adjustment to text 392 Windows Software Printer Driver Matching Sheet Windows On the Matching sheet you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices Driver Matching Mode The following options are available when you select Driver Matching Mode in the Matching Mode list Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching Al Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode Host ICM Mode Off BI Matching Method Perceptual OK
283. cond or more to cancel printing When printing a test pattern use sheets of the same type of paper Lift the Release Lever and load a sheet of the same type of paper P 93 Corrective Action When the Detect Mismatch menu is set to Pause the type of paper loaded does not match the type specified in the printer driver You tried to print a test pattern for printer adjustment on several sheets but sheets of different types of paper were used When the Detect Mismatch menu is set to Warning the type of paper loaded does not match the type specified in the printer driver 650 Error Message Follow these steps to ensure the paper type matches on the printer and in the printer driver 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Either change the type of paper specified in the printer driver settings or replace the loaded paper and change the paper type setting on the printer P 89 Follow these steps to ensure the paper type matches on the printer and in the printer driver 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Either change the type of paper specified in the printer driver settings or replace the loaded paper and change the paper type setting on the printer Press the Online button to resume printing However note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality You can continue to print but note that this error may
284. d ae P el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom es eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF y Preview Standard J Cancel 3 Print 10 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm OQ Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard _ IB Main ES W media Type Plain Paper is B Get Information g o Set ID Easy Settings n Beri t Target lt Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document b Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel Print 256 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size 12 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 Oversize A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox Paper S
285. d adjustment Press A or to select D and then press the button 7 Press A or to select D 1 and then press the gt button ol Oo 546 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 8 Adjusting the Printhead Examine test pattern D 1 for printhead adjustment and determine the number of the pattern with straight lines Q Note If lines seem straightest in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better choose an intermediate value For example choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better Press A or Y to select the pattern number and then press the OK button 10 11 12 13 Repeat steps 7 and 9 to specify the adjustment value for D 2 to D 5 and D 7 to D 11 Press the lt button Press A or to select Register Setting and then press the button Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button The adjustment value is now registered and adjustment is complete Adjustments for Better Print Quality 547 Adjusting the Printhead nnn ss Adjusting Line Misalignment Head Inc Adj If printed lines are misaligned try adjusting the angle of the Printhead Even slight misalignment can be corrected Adjust the Printhead orientation by printing and reading a test pattern Paper to Prepare Rolls An unused roll at least 10 inches wide Sheets One sheet of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size Execute Head Inc Adj as follows
286. d nozzles are clogged Because the printer was left without ink tanks installed for some time ink has become clogged in the ink supply system Paper is jammed inside the Top Cover During borderless printing the ink was not dry enough before cutting Printing may be faint if Print Quality in Advanced Settings in the printer driver is set to Standard or Draft Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged P 577 After the ink tanks have been installed for 24 hours run Head Cleaning B Follow the steps below to remove the jammed piece of paper inside the Top Cover 1 Press the Online button to bring the printer offline 2 Open the Top Cover and make sure the Carriage is not over the Platen 3 Remove any scraps of paper inside the Top Cover P 131 P 156 4 Close the Top Cover Specify a longer drying period in the printer menu in Roll DryingTime in Paper Details In Advanced Settings of the printer driver choose Highest or High in Print Quality Printing in Draft or Standard mode is faster and consumes less ink than in Highest or High modes but the printing quality is lower P 211 Troubleshooting 621 Problems with the printing quality Paper rubs against the printhead The type of paper specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specified not match the type loaded in the printer in the printer driver P 118 Make s
287. d originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 To display the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box either double click the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF in the Applications folder or click C Set in the Utility pane Printer _iPFxxxx B Presets Standard E Utility B images Size Perform printer maintenance a w Set Start Printmonitor to display print job status and other information Letter 8 5 x11 B View Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Configure Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy of Set PDF v Preview Standard Cancel E Print 2 In Enlarged Copy Settings click Add or Edit and
288. d paper Copyright CANON INC 2007 3 My Computer The Paper Reference Guide is displayed iPPoox Paper Reference Guide for North or South America Windows Internet Explorer DER Ge j v D Program Files Canon iPFPrinter iPFxxxx Support paper_reference_guide html y 44 X k k PFxxxx Paper Reference Guide For North or South A B h Page Tools iPFoon Paper Reference Guide for North or South America This paper reference guide describes the types of media printable with Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxux Before using the printer and media read through this guide the instruction manual supplied with the media and the printer s User Manual for use in optimal conditions gt Local Availability of Paper in This Guide This guide includes information for paper sold in North or South America Some paper in the guide may not be available locally depending on your location gt Printer Operations For instructions on loading or cutting paper or other printer operations refer to the User Manual gt Updating the Paper Reference Guide The Paper Reference Guide is automatically updated when you update the Media Configuration Tool To download the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool access the imagePROGRAF website from imagePROGRAF Support Information gt Genuine Canon Paper The media types with 7 marked in the product name are those specified as genuine Canon media F
289. d so on as desired Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of lai aie G Gray Tone Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list H Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast J Saturation Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid 9 Close the Color Settings dialog box 206 Enhanced Printing Options 10 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet a Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Letter 8 5 x11 2 8 50 in x 11 00 in G BY Paper Size Match Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in m Aj Portrait D lajo Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences A a Page Size V Enlarged Reduced Printing p Fit Paper Size JE O Fi Rol Paper width F O Scaling Borderless Printing 00 Paper Source Roll Paper Auto yi 1 Roll Paper width A7 in Roll 431 8mm wl W Rall Paper Options _OutputMethod
290. default color matching method Normally use Driver Matching Mode You can select the printer profile in the Printer Profile Settings list Available when using Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 Available when using Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 4 Choose this option for color matching by the software application or with your own color profile when you want to disable color matching by the printer driver Matching Method Description nos Auto Color matching optimized for images graphics or text Perceptual Color matching optimized for photos Print images with smooth gradations and colors closer to those as displayed on the screen Colorimetric Color matching with adjustment to remove color from white area Colors in data are reproduced accurately Colorimetric No Wht pnt Corr Color matching without white adjustment to reflect the profile of original data Colors in data are reproduced accurately Without white adjustment colors are added to white areas Color matching optimized for graphics This option emphasizes color saturation The available options and their display order vary depending on your selection in Color Matching Mode as well as the operating system Enhanced Printing Options 203 Adjusting Images i Note e Be sure to calibrate your monitor colors correctly if you adjust the colors for printing If monitor colors are no
291. dia Type GEIGER Get Information ic Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL__View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About L Defauts ee oe E PE 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 6 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Scanned Image in the E Print Target list 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing V Enlarged Reduced Printing DO Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper Width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 A a 8 50 inx11 00in G BY Paper size Match Page Size 2 00 Letter 8 5 X11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in w Aj Portrait m Aj O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Paper Source Roll Paper Auto 1 Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm x N Chara _Dutput Method Size Options Defaults 0K Cancel JI Apply Help 300
292. diejeot isse Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or Y to select Trim Edge First and then press the button Press A or Y to select the desired setting option and then press the OK button This setting takes effect the next time you load a roll Handling Paper 143 Handling rolls Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls The printer is equipped with a function to reduce cutting dust for media such as Backlit Film that are more likely to generate debris when cut This may improve printing quality and help prevent Printhead damage You can set up this function to be activated for some types of paper When this function is activated black lines are printed at the leading and trailing edges of documents Q Cut position Printed lines for reducing cutting dust aa c O Important e Do not activate this function for paper that wrinkles easily such as Plain Paper or thin paper This may impair cutting and cause paper jams Borderless printing is not available when this function is activated Deactivate this function before borderless printing 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the button Press A or V to select CutDustReduct and the
293. ditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER Registering a hot folder on your computer Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy iR enlargement copy are called hot folders Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER You can specify printing conditions such as the image quality and paper size based on which originals transferred to the hot folder will be printed Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders 1 Display the printer driver dialog box P 383 2 Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet amp Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Maintenance Printhead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Use this utility with the Color imageR
294. driver e B Standard Draft This setting is applied when Standard or Draft is selected in Print Quality in the printer driver Check the Feed Priority setting before using Adjust Length P 553 Q Note e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing e If you have selected Easy Settings on the printer follow these steps to confirm the Print Quality setting e Windows Click View Settings on the Main tab to display the View Settings dialog box e Mac OS X Click View set on the Main pane to display the View settings dialog box Paper to Prepare An unused roll at least 10 inches wide One sheet of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size Follow these steps to change the Adjust Length setting 1 Load paper e Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 e Loading Rolls in the Printer P 118 e Loading Sheets in the Printer P 150 O Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified in the settings Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button Press A or W to select Adjust Length and then press the gt button 5 Press A or W to select A High or B Standard Draft and then press the gt button A Oo Adjustments for Better Print Quality 559 Adjusting the feed amount 6 Press A or
295. driver Enlargement Liriek Cop rintmonitor Availability Aae Availability Availability Availability ae a ae J995 Print auto delete Save data before printing 1 Do not save No print jobs in the common box Save print No 0 jobs sent from sources other than the printer driver 480 Hard Disk image PROGRAF Free Layout Color image RUNNER Enlargement Cop Color image RUNNER Printer driver Enlargement image PROGRAF HDI Driver p Operations with saved Job queue management Move saved jobs Modify saved No jobs Modify mail boxes management image PROGRAF Status Monitor PROGRAF Printmonitor Availabilit y Hard Disk Control E Arai Print a list of No saved jobs Display a list No No Yes Yes Yes of saved jobs Other operations Display free hard disk space Initialize hard No No No No Yes disk Display the time of printing 1 This option is available in combination with Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Print jobs are saved and then printed Hard Disk 481 Hard Disk Saved Print Jobs Saving print jobs refers to the process of sending print jobs from a computer and storing them on the printer s hard disk By saving print jobs you can print them repeatedly as needed without sending them from a computer again Save print jobs Saving print jobs enables you to do the following things
296. drtubienesinieeentesanamaneras 576 aloi ie Me E E E 576 Checking Tot Nozzle Clogg icsi a a e EEEa 577 Cleaning the Printheads EE ERE EEEE 578 Replacingthe Printhead soeone EE 579 Maintenance Cartridge Smemnne net eaten er rye tte rarer Oreste ey er ume ea renin er ere 585 Maintenance Caries icissinsrnstsaseccesntscscsmesnscneisincseatexnasssconcanascenedaenveacsdhdusceancariebietaaatectausihtents 585 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge asec tases sata eta Seveaitad eeadectetauacbraacen da sakvniateebtiacttaddbvesabers 586 Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeenees 594 When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge cccccceceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesnaaeeeeee 595 Cleaning the Printer eee cesses ees coset acct es aeconrreeie see 596 Gleaningthe HIS ES TOE asistencia te ess ered coe Sereiceae E eetede 596 Cleaning Inside the TOP GC OVEN cso tireder rea We eae el ENEE OESE etd eae 597 Gleaning the Printhead arei e e ee Pe Ore erm ore vere arene er 600 Other MaintenanE aseeseen raul nee E EEE EEEE EEEE EEES 601 Preparing to Transfer the Printer s ssssssssissssresrinsrinsenansnnarrnnennusnnantntantnnenenannanannnnnnnunennennnaen 601 Updating the FrmWwWalE sissi iaaa oaar ia e E Eai E AAEE ARAE aa 606 viii Contents Contents Troubleshooting 607 Frequently Asked CUGSTONG rsiiicc ceca snzncedekaunedes tinvradedlentivecitaghabeendebtaiediigeedenss 607 Frequently Asked
297. e Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DEMAS Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About LDefauts en a e 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click CAD Line Drawing or CAD Monochrome Line Drawing in the E Print Target list OQ Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing M Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper Size JE
298. e Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About Defauts ee a 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size MiEnlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper size JE O Fit Roll Paper Width IF O Scaing Letter 8 5 x11 3 8 50 in x 11 00 in SG BY Paper size Match Page Size a 00 Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 x11 JE oiiertation 8 50 in x 11 00 in MB A orotate B LA Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper B Paper Source Roll Paper Auto x IM Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm z N Roll Paper Options _ OutputMethod Size Options _ Defauts _ 0K Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Click O Paper Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box 7 In the Paper Size Options dialog box select the Oversize check box in Display Series 8 Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box Enhanced Printing Options 253 Printing at full size 9 Click Oversize ISO A4 in the A Page Size list 10 In the L Pa
299. e Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences gt Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al meda Type EEEE v Get Information ic Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor About __ Defauits re 4 Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box 5 After you click OK when you print a job either the imagePROGRAF Preview or PageComposer window will be displayed depending on your environment 376 Windows Software Printer Driver imagePROGRAF Preview Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Canon iP Poox File View Options Help BB Zoom Frown vi ld 4 d H A LEREN aL cece cela Ec ec EL eLELELELEL Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm Printer 24 in Roll 809 6mm i Layout Selection 4f C Center Originals Across Rol Start Printing Stop Printing Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information Manual feed tray Paper Size Unk
300. e Options Defauts S I OK l Cancel J Apply lll 8 Click Cut Sheet in the L Paper Source list Help 9 Click Custom Size in the A Page Size list to display the Custom Size Settings dialog box 10 Complete the following settings in the Custom Size Settings dialog box 1 Select mm in Units 2 Enter 430 16 9 in in both Width and Height 11 Click OK to close the Custom Size Settings dialog box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 299 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing by using Custom Paper Size This section describes how to print using Custom Paper Size based on the following example First register a non standard paper size called 430 mm Square as a Custom Paper Size e Document Scanned image e Page size A square sheet 430x430 mm 16 9x16 9 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in Load the square paper 430x430 mm 16 9 16 9 in in the printer 1 2 Choose Print in the application menu 3 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 4 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Pox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Me
301. e Paper I Paper Source Roll Paper Auto IM Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm INI Rol Paper Options Output Method __ Size Options _ Defauts OK Cancel JI Apply Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click 10 x12 8 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 9 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list In this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm and then click OK 10 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 370 11 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 164 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example e Document Photo image from a digital camera e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Glossy Photo Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm Printing Photos and Images 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E
302. e Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the type of paper E Print Priority Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 F Print Quality Choose the level of print quality Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 G Color Mode Choose the color mode Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 Depending on the Media Type setting some Color Mode options may not be available H Color Settings Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color settings Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 386 Windows Software I Thicken Fine Lines J Unidirectional Printing K Sharpen Text T Economy Printing L Open Preview When Print Job Starts M Status Monitor N About S Defaults Printer Driver Activate this option to print fine lines more distinctly Although unidirectional printing is slower it can help prevent misaligned lines and ensure better results Activate this option to print text more sharply When this mode is selected less ink is consumed than in regular printing but the quality is diminished Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings for example Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings this mode may n
303. e Paper Length Roll ss s11ss1121 114 The surface of the paper is dirty cccceeens 624 Specifying the Printer s Frame Typ 0 ee 461 This paper cannot be USCC eceeeeeseeeeeeseeeeees 653 Specifying the Frame Type Using This type of paper is not compatible with imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 461 HP GL 2 cei scuatindtou castasudtecstan sinssetSiataionsaeautenii 673 Specifying the Frame Type Using the Printer Tiling and multiple pages per sheet ccccce 304 Control Panel esn 462 Too many jobs for Mail DOX siiiii suriris 672 Status MOMUILOR sices seedttacs Seiesient daanan dea aiat 410 Top Cover MSIJE 00 00 eccecceeeesteeeeeeeesneeeeeesenteeeeeees 16 Satus PHIM eesosa sddcccerstaandaced luacdeesstdgeaddeettanrts 69 TOP COVED IS OPCN cs ancucecieved eine aa 674 Checking the information in the Status Print ROD OU sc coc A celine deca ves canta eda AT NT 69 PRD SUN ies soins ei eecaeamiretiets eer 5s Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images PHIRI HEROS PAN TAROS deriing 69 Head Height o cccccccscccssscssssssssssssssessssssesesssenssee 551 Submenu Display cccccceccsecceeeeesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaes 67 Troubleshooting When Paper Jams are not HP GL 2 setting information cseeeeen 68 We QUIN ss uvecaszlahecnchsutna teats late usebnsanerssldneestsiolaintes 615 Information on the loaded paper seeeee 67 Turning the Printer On and Off c cecscescsce
304. e Save the time spent using a computer When you send a print job to the printer you can either print it and save it on the printer at the same time or simply save it on the printer without printing it yet Saved print jobs can be printed in the required quantity later without the need to use a computer again Simplify reprinting if any errors occur If errors occur in the middle of printing as when paper runs out you can resume printing after clearing the error without resending the print job from a computer Streamline printing work Without using a computer you can select print jobs and print in the desired quantity You can also select multiple print jobs to print during the same period This enables unattended operation at night for example Format of saved print jobs Choose the format when saving print jobs on the printer s hard disk Choose from three formats for saving print jobs Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box You can also choose Save data before printing as desired OPrint Print auto delete Save in mail box Save data before printing Print Save print jobs automatically at the same time they are printed This is the default format Print auto delete Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and delete them after printing Save in mail box Save print jobs on the printer Save data before printing This option is available in combinatio
305. e Sea ie Contents A D whe aes GT imagePROGRAF Large Format Printer iPFxxxx Instruction Manual 1 Basic Printing Workflow Display stated soupa APY Working With Varii Enhanced Printing Options 1 1 Printing procedure Windows Soft amp Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Loading and Printing on Rolls Mac OS X Software Loading and Printing on Sheets Handling Paper Printing in Windows Printing in Mac OSX eee tet Hela Kaa silat Beier Sate Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows 3 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS Printer Parts Using the Station tacker Network Setting Maintenance 2 Canceling print jobs Troubleshooting Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel Canceling Print Jobs from Windows Emor Message Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X Appendix 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets This section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Q Note For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper 6 1 1 6 Introduction How to use this manual 3 Clear the sections you will not print and click the Apply button i
306. e error occurred Error Message 657 Messages regarding paper Paper loaded askew Corrective Action Follow these steps to reload the roll 1 Lift the Release Lever 2 Open the Top Cover 3 Adjust the right edge of the roll to make it parallel to the right Paper Alignment Line 4 Lower the Release Lever 5 Close the Top Cover P 118 Paper is loaded askew If this error recurs after you reload the roll remove the Roll Holder from the printer push the roll firmly in until it touches the Roll Holder flange and reload the Roll Holder in the printer P 115 Follow these step to reload a sheet 1 Lift the Release Lever 2 Open the Top Cover 3 Adjust the right edge of the sheet to make it parallel to the right Paper Alignment Line and the trailing edge of the sheet to make it parallel to the paper alignment line under the Paper Retainer 4 Lower the Release Lever 5 Close the Top Cover Q Note e To disable this message if it is displayed repeatedly despite reloading paper for example choose Off or Loose in the Skew Check Lv setting of the printer menu However this may cause jams because paper may be askew when it is printed Also the Platen may become soiled which may soil the back of the next document when it is printed 658 Error Message Paper cutting failed Messages regarding paper There are sheets left on the Ejection Guide There is a foreign object by the Output Tray obstruct
307. e for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Before borderless printing make sure the blue Switch on the platen is set toward the e side P 629 Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired Enhanced Printing Options 279 Borderless Printing Print Image with Actual Size Prints originals at actual size without enlarging or reducing them Originals must be prepared in a size that exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm 0 12 in on each side Q Note Not all page sizes are available e Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size the originals are automatically enlarged when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size This may affect image quality When image quality is most important make the original 3 mm longer on each side than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your compu
308. e printer driver destination if the printer s IP address is changed or if you will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection The procedure described below is the configuration based on the LPR or Raw protocol using the standard TCP IP port in Windows Standard TCP IP Port Important e If you will use the printer in a TCP IP network make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly e Configuring the IP Address on the Printer P 443 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window Right click the icon of this printer and choose Properties to open the printer properties window Click the Port tab to display the Port sheet Click Add Port to display the Printer Ports dialog box In the Available Port list select Standard TCP IP Port Click New Port After the wizard starts a window is displayed for the Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard Click Next In Printer Name or IP Address enter the printer s IP address Ooahwnhnd Follow the instructions on the screen to add a printer port Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box oO ON 11 Make sure the printer port you added is displayed under Ports and that the port is selected 12 Click Close to close the printer properties window 456 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Sharing the Printer in Windows If you set up a computer as a print server in Window
309. e printer mode is used 1 Log into NetWare as Administrator or with equivalent rights and then start NWADMIN 2 Run Quick Setup 1 Choose Print Services Quick Setup in the Tools menu 2 Enter a desired name in Print Server Name To use an existing print server click the button at right and choose the name from the list 3 Enter a desired printer name in Name 4 To use the printer in queue server mode choose Other Unknown in Type To use the printer in remote printer mode choose Parallel in Type click Communications and set Ports to LPT1 and Connection Type to Manual Load oi Enter a desired queue name in Name 6 In Volume enter the volume object that is the object representing the physical volume on the network where the print queue will be created Click the button at right to choose from a list 7 Complete other settings as needed and click OK G Note e The print server name will be required when configuring the printer s protocol settings Write down the print server name for future reference e When running Quick Setup the printer is assigned printer number 0 When using the printer in queue server mode do not change the printer number from 0 3 Set a password 1 Right click the print server created in step 2 and choose Details 2 Click Change Password to open the password input dialog box Enter the password 3 Click OK to close the password input dialog box 4 Click OK or Cancel to clo
310. e the cursor _ to each field for entering numbers IP Address 000 000 000 000 lt P UR AY Up Down OK Stop 6 Press A or Y to enter the number and then press the OK button Q Note Hold down A or Y to increase or decrease the value continuously e Make sure the IP address you enter for the printer is not the same as any computer IP address in your network J Repeat steps 5 and 6 to continue entering numbers foe Press the Online button to bring the printer online Note e If a confirmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered press the OK button The setting is applied and the printer goes online Executing menu commands Follow these steps to execute menu commands 1 Press A or YW to select a menu and then press the gt button Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed 2 Press A or Y to select a setting item to execute and then press the OK button d Paper Cutting A Paper Cutting No C Yes After two seconds the menu command is executed After commands are executed in most cases the printer reverts to the state before the menu operation either online or offline Printer Parts 39 Control Panel Menu Structure Main Menu The structure of the main menu is as follows Values at right indicated by an asterisk are the defaults For instructions on menu operations see Main Menu Op
311. e the printer enters sleep mode Length Unit Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed You can switch the unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu aa Specify the time zone Time zone options indicate a main city in this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean Time Date Format Po Specify the date format Date amp Time Date o Set the current date Time Set the current time Available only if the Date setting is specified Language Specify the language used on the Display Screen Contrast Adj oe ee Adjust the Display Screen contrast level Reset PaprSetngs Restores settings that you have changed with Media Configuration Tool to the default values Erase HDD Data High Speed Erases file management data for print job data stored on the printer s hard disk P 542 Secure High Spd Overwrites the entire hard disk with random data P 542 Overwrites the entire hard disk with 00 FF and random data one time each Verification is performed to check if the data was correctly written gt P 542 Output Method Print Select the output method z To print as usual select Print Selecting Print Auto Del will Prine Auto Del print the job and then delete the data from the printer s hard Save Box 01 disk Selecting Save Box 01 will only save the print job in the box without printing it Save and Print fd Select On to print the job afte
312. e the settings of the print paper that is not compatible with borderless printing job to enable borderless printing 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Make sure the correct printer driver for the printer is selected and try printing again For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 If you press the Online button and continue printing the document will be printed with a border The loaded paper is not compatible with borderless Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to printing cancel printing If you press the Online button and continue printing the document will be printed with a border Roll feed unit error There is a problem with the Roll Unit Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring the power If the message is displayed again contact your Canon dealer for assistance 660 Error Message Messages regarding paper The roll feed unit is loose The Roll Unit is detached from the printer Push the Roll Unit firmly all the way in Error Message 661 Messages regarding ink Messages regarding ink m nk insufficient The ink level is low so you cannot print clean the Replace the Ink Tank that is low with a new Ink Tank Printhead or do other operations that require ink P 563 No ink left There is no ink left Open the Ink Tank Cove
313. e the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again ss The length of printed images is inaccurate In the printer menu Band Joint is specified in Feed To ensure the feed amount matches the paper size select Print Length in Feed Priority in the printer menu and enter the amount for adjustment in Adjust Length P 552 You can adjust the feed amount in 0 02 increments P 53 The type of paper specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specified not match the type loaded in the printer in the printer driver P 118 P 150 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again Documents are printed crooked Corrective Action Skew Skew Check Lv has been set to Loose or Off Choose Standard in Skew Check Lv Width Detection has been set to Off Choose On in Width Detection Troubleshooting 631 Problems with the printing quality Documents are printed in monochrome Corrective Action In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver Monochrome Monochrome BK ink or specify Color in Color Mode and try printing again Monochrome Bitmap is specified in Color Mode The Printhead nozzles are clogged Pri
314. e type of paper specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specified not match the type loaded in the printer in the printer driver P 118 P 150 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again Troubleshooting 627 Problems with the printing quality Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs The Platen suction is too strong Set VacuumStrngth to Weakest P 561 Close the blue Switch on the platen so that it matches the paper size P 629 The Printhead is set too high Lower the Printhead P 551 The type of paper specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specified not match the type loaded in the printer in the printer driver P 118 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again 628 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Setting the Blue Switch on the Platen If printed documents exhibit the following symptoms adjust the setting of the blue Switch on the Platen e Image edges are blurred e Ima
315. ecades aeina gan 656 675 Not much ink is left ireen naaa 663 O Optional accessories cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeees 78 Other Maintenance cccccceccecceessteeeeessteeeeeeees 601 Other Message Sinanin 674 Other problems insine 642 Other useful settings cceeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeteeeeeeees 353 Output StACK OM sridi apaa 158 P Page Options Dialog Box Windows 0 60 402 Page Setup Pane Mac OS X neeesser 435 Page Setup Sheet Windows ccesceeeeeeees 397 DOM P NEE E A A A EETA 104 Paper cutting failed 0 0 2 0 ccccecceceeeeeeeseeseeeteeeeeeeeees 659 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box MACOSX s 42 ene eA helene 429 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box WAINGOWS J siari reisast danei Eea ar ETEEN 388 Paper IS NOE CUE wis caasesitisienpdeedsd sneuiesssnnagvnn e a daii 618 Paper is not Cut straight eissii 618 Paperjam senese oiea eesi 657 Lift the release lever ccccceeeeeseeeeeteeeeeees 657 Manually rewind the roll all the way and press OR es atouetiagatictvesdectenei a E ANEA 657 Paper loaded askew 0 cccceeceeeeseeeteteeeseneeeees 658 Paper rubs against the printhead eee 622 Paper size not detected cccceeeeeeessteeeeeeeeees 652 Index 681 Index Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows 399 Paber SIZ S iii eee 109 ROSen eee 109 SNGCIS siieiisi iene ieee 110 Papr Type Mismatch cccccecceeeeeseeese
316. ecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 447 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER 196 Using the Wheeled Output Stacker cee 159 Positioning the Wheeled Output Stacker by the OMIM E A ATE E E E E TA 159 Removing the Wheeled Output Stacker from the E E AA E E A T 160 Utility Pane Mac OS X eesseessereeseessnssn 437 Utility Sheet Windows sseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 406 686 Index V View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application MACOSX sacle ced nena aae 431 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application VVINGOWS oeren ba R R Sfienant iesaulendes east 390 Wheeled Output Stacker 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeees 20 158 When to Replace Ink Tanks 575 Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot Of INK imcini 575 If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 575 If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Screen cccccccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 575 When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge 595 If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen 595 If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on the Display Screen 595 When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted ececccceeeecceeeeeeeeeees 595 Windows Softwar e cccccccseesesesseeeeesessteeeeeesnaees 370 Working With Various Print Jobs 0 ee 161 Wrong ink TANK
317. ecialized data recovery tools Overwrites the entire hard disk with 00 FF and random data one time each Verification is performed to check if the data was correctly written Choose this method to erase especially confidential data It is virtually impossible to recover the overwritten data Conforms to the DoD5220 22 M standard of the U S Department of Defense e For a more secure method of preventing data recovery we recommend physically or magnetically destroying the hard disk In this case the hard disk can no longer be used e You cannot erase data on the hard disk during print jobs e Conversely print jobs cannot be processed during erasure of hard disk data 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU oak WN 542 Hard Disk Press A or to select System Setup and then press the button Press A or Y to select Erase HDD Data and then press the gt button Press A or YV to select the method of erasure and then press the button Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button to display the confirmation screen Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button to start erasure Adjusting the Printhead Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the Printhead Adjusting the Printhead If printed documents are affected by the following problems try adjusting the printhead Printing is faint or affected by banding in different colors Execute Nozzle Check t
318. ecifying NetWare Print Services P 463 3 Specify NetWare protocol details besides the frame type For instructions see Specifying NetWare Protocols P 466 After you have completed the steps above configure each computer for printing over the NetWare network 4 Connect to the NetWare network Install NetWare client software on each computer to be used for printing over the network and log in to the NetWare server or tree For instructions on connection refer to the NetWare and operating system documentation 5 Install the printer driver Follow the instructions of your network administrator to install the printer driver on each computer to be used for printing When installing the printer driver choose Network Printer as the printer destination and then choose the print queue created from the NetWare print service settings 6 Follow these steps to configure the printer port This step is not necessary if you specified the printer destination during installation of the printer driver 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window 2 Right click the printer icon and choose Properties 3 Click the Port or Advanced tab to display the Port or Advanced sheet 4 As the destination port specify the print queue created by configuring the NetWare print service settings 468 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from
319. ected but a roll is loaded P 656 e Rel lever is in wrong position P 659 e Roll feed unit error P 660 Roll printing is selected but sheets are loaded P 654 Roll printing is selected P 654 e Roll x jam x is 1 Upper or 2 Lower P 657 RollWdthMismatch P 651 Sheet printing is selected P 656 Sheet removed P 656 The mail box is full P 671 The paper is too small P 651 The roll feed unit is loose P 661 e Roll x is empty x is 1 Upper or 2 Lower P 655 e This paper cannot be used P 653 e This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 P 673 Too many jobs for mail box P 672 Top cover is open P 674 Unknown file P 675 e Use another paper P 665 e Wrong ink tank P 663 e Wrong maintenance cartridge P 670 Wrong printhead P 669 Other Messages These messages do not prevent printer operation Check the information on the Display Screen and take action as necessary Messages requiring special attention are as follows e Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected P 662 Error Message 649 Messages regarding paper Messages regarding paper Papr Type Mismatch Corrective Action You tried to print a test pattern for printer adjustment on several sheets but sheets of different types of paper were used PaprTypeMismatch Hold down the Stop button for a se
320. ed platen to the e side P 629 Blue platen switch is dirty The blue Switch on the platen is dirty Open the Top Cover and clean the blue Switch on the platen P 597 Error Message 667 Messages regarding printheads Messages regarding printheads Cannot adjust printhead Corrective Action The Printhead nozzles are clogged Execute Auto Head Adj again as follows 1 Press the Online button to clear the error 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 577 3 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 578 4 Execute Auto Head Adj again P 544 Press the Online button to clear the error We recommend using a type of paper that you often use other than film for Printhead adjustment P 544 Straighten the Printhead as follows and then execute Auto Head Adj again 1 Press the Online button to clear the error 2 Use Head Inc Adj to adjust the angle of inclination of the Printhead P 548 3 Execute Auto Head Adj again P 544 The Printhead cannot be aligned highly transparent film is loaded The Printhead is installed crooked Cannot adjust band Corrective Action The Printhead nozzles are clogged Execute Auto Band Adj again as follows 1 Press the Online button to clear the error 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 577 3 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged 4 Execute Auto Band Adj again P 554 P
321. ed Color Mode Deactivates color printing so that images are Settings printed in monochrome with continuous tone color data printed using gray midtones Even more detailed adjustment is possible on the Color Adjustment sheet e Because color ink is used to produce gray continuous tone images the gray may appear to have a tinge of color Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos Windows P 169 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos Mac OS X P 171 168 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos Windows You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune monochrome settings before printing 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility A me ID Easy Settings z E Prine 7 Letter 8 5 x11 8 50inx 11 00 in Support dia Type CEMAES vl Get Information jc Advanced Settings 7 Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixt
322. ed In this list specify Yes No or Print Cut Guideline Specify whether to print a mirror image as needed Select this option to print a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted 430 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Mac OS X In the View Settings dialog box you can check details of the selected printing application Q Note jew Settings Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD B W Line Drawing CAD High Accuracy 3D CAD GIS Photo Poster Notice Announcer Scanned Image Highest Quality B Default Settings I Details i Parameter Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Color Mode Color Reduce Print Unevenness Off Color Adju Brightness 0 Color Adju t Contrast 0 Color Adju Saturation 0 Matching Method Perceptual Cancel Ea e To display the View Settings dialog box on the Main pane click View Settings by Print Target P 426 Setting item Ci escription O A Print Target C Details Shows all Print Target options settings items for the printing application Identifies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon Here you can confirm detailed settings values for each item selected in the Print Target list Mac OS X S
323. ed E EEEE 93 Printing in WV IMO WS ac ccs ciscedvececsboranneqecteuatabeehwausenbonedasddenaeahateeedeaonberadeaterhisuacteauen abieetaxaaheauaiuad 96 Printing Mac OS Xx ccassscerscenesccusetacnceedennincevseeaanoieadeb arcing dua yateedsdeacnceenigeiennadenieculbeaceetuentuceeiee 97 Canceling Print JODS siirre e R e a Ead 99 Canceling Print JOS fromthe Control Raneliss isss aene e E 99 Canceling Print Jobs from WINKOWS ii 2cc0cccscsccccccssnccanseceeectantscceasedasetenseneaneteancaedensneseacennnsaaions 100 Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X as ssectecsstacd secs ce capsnccaretentstentecess de censetuethcnassttentaiaet aceasectens 102 Handling Paper 104 PFD eens e ected a a acsemacuee tu deadeecteewet 104 Types il ars 2 ameter pe eae eee mt a E E rarer rer arene ee ere eee ee 104 Paper ale coe hc ee eg vn eases eee 109 Handing HONS seen ae E a a E 112 Selecting the Paper SOUNCE decis cccveessee desvasusnesicead EEE EE EE R EREE EER Ea 112 Selecting the Paper Type RO cssiccpiccsstcccthessncceovadaccpnantoncctalaetentecsasseedrreeaoscoeatabeetiant leceuslaereas 113 specifying the Paper Length Roll sssini e aaa S 114 Attaching the Roll Holder to ROlSyiasicccarcvncttineaueizadace teeeants wnaheatacneoeavancepienauauceelabuasdeoradantankavencd 115 Loading Rolls in the Primer ci cctccccccceseadstecuarunrarienciieeeduecdeua anean SE EEE 118 Removing the Roll from the Printer sicccecccsssvetaaenncs tadeancondeneviactnceadeocedentassotdeterlelcatag
324. ed ade dsteGartliceiensdrete hada alee Mee Oeaaaveceals 149 Eoading Sheets imahe PRIM GE ser e E 150 Manually Loading Paper to the Position for Printing sis saccvccvsesats dentcceeds dexeecacuacensebieadeeneeatieeeds 153 Removing SNEG Ses n wad ea a tae Deedee a a 155 CISANING A Jammed Shetsin aee Ea a EAE E teresa tere tains 156 Output Stacker aee e E aa tc iuee ican 158 Wheeled Output Stacker ciccisstecdeaidndccata ceaatmesiccieatanrcieanannd e OE TREA EE E E iR 158 Using the Wheeled Output Stacker ojsiccc cance cncsacetdueensebncaneduaetennduceededensiocenvadenntvesnideraieeuauntvenss 159 ii Contents Contents Working With Various Print Jobs 161 Printing Photos and TIMAQSS osecsiec ss ta sevesaddutiveeconsdovedddddeedieeddeenteanceseviedectonnioecte 161 Printing PROS and IMAGES sidscccccsdscteowed eonstenseccenctcuad E EEA AEE 161 Printing Photos arid Images VWViImdOwWS xc iacaciensdsondvennsaieniata vnehsanstnbiedvancentaceanudeadaveasdoreaveeceietacs 163 Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X eencsccceuceeses ans pauses apsuxai i Senddee abiveudebedavenubperensecconeeues 165 Printing Photos in Monochrome sisses norner eno A E E ERS 168 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos Windows ssssseeessseeeserresss 169 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos Mac OS X eesssesseeseseeeserenss 171 Printing GAD Drawings eriseeria aa E ca 174 Printing CAD ENVIS eserita araia enp eDi Eaa deed EAA ERA AASA E
325. ed for the format of saved print jobs P 486 Using the printer driver Mac OS P 488 Using Free Layout Mac OS Printer driver settings will be used for the format of saved print jobs P 488 Using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Mac OS See the section on the Output Method button in the Output Settings pane Using imagePROGRAF Preview Mac OS Printer driver settings will be used for the format of saved print jobs P 488 However the document name will be imagePROGRAF Hard Disk 485 Hard Disk Using the printer driver Windows 1 Access the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup JLayout Favorites Utility Support a Page Size Borderless Printing Enlarged Reduced Printing 8 27 in x 11 69 in Actual Size Orientation A Portat LAJ O Landscape A Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Media Source Roll Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm i anena Size Options _Defauts_ OK Cancel J Apply J Help Output Method Output Method O Print Print auto delete Save in mail box Save data before printing Name of data to be saved Use file name O Enter name Mail box Inbox no Inbox name Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 v Row A Cx I Cancel Defauts He 3 In Output Method choose the format for saved prin
326. ed in the personal box Personal mail box T Modify settings aa Print jobs in the personal mail box Display Print Delete Move Enter the password Modify settings oO Note e A password cannot be set for the common box e Enter a four digit number as the password in the range 0001 9999 e Even if you have set passwords they are not required to access personal boxes in Administrator Mode in RemoteUl You can set a password for a personal box as follows e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Using RemoteuUIl 1 On the Stored Job page select the personal box for a password 2 Click Edit Remote Ul R or English language Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX Xx Xx f End User Mode Mail box01 Box 1 Edit To InboxListPage x 2 Select Document Name Owner Number of Total Pages Date Saved Eie M o B sample5jpg XXXxxxx l XXXK XX XX KX XXKX Print Job Stored Job O E sampiesjpg XXxxxxx l XXXNXX XK XXCXK XX Print Log L B sample3 jpg XXXxXxxx l XXXX XX XX XX XXCXX gt Device Selection B sample2jpg XXXXxxx 1 KXKK XX KK KXKXXKX Support Links m B samplel jpg XXXXxxx l XXXX XX XK XX XXKX Hard Disk 493 Hard Disk 3 In the Set Register User s Inbox dialog box specify the password and click OK Set Password Select the check box e Password Enter the password This field is limited to fo
327. ed slots 2 With a sheet lengthwise and printing side up insert it between the Platen a and the Paper Retainer b Align the edges of the sheet as follows 1 Align the sheet with the Paper Alignment Line c at right 2 Align the inserted edge of the sheet with the leading edge of the Paper Alignment Line d as shown When inserted sheets are automatically held by suction against the Platen Important Load a sheet so that it is parallel to the Paper Alignment Line at right c Loading paper askew will cause an error e Warped paper may rub against the Printhead Straighten paper if it is warped before loading it Q Note e You can adjust the strength of suction holding paper against the Platen when the Release Lever is up If it is difficult to load paper press the A or VW button on the Control Panel to adjust the strength Set suction stronger by pressing the A button or weaker with the W button Three settings are available However even if you increase the suction it may not be sufficient to hold some types of paper against the Platen well In this case use your hand to load the paper Sheets are held in place by suction through holes on the Platen Although the suction may produce a noise when paper is loaded in some positions it does not indicate a problem If the noise is distracting try moving the paper over slightly to the left or right up to 1 mm 0 039 in while keeping
328. eeeeeeneeees 650 PaprTypeMismatch cccccceeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeneeeee 650 Parts replacement time has passed ce 675 PHead needs cleaning ceesseeeeeeetteeeeeeenaees 669 POSI AMS orcun n ay elaveieeenatees 412 Prepare for maint cart replacement eee 670 Prepare for parts replacement eeeeeees 675 Preparing to Transfer the Printer asss 601 Prim ATOE sis 3 ccgasstsadcvssessancstaceteaccdastute dexsenveacecbavdiaaes 85 PROMS peices at ick aara aa a seekast eae 85 MMCCIS penia danne etek a anaa a akaa 85 Printed colors are inaccurate 625 Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP GL 2 Printige 640 Printer Driver saisine 370 418 Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X sees 418 Printer Driver Settings Windows ceeee 370 Printer Hard Disk Operations cceeeeeeees 480 Printer Menu Operations cccceeceeeeteeeeseeeeeees 34 Main menu operations during printing 34 Main menu operations when no print job is in PIOQIOSS TE 34 Submenu operations sssini 35 Printer Modes jiccss cient anes ti eae 27 Menu mode and state of the Control Panel 30 Mode transito Mirana a 28 iea E E E E EE Oe 27 Offline and state of the Control Panel 29 Online and state of the Control Panel 29 Submenu mode and state of the Control Panelen aa aee a A anai 31 Printer Pants oasia 13 Printer Specifications
329. eeotecenisuncevacs 125 Removing the Roll Holder from Rolls seicsccdcccccssticenspanss Secctactsectncnsssannepesdvenmnededcededsnesdenedeiasebenest 129 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper weiss ccsvecescsctesecinetieccedk onntsesasatnnsedeciveeanect seusedanedadesedbactinccneeseadatonss 131 Feeding Roll Pap r Waray sc2cce3 eccceeessateredecavestacnat on tobepnescadeatsadbcnncedpenuuptmntatonecaagepeteestteagemhadss 135 Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left eeceecceeeeeceeeeeeeaceeeeesnaeeeetenseeeeeesaaeeees 136 Specifying the Ink Drying Time for ROllS cccccceeeessceeeeeseneeeeeeneeeeeeeeneaeeeeesaaeeeeseenaeeeseeeaaes 137 Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls 2 0 0 ceecccceeesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaaeeeenscaeeseneeaaes 139 Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically ccccceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeteneeeeeteeenees 143 Reducing Dust from Cutting OWS cies ccececcdecencutercetteccqcasnerancactntees siatencatkorainaticnadne teense 144 PC ENO eto gas cease nn E E E oats E E R 145 Automatic Roll Switching osc toes ds cae cactsaceeitecinscetectas ase caceaeteneehen seteanpseeuaee suas saterexeceacaceachcendedeass 146 Handling sheets for paper feed slots ccccee ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaaes 148 Selecting the Paper SOUNCS viii Ez ceincancstenandus iacenssenceseateesiansacendzanaessne casa ibecadannseneenouetedemeguyedecs 148 Selecting the Paper Type SMGCU iccecssctvereeesetusatuii
330. eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeeeee Printing a List Of Saved JODS 00 eee ee eececeeeeeeeecee ee eneaee ee eaaaeeeaaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeas Printing Saved JOOS accicccusccancavadidaeshsedvecnsietbennans cetaanavescevasqancennsnayernatanmbonetaastnaionae Moving Saved JODS cccceeecccceeeeecceeeeensceeeee anaes eeeaaeaeeeesaeaaeeeeeaaaaeeesnaaeeseeneaaenees Displaying Details Of Saved Jobs ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeecee eset eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeetnaeeeenee Renaming Saved JOS ccccceeeseccceeeeeeceeeeeecaaeeeeaaeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeaaaeeesnsaaeeeeeeeneeeee Contents Contents vii Contents Deleting Saved Jobs se casssisencissieccsvicns senccacvanseucesddes sieiadnsstecaduiavsadkeadsiadedeuds dxbetetisetadeinlideecksnanteadenie 534 Checking the Free Hard Disk Space c ccceeeeccceeeeeneceeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeessaaeeeeeenaees 539 Erasing Data on the Printers Hard DISK sacacistectassissei wath tacaattaddeebpeed aeatdbanyn dgeba nbiadeedasatsuate bai dean 542 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 543 Adjusting the Printhead ice cvs secrecaccietseuesti scat edeesideuebidias ma orrein inaa 543 Adjusting the Printhead aserria e i a eiaa a TEENER ENESE 543 Automatic Straightening of Lines and Colors Auto Head Adj sesssseeesseeesesrneerreersssrrresee 544 Manual Straightening of Lines and Colors Manual Head Ad cccceeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeseneeeees 546 Adjusting Line Misalignment Head Inc
331. eessnrrssnrrnnnennnnernnnneenne 372 Confirming Print Settings VV INAOWS ccisvacacerveidrcgassinnbectacassanaasaivandnntataicadadeiene batieianaeumacteceabs 374 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 376 Using Favorites Windows a ciiccecinsssacesesnssorastcadacecnteiasupaeacnonscbinedhacee coevanceddaaene canned vepedentanecaenciide 379 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows ceeeeeeeeeeeees 381 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows 383 Main Sheet CN MEMOS ec a eae cease etme aes eee ae ete 385 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Windows sz csccsveccecesersiireerctseccestavetavceidertrtvecdeceedss 388 Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows cccceeceseeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeesaaeeeeeessaeesteneaeeees 389 View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application WiNGOWS ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 390 Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows s 2255208 2 cecceiee cette ic ecetiedtitanatecieenete a ndatendvie tesa 391 Matching Sheet WINAOWS 2 dete cesatiess teen sner anade ena a NEEE REE 393 Contents v Contents Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome WinNdOWS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeteneeeeeeeaees 395 Page Setup Sheet Windows 0 ccceessseceeeeeneeeeeeeseaeeeeeeaaaee ees aaaeeeeedeaaaeeeeesaaaeeeesaaeeeeeaaeeeeees 397 Paper Size Opt
332. eetneeeeeetneeeeeeens 648 Other Messages ceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeees 649 Favorites Sheet Windows seeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 404 Feeding Roll Paper Manually 0 a 135 Filg read SION senhs n Aine magevins fen 671 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X se saccades diva cele iaievaessesietleevssneadosnae dvs 208 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images WINDOWS shtveceais ieiey Ai ttearehant eee eee 205 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Line Drawings Mac OS X 184 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Line Drawings WiNdOWS 0 ceceeeeeeteeeeeeeenees 182 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos Mac OS X errorem ankenniet 171 Fine Tuning Monochrome Settings When Printing Photos WiINdOWS 4 sc cc scteeeshedcein eects 169 Frequently Asked QUESTIONS cccceeceesteeeeeeeees 607 FROM orenera veces nnndi deters 13 GARO Wxxxx x represents a number 674 Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors tor Pinta iisang aiaa aha 211 Advanced Settings ccccceseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 211 COlOr SCLINGS iieri 213 Enhancing printing quality sssini 214 PINE PrO y ncusc a 211 Print Quality nisnin 212 GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range 673 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported 673 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full Xxxx iS 0501 0903 Or 0904 e i eeeeeeeteeeeeteeees 673 Index 679 Index H Handling
333. efault personal boxes are unnamed You can name them for easier management You can assign a name to a personal box as follows e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Using inmagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Using RemoteUIl 1 On the Stored Job page select the personal box to identify Remote Ul AE Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXXX KX End User Mode ail box To fobosat Bao Piee gt Device Manager Erm a l StoredJob J sampletipg o 1 man Print Log B si e3 j XXXXxxx l XXXX XX XX XX XX KX m _ sample2jpg xox l XXXX XX XX XX XX XX Support Links E sample jpg XXKXXXx l XXXX KX XX KXXXKX a Note e Enter a password if one has been set for the personal box EIO m English language Enter Password Last Updated xxxw xx xx xx0 xx End User Mode z i is password protected Log Out This mail boxis Enter password and click OK Inbox No 0l e Nee Box Password ed to 4 a ixed to 4 digits Print Log gt Device Selection Support Links 498 Hard Disk 2 Click Edit Remote Ul English language End User Mode P Dais Meng v Job Manager gt Device Selection Support Links Stored Job RIPE sis ome O samples jpg O _ samptesjpg sample3 jpg E sample2jpg O D samptet jpg Last Updated ao
334. either create or modify the hot folder For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Working With Various Print Jobs 199 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Q Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy see Col
335. elected ccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 654 Roll x is empty x is 1 Upper or 2 Lower 655 Lift the release lever and replace the roll 655 Press OK int nwaiteianen Gee 655 Roll x jam x is 1 Upper or 2 Lower s 657 Lift the release lever aanerer 657 Manually rewind the roll all the way and press OK TA 657 RollWdthMismatch ssassn 651 S Saved Print JODS sisri 482 Format of saved print jODS cceceeeeeeees 482 Storage destination ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 483 Saving Print JODS visseccaccsn eel ade ieee 485 Using the printer driver Mac OS 488 Using the printer driver Windows 486 Saving Print Jobs Sent from Sources Other than the Printer DIIVOR esaii 484 Specifying Output Method ceeeeeeee 484 Specifying Save and Print 484 Searching TOPICS sisati ead aa aaa aeaa gaii 3 Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Peed Prony pereronessssrinen R 553 Selecting the Paper Source 112 148 Selecting the Paper Type Roll 0 008 113 221 Selecting the Paper Type Sheet 05 149 222 Setting Passwords for Personal Boxes 00 493 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Ma OS sccsnei neti ence 497 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINGOWS 00 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneaeeees 495 Using RemoteUl assess sina 493 Setting the Blue Switch on the Platen 629 Settings Summaries Dialog Box Windows
336. en shows the Canon logo Starting up Please wait is displayed 2 The printer goes online in preparation for printing after startup and the Online lamp and paper source section lamp remain lit St Loadifject 1388 Q Online o Glossy Photo 2 Plain Paper Danna B k k The printer will not go online in the following situations Take action as needed The Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover The Ink Tank Cover is open Close the Ink Tank Cover The Printhead is not installed Please see Replacing the Printhead P 579 Ink Tank is not installed Please see Replacing Ink Tanks P 563 ERROR is shown on the Display Screen Turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer The Online lamp and Message lamp are not lit even once and nothing appears on the Display Screen Make sure the printer is plugged in correctly Check the connection at the plug and electrical outlet No paper is loaded Load paper P 89 P 93 O Important e Starting the printer when it is connected via the USB cable to a Macintosh computer that is off may cause the computer to start up at the same time To prevent this disconnect the USB cable before starting the printer Connecting the printer to the computer via a USB hub may solve this issue Printer Parts 25 Control Panel Turning the printer off O Important e Never disconnect the printer s power supply or unplug
337. enu Q Note For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions refer to imagePROGRAF Preview Guide Mac OS X Software 423 Printer Driver Using Favorites Mac OS X You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite based printing Q Note In the printing dialog box click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings This is a standard feature of the operating system For details refer to the Mac OS documentation 424 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X 1 In the application software select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions OQ Note e This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer specify the range of pages number of copies and so on 2 Select the printer in the Printer list Presets Standard HA Copies amp Pages Copies 1 M Collated Pages All Q From 1 to 1 PDFY Preview Cancel Print 3 Click Print to start printing As shown in the following illustration you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete settings for various methods of printing including enlarged and reduced printing borderless printing and so on Printer iPFxxxx H4 Presets Standard E v Copies amp Pages Layout Scheduler Paper Handling Pages ColorSync Cover Page
338. er Default B 1 copies 1 999 G Copies Restore Defaults Update Printer Info Ate attra Print Printer Information Printer Status Online Feed Information Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 4 Edit and rearrange the image in the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired Important Without closing the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window repeat steps 1 7 to arrange originals from multiple applications on the same page Q Note e For instructions on editing and rearranging images refer to the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout help topic 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu Q Note For details on Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions refer to Free Layout Enhanced Printing Options 309 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Roll paper banner Important e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Print
339. erations P 36 For details on menu items see Main Menu Settings P 53 First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level a Cutting Rep Ink Tank Head Cleaning Head Cleaning A a Cleaning Paper Menu Cut Sheet Type The paper type is displayed here 5 Roll1 Uppr The paper type Type 1 is displayed here 5 Roll1 Uppr HHH m Lngth 1 2 Roll2 Lwr Type The paper type 1 is displayed here 5 Roll2 Lwr HHH m 11 os 1 2 a Off Roll is displayed here 5 40 Printer Parts Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Scan Wait Time Adjust Length From 0 70 to A 0 70 Adjust Length From 0 70 to B 0 70 Standard rs e Lv a o G y Width Off Detection Oooo o T Oe y e y O NearEnd RollMrgn pf Sote Past Printer Parts 41 Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Bordless Automatic Margin NearEnd Sht as ae es ae rn Defaults Job Print Job Job List i BEE a print C a a ee Job a List a Job List password if one has been set oo E o e Choose from Document information Name about the latest three l CANCELED ee E Start Time Se hh mm 42 Printer Parts Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Level Print End Time yyyy mm dd
340. ere xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer s MAC address 2 If zones have been created on the network enter the name of the printer s zone If there are no zones leave the asterisk entry for the default zone as it is If you enter a network zone name that does not match created zones the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers Consult your network administrator for information on zone names T Click OK to display the Network page 450 Network Setting Network Setting Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the NetWare network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page oa Ff GQ N Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page ep Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings NetWare Settings Items OOOO im o o Dos o Defaut Sting Frame Type Specify the type of frame to Disabled use in NetWare NCP Burst Mode Activate this setting to use NCP Burst Mode This mode supports fast data transfer whe
341. ermediate size is detected Sht Selection 2 If sheet size detection is activated choose whether ISO B1 or 28 x40 ANSI F is applied when an intermediate size is detected Roll Switching Use Optimal Size Selects the optimal paper size to minimize the amount of paper wasted No RollSwitching Prints using the roll currently advanced on the Platen TrimEdge Reload Specify whether to trim the leading edge of the currently retracted roll when the roll is advanced Cut the edge if you are concerned about any marks left on the roll when the roll is left in the retracted position Selecting On will always trim the edge when the roll is advanced from the retracted position Selecting Automatic will trim the edge when the roll has been in the retracted position for two days or more Printer Parts 63 Control Panel Description Instructions Settingitem Noz Check Freq Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging Choose 1 page to check once per printed page Choose 10 pages to check once per ten printed pages Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically adjust the timing for checks based on the frequency of nozzle use CarriageScanWdth For specifying the carriage scan width during printing Select Automatic for movement equivalent to the width of paper loaded Selecting Fixed will reduce any soiling on the back of the paper although printing may take a little longer Sleep Timer Ls Specify the period befor
342. es those introduced here Choose the printing method that suits your particular printing application referring to Working With Various Print Jobs and Enhanced Printing Options from the table of contents Roll printing Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls are loaded on the Roll Holder which are in turn loaded in the printer Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets od Large format printing 4 Easily print vertical or horizontal banners from familiar applications such as Microsoft Office applications ib See Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing 3 6 1 A Introduction 11 How to use this manual 2 Specify conditions as needed and then click Print Windows or Print Macintosh e Windows e Macintosh Q Note Print General L Select Printer Add Printer Status Ready Location Comment Page Range All O Pages 1 Enter either a single page number or a single page range For example 5 12 Print to fie Number of copies 4 PDFY Preview Printer iPExxxx Presets Standard H Copies amp Pages Ke Copies 1 M Collated Pages All O From 1 to 1 Standard Cancel e To print only individual topics that are displayed use this method 12 Introduction Printer parts Printer Parts Printer parts
343. esired function The following functions are available e Preempting other jobs e Pausing printing e Resuming printing e Canceling print jobs Canon iP Poox Option Help Printer Status E Job JE Hard Disk Information jh Maintenance E Support Document Name Status Owner Printing RRRRKRRK Job Wait Executing RERRRREK Job Wait Executing REKRARRE Job Wait Executing RRKKAMKK For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh On the Driver pane select the job and the desired function The following functions are available e Preempting other jobs e Pausing printing e Resuming printing e Canceling print jobs e098 XXX XXX XXX XXX 3s Printer Ready Driver Hard Disk Utility Support a gt eK E 2 Document User Status Size Page Copies sample2 XXXXXXXX Printing xxxxK ample3 XXXXXXXX Waitin xxxxK ample4 XXXXXXXX Waitin xxxxK E sam ple5 XXXXXXXX Waitin xxxxK 2900 0 yun NNN e jals For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file 492 Hard Disk Hard Disk Setting Passwords for Personal Boxes By default no passwords are set for personal boxes For greater security you can set passwords for each personal box After you set a password it will be required to modify the personal box settings as well as to display print delete move and modify jobs sav
344. ess e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox fe Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation Ta Tle Py I scale 100 E Cancel 0K Select the printer in the B Format for list O N In the C Paper Size list choose a paper size supported for borderless printing Here click 10 x12 Borderless OQ Note e Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by Borderless 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx B Presets Standard B Main E B Get Information e Ce Set D Easy Settings o print Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FIC View set Bc Printer PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 283 Borderless Printing 8 In the A Media
345. ess the Enter key 6 Press the Esc key several times to display the dialog box for confirming that PCONSOLE is finished 7 Click Yes to exit PCONSOLE Network Setting 465 Network Setting Windows Specifying NetWare Protocols Follow the steps below to configure NetWare protocol settings other than the frame type by using RemoteUI Q Note oa fk WN ep For details on RemoteUl see Using RemoteUIl P 447 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxXx XXxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol Settings page Make sure the Frame Type indicates the frame type used on the NetWare network To use burst mode choose On for NCP Burst Mode Q Note e Burst mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode Normally choose On In Print Application click the print service to be used Q Note Only one print service selected here will be enabled Multiple print services are not available at the same time For packet signature click If Requested by Server in Packet Signature Complete the f
346. et Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Maintenance Printhead cleaning and printhead adjustment etc can be performed Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Use this utility with the Color imageRUNNER MFC to print enlarged copies on imagePROGRAF large format printers OK Cancel Apply at Help 3 Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility 4 Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders refer to the help file for the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder It is easy to send scanned originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the Color imageRUNNER For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button refer to the setting manual displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual Working With Various Print Jobs 197 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Scanning the original and print an enlargement Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color i
347. eting the Email Notice settings For details refer to the Status Monitor help file N About Click to confirm version information for the printer driver S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Configuration using Advanced Settings Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type x Get Information ie Advanced Settings DD Advanced Settings lt E Print Priority Image IF Fint Quaity Draft 300dpi Letter 8 5 x11 I Color Mode Color 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actual Size isi Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Ii O thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing m IRI M Sharpen Text m Economy Printing IE O Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Detauts OK Cancel Apply Help Setting item Ci scription O A Media Type Select the type of paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 B Get Information Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box which shows the types and sizes of paper specified on the printer for each feed source When you select a feed source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the feed source type of paper and roll width C Advanced Settings Click to display th
348. ettin lac OS X and so on lacing Ink Tanks Cleani a Cleaning the Printer an so on E Aske estions Clearing jammed paper end so on Responding to Message Eror Messages and so on Internet Introduction 7 How to use this manual 2 Under Basic Printing Workflow click Printing Procedure iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer ANA a Hea iS Ge 2 lt Live Searct jel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help A D ar raer Tss imagePROGRAF Canon Large Format Printer iPFxxxx w oe Err User Manual Contents Instruction Manual Home gt Basic Printing Wordow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets ee gt Loading and Printing on Rolls Enhanced Printing Options gt Loading and Printing on Sheets Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Eror Message Appendix 3 Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area iP Foooxcx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer Ge e E 47 x Live searc jek File Edit View Favorites Tools Help oe Sire User Mana tm gt E Pego G Toos ImagePROGRAF Canon Large Format Printer iPF ESS Contents J Instruction Manual Home gt Basic Printing Worktiow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets ate gt Loading and Prin
349. ettings I Easy Settings v E Print Target Default Settings Draft 441 Office Document Eaters 2 50 14 001 Poster Photos a 4 ras CSA Poster Text Illustrations ad CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_ViewSettnas Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor About __ Defauts en cs e 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing MEnlarged Reduced Printing DM O Fi Paper Size JE O Fi Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x 11 00 in G Bb Paper size Match Page Size 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in HAO MN LA Landscape de Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto I Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm z Naan S Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help 7 In A Page Size cl
350. ettings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 355 Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation You can specify the original orientation to match the orientation of the paper for printing Orientation Paper is usually loaded in the printer in portrait orientation When you have an original in landscape orientation you can specify the printing orientation so that the original is printed in landscape orientation Rotate 180 degrees The original is rotated 180 degrees to print it upside down Mirror A mirror image of the original is printed For instructions on specifying the original orientation before printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Windows P 357 e Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation Mac OS X P 359 356 Enhanced Printing Options Orientation Windows Other useful settings Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation based on the following example e Document An original in landscape orientation e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1
351. ettings for monochrome printing on the Color Adjustment sheet 9 Close the Color Settings dialog box 10 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size V Enlarged Reduced Printing D Fit Paper Size E O Fit Roll Paper Width F O Scaling M Auto 5 x11 p Letter 8 5 x11 on MA resa Match Page Size inx 4A 00 in x Borderless Printing 850 inx11 00in EA O Po Ml LA OLendscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Ig Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Mi Rol Paper width 17 n Roll 431 8mmn N Roll Paper Options _Dutput Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help 11 Confirm the settings of A Page Size L Paper Source and so on 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 170 Working With Various Print Jobs Fine Tuning Monochrome Sett Mac OS X Printing Photos and Images ings When Printing Photos You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune monochrome settings before printing 1 Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box
352. ever down until it locks Make sure the Ink Tank Lock Lever does not return to the original position Maintenance 567 Ink Tanks 3 Hold the Ink Tank by the handle a and remove it Press the OK button O Note e If there is still ink in the Ink Tank you removed store it in the box with the ink holes a facing up Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains e Dispose of used ink tanks according to local regulations 568 Maintenance Ink Tanks Load the ink tank 330 ml 1 Before opening the pouch tilt the Ink Tank to the left and right gently seven or eight times Q Note e If you do not agitate the Ink Tank the ink may sediment which may affect printing quality 2 Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank QO Note Never touch the ink holes or electrical contacts This may cause stains damage the Ink Tank and affect printing quality e Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains Do not remove and agitate ink tanks that have already been installed in the printer Ink may leak out 3 Press the OK button and insert the Ink Tank into the holder with the ink holes facing down as shown Important e Ink tanks cannot be loaded in the holder if the color or orientation is incorrect If the Ink Tank does not fit in the holder do not force it into the holder Make sure the color of the Ink Tank Lock Lever matches the color of the Ink
353. ew Maintenance Cartridge level insert it all the way in mA 14 Press the OK button The printer now initializes the Maintenance Cartridge Next replace the Shaft Cleaner Maintenance 589 Maintenance Cartridge Replacing the Shaft Cleaner Replace the Shaft Cleaner when you replace the Maintenance Cartridge New Shaft Cleaner is included with replacement Maintenance Cartridge After you execute Repl maint cart and replace the Maintenance Cartridge a message will appear on the Display Screen requesting you to replace the Shaft Cleaner Select Yes and press the OK button Next go to step 4 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Loaaiejeot isee K i ORE 2 Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Repl S Cleaner and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button After the Carriage is moved the Display Screen indicates Open Upper Cover Q Note e If you do not respond within two minutes shaft cleaner replacement is canceled and the printer goes online automatically In this case repeat the procedure 590 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge 5 Open the Top Cover OQ Note e Do not open the Printhead Fixer Lever toward the front Accidentally opening the Printhead Fixer Lever toward the front will draw out ink which consumes ink Maintenance 591 Maintenance Cartridge 6 Hold
354. ew function 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview Printer Presets Copies Pages XXX XXX XXX XXX 4 Standard rey Copies amp Pages HJ M Collated AII O From 1 to 1 o cm Preview ave as PDF Save PDF as PostScript Fax PDF aan imagePROGRAr N POF Mail PDF Save as PDF X Save PDF to iPhoto Save PDF to Web Receipts Folder Edit Menu 3 The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed eoe Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp r S RA QAQi gt s O A Ka NI ibh Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Go to Page Help PA R E RE BFS ESS ER SU BB PL 7 Page Setup B Media Type Plain Paper B Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Media Source Roll Paper ry Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm B fa ix copies 1 999 Automatic Cutting Printer Default Copies 1 Restore Defaults Update Printer Info ae ammanita Print D Printer Information 0 Printer Status Online Feed Information 4 Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired 5 Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview m
355. f paper that is loaded 10 Click C Set to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box Paper Detailed Settings Media Type Plain Paper Bonin Time W bBetween Pages Printer Default E Disetween Scans Printer Default i JE Poll Paper Margin for Safety_ IF near End Margin Printer Default iz Geur Speed Printer Default B Automatic Cutting Printer Default i oa Wipiq Qmirror Revert Cancel EOD 11 To enable automatic cutting click Printer Default in the H Automatic Cutting list If you prefer to cut the paper later yourself click Print Cut Guideline O Important If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer change the auto cut setting on the printer Control Panel 12 Click OK to close the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 369 Printer Driver Windows Software Printer Driver Printer Driver Settings Windows For instructions on accessing the Windows printer driver refer to the following topics e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows gt P 381 e Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu Windows P 383 For information on the Windows printer driver settings refer to the
356. fauits Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Photo Paper In A Media Type choose the type of paper for printing such as Glossy Paper Coated Paper and so on Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer Q Note e The type of paper indicated in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you update paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Photo from digital camera in the E Print Target list O Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings Working With Various Print Jobs 163 Printing Photos and Images 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing MEnlarged Reduced Printing D Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaing Letter 8 5 x11 x 8 50 inx11 00in G BY Paper size Match Page Size 00 er 8 inx 14 00 AE Orientation m Aj Portrait W LAJ O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserv
357. fer to the PosterArtist Manual 10 Print from the PosterArtist menu 414 Windows Software Device Setup Utility Device Setup Utility magePROGRAF Device Setup Utility imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility is a utility to establish communication between the printer and your computer by completing relevant settings After the printer is installed for example you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to complete the network settings initially a imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility TCP IP BEE Printer View Help MAC Address Status Product Name IP Address Setting IP Address XXEXXIXXiXX XX XX XXX XXX XXX XX Usable iPFxxxx x Manual Starting imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility will show a list of printers found on the network In this list select the printer specifically the printers MAC address that you want to set up and then configure the basic settings from your computer such as the printer s IP address and the network frame type e You can see which printers are online in the network by checking the printer list Communication between your computer and these printers is possible Note e We recommend that your network or printer administrator complete the setup work using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility e For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility help Windows Software 415 Device Setup Utility Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Uti
358. fice Document Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos 3 Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 184 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings 8 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Printer _iPFxxxx By Presets Standard E _ Main ay _ images Size lAlMedia type Plain Paper BC Get information ko Set Print Priority mg Letter 8 5 x11 JE Print Quality Draft300dp PA Actual Size a Letter 8 5 x11 JH Color Mode Color F9 ee i Set Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode F Unidirectional Printing _ Reduce Print Unevenness L Economy Printing E Printer C PDF Preview Standard Cancel 9 Click Monochrome in the H Color Mode list Q Note Monochrome may not be available for all types of paper 10 Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Settings Color Adjustment Color Balance D cyan s Low High 0 30 30 s E IE Magenta f Low p High 0 30 30 E O E IF yellow Low z High Onori co Gray Tone Cool E Warm W sample Type 0 30 30 O
359. figuration Tool from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool For information about the Media Configuration Tool see the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh An error message is displayed on the printer Control Panel if the paper type as specified in the printer driver does not match the type specified on the printer Although you can print under these conditions the printing results may not be suitable If the paper type is not listed for selection If the type of paper loaded cannot be selected try specifying glossy paper or proofing paper as a special paper Special 1 to Special 5 in this order BK Black Ink is used as the black ink Try specifying other types of paper as Special 6 to Special 10 MBK Matte Black Ink is used as the black ink Note that higher numbers in this setting enable more vivid colors but may also cause colors to run together For instructions on specifying the paper type before printing refer to the following topics Selecting the Paper Type Roll P 113 Selecting the Paper Type Sheet P 149 220 Enhanced Printing Options Choosing Paper for Printing Selecting the Paper Type Roll When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Important e For best printing results the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type
360. fo X X Firmware 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n HHH HDDSpace xx xGB IP XxXX XXX XXX XXX FAGL2 Settings X X Endpt Shape Softwr Smoothing Software Line Width 4 dots ThicknFineLine Off Adj Faint Lines On For details on submenu screens see Submenu Display P 67 Himedia Info X X D Cut Sheet Glossy Photo ISO A4 Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint FAGL2 Settings X X Auto Rotate Off Use Nesting Off Wait Time xx min Cut Lines Off On the Fly Off Printer Parts 51 Control Panel Main menu during printing The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows For instructions on menu operations see Main Menu Operations P 36 For details on menu items available during printing see Main Menu Settings During Printing P 66 Second Seventh First Level Third Level Fourth Level Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Menu Durng Head Head ing Cleaning A Head Cleaning B iInformation System Info Info Log a XXXX 2 XXXXXXXX XXXX 52 Printer Parts Control Panel Main Menu Settings Main menu items are described in the following tables For instructions on selecting or setting menu items see Main Menu Operations P 36 For details on menu levels and values see Menu Structure P 40 Settingltem Description Instructions Paper Cutting This command is available only if a r
361. following topics Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type GEES v Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Color Mode Color Actual Size Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About Detauts J OK Cancel J Apply Help e Main Sheet Windows P 385 You can specify the type of paper color processing print quality print preview and other settings Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired e Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box Windows gt P 389 e View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Windows P 390 e Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows P 391 e Matching Sheet Windows P 393 e Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome Windows P 395 e Page Setup Sheet Windows P 397 You can specify the page size of the original borderless printing enlargement or reduction the orientation the paper size and feed source and automatic cutting e Paper Size Options Dialog Box Windows gt P 399 Layout Sheet Windows P 400 You can
362. formation on paper compatible with borderless printing see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 e Recommended Print Area A margin of 20 mm 0 79 in on top 5 mm 0 20 in on bottom and 5 mm 0 20 in on left and right sides is required Printer Parts 85 Printing procedure Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure m Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets This section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Q Note e For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 A variety of other ways to print are available besides those introduced here Choose the printing method that suits your particular printing application referring to Working With Various Print Jobs and Enhanced Printing Options from the table of contents Roll printing Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media Rolls are loaded on the Roll Holder which are in turn loaded in the printer Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets e Large format printing Easily print vertical or horizontal banners from familiar applications such as Microsoft Office applications P 286 Borderless printing Print without a margin border around posters or photos P 265
363. g TrimEdge Automatic Reload Printer Parts 47 Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level feet inch Time Zone 0 London GMT jaerarmRome o 2 Athens Cairo pamos 4 Eerevan Baku penaa ooo 9 Tokyo Seoul 10 Canberra 11New Caledonia C 12 Wellington 12 Eniwetok 10Hawaii AHST 9 Alaska AKST 8 Oregon PST 7 Arizona MST 48 Printer Parts Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Pf w y y O mvc S G 8 D a a a C ooo o ee jew o o a a e a ee o ee o CO T e e l C T ee ee a a a Contrast Adj 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 Reset PaprSetngs pO Erase HDD Data 7 Speed a High Spd a Print Auto Del see Box Save and Print Printer Parts 49 Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Save Shared Off Box Oooo ee ee a a a S a Oo pee po o l e o Available only if a roll is loaded Available only if ManageRemainRoll is On 3 Available if Feed Priority is Automatic or Print Length 4 Not displayed if IP Mode is Manual 5 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel is updated when you install the printer driver from the User S
364. g ink tanks Take the following precautions when handling ink tanks A caution e For safety keep ink tanks out of the reach of children e If ink is accidentally ingested contact a physician immediately O Important e When itis time to install ink tanks before opening the pouch tilt the tank to the left and right gently seven or eight times If you do not agitate the Ink Tank the ink may sediment which may affect printing quality Do not remove and agitate ink tanks that have already been installed in the printer Ink may leak out Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains There may be ink around the ink supply section of ink tanks you remove Handle ink tanks carefully during replacement The ink may stain clothing e We recommend using up an Ink Tank in the course of printing within six months after breaking the seal Printing quality may be affected if you use older ink tanks Do not leave the printer without ink tanks installed for extended periods a month or more Residual ink may become clogged inside the printer and affect printing quality e If you pause printing to replace an ink tank it may cause uneven colors in the printed image How to replace an Ink Tank 1 Make sure the printer is ready for Ink Tank replacement P 564 2 Access the menu for Ink Tank replacement P 564 Otherwise open the Ink Tank Cover 3 Remove the Ink Tank e 330 ml
365. g period Before ejecting paper press the Stop button to cancel printing print job processing or ink drying 2 Press the OK button to eject the paper The paper is ejected from the front of the printer 3 As you hold the sheet lift the Release Lever and remove the sheet 4 Lower the Release Lever Handling Paper 155 Handling sheets for paper feed slots Clearing a Jammed Sheet If a sheet jams follow the steps below to remove it cuion e Remove any jammed paper promptly 1 Turn the printer off P 25 2 Open the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them 4 Lift the Release Lever 156 Handling Paper Handling sheets for paper feed slots 5 Hold the paper and pull it out toward the front Q Note e If you do not find any scraps or jams see Troubleshooting When Paper Jams are not Found 6 If the Carriage is on the left move the Carriage to the right until it stops Important e Always move the Carriage to the right side If the Carriage is on the left a Carriage error may occur when you turn on the printer 7 Lower the Release Lever and close the Top Cover 8 Turn the printer on P 25 Handling Paper 157 Output Stacker Output Stacker Wheeled Output Stacker An output stacker with casters positioned in front of the printer
366. g systems Right click My Computer and choose Properties to display the System Properties window On the Hardware sheet click Device Manager to display the Device Manager window Right click the Other Devices icon and choose Properties On the Driver sheet click Update Driver to start the Hardware Update Wizard or the Upgrade Device Driver Wizard Follow the instructions on the screen When the window for choosing the source for driver installation is displayed select the CD ROM drive Insert the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer and follow the instructions on the screen The device and interface driver is installed The device is detected and the New Hardware Wizard or Add New Hardware Wizard is started Follow the instructions on the screen When the window for choosing the source for driver installation is displayed select the printer driver folder Open the CD ROM drive navigate to Printer_Driver gt WinXP_2K gt Driver and then click OK For Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Follow the instructions on the screen The printer driver is now installed 638 Troubleshooting Installation problems Removing Installed Printer Drivers Follow these steps to remove installed printer drivers and utilities Removing printer drivers Windows Remove the printer driver as follows Q Note 2 3 4 e In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista Window
367. ge edges are affected by white banding O Important e Always set the blue Switch on the Platen to the e side for borderless printing Printing quality may be affected if the Switch is incorrectly set 1 Remove any loaded paper that will not be used Rolls gt P 125 e Sheet P 155 2 Open the Top Cover 3 Remove the Cleaning Brush Troubleshooting 629 Problems with the printing quality 5 Refer to the following table to confirm the number on the Platen that corresponds to the size of paper for printing Number Dimensions amm e Bo 36 x48 ARCH E 24 x36 ARCH D essere O poms O 6 Using the back of the Cleaning Brush move the Switch to the side opposite e corresponding to the size of the paper for printing In this case note that you will move the switch in the opposite direction from the direction in step 4 7 Close the Top Cover 630 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality s The contrast becomes uneven during printing The paper feed amount is out of adjustment Adjust the feed amount P 552 The type of paper specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specified not match the type loaded in the printer in the printer driver P 118 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Chang
368. ged if you print when using an attachment that does not match or if you print without using an attachment Set the roll on a table or other flat surface so that it does not roll or fall Rolls are heavy and dropping a roll may cause injury Cut the edge of the roll paper if it is uneven dirty or has tape residue Uneven dirty or sticky edges may cause feeding problems and affect the printing quality Be careful not to cut through any barcodes printed on the roll e Align the edges of the paper on both ends of the roll e For details on supported sizes and types of rolls see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 109 P 104 e After pressing the Load Eject button you can refer to instructions on the Display Screen as you load the paper Handling Paper 115 Handling rolls 1 Lift the Holder Stopper lever a from the shaft side to unlock it Holding the Holder Stopper at the position indicated b remove it from the Roll Holder 2 When using a 3 inch paper core align the tips a of 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 1 with the holes b of the Roll Holder and insert it firmly 3 With the edge of the roll paper facing forward as shown insert the Roll Holder from the right of the roll Insert it firmly until the roll touches the flange a of the Roll Holder Important e Insert it firmly so that there is no gap between the roll and the flange of the Roll Holder If there is a
369. gement Device Settings You can share this printer with other users on your network To Sa enable sharing for this printer click Share this printer Windows Firewall is already configured to allow the sharing of printers with other computers on the network Do not share this printer Share this printer Drivers If this printer is shared with users running different versions of Windows you may want to install additional drivers so that the users do not have to find the print driver when they connect to the shared printer Additional Drivers OK Cancel Apply 4 To print jobs from clients running other versions of Windows click Additional Drivers and follow the instructions to install the printer driver of the corresponding version If you are prompted to choose the location of the printer driver file insert the provided User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive and specify the folder where the printer driver is located 5 Click OK Important e When installing the printer driver on client computers select Network Printer on the connection type screen in the printer wizard and then select the printer shared from the computer set up as the print server 458 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the NetWare network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address
370. get Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts s Jt _ Status Monitor About Defaults 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Poster Text Illustrations in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet amp Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support aw a Page Size Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper Size JE O Fi Rol Paper width IF O Scaling Ke 4 Paper Size FE Orientation i aj Portrait Ky Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Paper Source Mi Rol Paper width Borderless Printing v Match Page Size Rol Paper Auto 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options J aj O Landscape j j Output Method Size Options S Jf Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size you registered My Horizontal Banner 290 Enhanced Printing Options Printing banners or at other
371. gs see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 For instructions on printing photos and images refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Photos and Images Windows gt P 163 e Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X P 165 162 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images Printing Photos and Images Windows This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example ON e Document Photo image from a digital camera e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Glossy Photo Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed amp Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Man Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type v Get Information he Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings lt E Print Target ER S a in x 11 00 in Poster Text Illustrations ize CAD Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x1 CAD Monochrome Line Drawing be Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor About __De
372. he loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality e If you select a type of paper for which Media Width Detection is deactivated Off is selected you must advance the paper manually to the position for printing gt P 153 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online 222 Enhanced Printing Options Choosing Paper for Printing Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver If you replace the paper complete the printer driver settings for the paper type and size For instructions on configuring paper settings in the printer driver refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows gt P 224 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 226 Enhanced Printing Options 223 Choosing Paper for Printing i Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows If you have replaced the paper you must complete the following settings in the printer driver Important e Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver If the type and size do not match an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout
373. he name of the printer s zone If there are no zones leave the asterisk entry for the default zone as it is If you enter a network zone name that does not match created zones the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers Consult your network administrator for information on zone names T Click OK to display the Network page 472 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Networks Macintosh To print over an AppleTalk network activate the AppleTalk protocol and configure the destination as follows Activating AppleTalk on the printer O Important e By factory default the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select AppleTalk and then press the gt button Press A or to select On and then press the OK button Press the Online button to bring the printer online AON If any of the settings is changed a confirmation message is displayed In this case press the OK button O Important e Be sure to complete step 5 This will activate the values you have entered Q Note e By using RemoteUl you can also specify the object name used by AppleTalk as well as the printer zone name For details on RemoteUl see Using RemoteUl P 447 Network Setting 473 Network Sett
374. he printer s IP address in a web browser to display the RemoteUI page After you log on to RemoteUI from the page you can check and change the status of the printer and print jobs and configure network settings To access Remoteul start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUI page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx xxx xxx For details on configuring printer settings for networks refer to the following topics e Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings P 448 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings P 450 e Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings P 451 e Specifying Printer Related Information P 453 Q Note e RemoteUl also offers many other features You can display the ink levels check error messages and other status information and cancel print jobs e By factory default the English screen is displayed To change the display language select the desired language under Language before logging on in administrator mode Important e Use Netscape Navigator 6 0 or later Internet Explorer 5 01 or later or Firefox 1 5 or later as a web browser In Mac OS X you can also use Safari 1 32 or later or Safari 2 03 or later e Access is not possible via a proxy server In environments where a proxy server is used add the printer s IP address to Exceptions addresses accessed without a proxy ser
375. he recommended time to replace Contact your Canon dealer for assistance consumables for which service is required Unknown file Data sent to keep the printer up to date such as Check the data Turn off the printer and wait a while paper information is in the wrong format before restoring power and then resend the data You have uploaded firmware for a different model Check the firmware version Turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power and then resend the firmware If the message is displayed again contact your Canon dealer for assistance Multi sensor error Direct sunlight or strong lighting may be shining on Take steps to ensure the printer is not used when the printer and causing the sensor to malfunction exposed to direct sunlight or strong lighting The performance of a sensor inside the printer may Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds be impaired before restoring the power If the message is displayed again contact your Canon dealer for assistance No Roll Unit The printer has received a print job that specifies Roll Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to 2 Lower but the Roll Unit is not installed cancel printing 1 Turn the printer off and install the Roll Unit Connect the Roll Unit Cable firmly and completely 2 Turn the printer on and resend the print job Error Message 675 676 Index Index A About This User Manual
376. heck the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set 178 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 SEEN A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ Print Centered r Bi oa ae P el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom bd lest E al _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF y Preview Standard J Cancel 3 Print 10 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard _ E Main i zm IBC Get Information g aC se Dy Easy Settings n Beri t Target z p Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11
377. heet is displayed Press the OK button and remove the sheet e You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations When the Message lamp is flashing Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary P 647 e When the Data lamp is flashing Select the paper source after printing is finished e When a printer menu operation is in progress Wait until the operation is finished before selecting the paper source e When in the process of loading paper Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source e When in the process of replacing Ink Tank Finish replacing the Ink Tank before selecting the paper source e When the Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source 148 Handling Paper Handling sheets for paper feed slots Selecting the Paper Type Sheet When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Q Note e After you load the sheet the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen In this case select the paper type and then press the OK button The printer will automatically go online 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU seso Stop LoadEjeot 1506 Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or to select Cut Sheet Type and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of pa
378. heets in the A Paper Source list 11 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for _ iPFxxxx By Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID orientation icy fa E Scale 100 Cancel Co 12 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X P 418 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 Working With Various Print Jobs 195 Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER refer to the following topic e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows P 196 e Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X gt P 199 u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and
379. here on lines 2 4 Take the appropriate action P 648 e Bottom Line of the Display Screen Here the remaining ink level is indicated gt P 574 Control Panel e Online lamp Lit when the printer is online e Data lamp Flashes when print jobs are being received or processed e Message lamp Lit when warning messages are displayed Offline and state of the Control Panel Offline Not printing Printing is paused Offline Pause FeedPaper AW E Glossy Photo Glossy Photo 2Plain Paper ISO A2 Roll o Daag Display Screen Display Screen The printer status is displayed here The selected paper source is indicated by an icon to the left of the type of paper e Middle Level of the Display Screen The first and second lines display the paper type and size Any warning messages are displayed here on lines 2 4 Take the appropriate action P 648 Bottom Line of the Display Screen Here the remaining ink level is indicated gt P 574 Control Panel Message lamp Lit when warning messages are displayed Printer Parts 29 Control Panel Error Messages If action can be taken If no action can be taken H Ink tank is empty Press OK and replace ink tank Top Line of the Display Screen Error messages are displayed Bottom Line of the Display Screen Here the remaining Hiwrong paper type Lift the release lever and reload the paper Stop Stop Printing Top Line of
380. hh mm D O C EEE PET O ae a k Ink Consumed Information XX X GB O i oreo ferea o feen fener oa fener a0 coe priman Fast Input Resolution co rea ove fem C o a E S a C a a a E a a a C S a Printer Parts 43 a E Economy Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level a ee fa i Lines C Lines E 99 minutes WaitTime ut Lines e Lines Adjust Printer Auto Head Adj Standard Adj No fp Oo o oo O o ee ee DEEE Head Eoo O a O O oo o e o Oo po e e C E e e o o O oo 44 Printer Parts Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Manual Band Adj Adjust Length A High 3 Yes SS a ee nersce Setup EOP TIner S A er E E E IP Setting 10 IP Address a 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 Default G W 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 ee eee Printer Parts 45 Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Ethernet SNAP Aoo Se ee a a D a a S A C mia re O O OoOo ie y e is e e o O C a 46 Printer Parts Control Panel First Level Second Level Third Level ae Level Fifth Level Sixth Level Detect Mismatch _ Se OE Keep Paper Off Size Paper Size Sht Selection 1 ISO A3 Basis 13 x19 Super B 28 x40 ANSI F Roll Switching Use Optimal Size No RollSwitchin
381. his section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Note Q Forinformation on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper 6 1 1 A variety of other ways to print are available besides those introduced here Choose the printing method that suits your particular printing application referring to Working With Various Print Jobs and Enhanced Printing Options from the internet R 100 Introduction 9 How to use this manual Printing selected topics Print selected topics as follows 1 Access the printing dialog box as follows depending on your computer s operating system e Windows In Windows right click anywhere in the explanation area except on a figure or a link In the shortcut menu click Print to display the Print dialog box iP Fxxxx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help we k Z PF User Manual jek Canon Contents Basic Printing Workflow ey Enhanced Printing Options Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper E Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting fh E Page v G Toos Large Format Printer Instruction Manual 1 Basic Printing Workflow 1 1 Printing procedure Loading and Printing on R
382. hoose Cut Sheet as the paper source To perform oversized printing on a Macintosh computer you must specify a non standard page size and print on it e To specify a non standard paper size in oversized printing register the paper size as a Custom Paper Size Oversized printing is not available with Custom Size P 297 For instructions on oversized printing refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing at Full Size Windows P 253 e Printing at Full Size Mac OS X P 255 252 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size nnn m Printing at Full Size Windows This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example Oversized Printing e Document Any Type e Page size A4 Letter 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DEMAS Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrom
383. hoose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type Get Information La Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics JE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing a V Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaing GB Papar sie Match Page Size H Orientation m Aj Portrait Aj O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Mi Rol
384. hoose the width for printing lines if no width is specified in the data Dots in the line width are 300 dpi each ThickenFineLines Ld Select On to print fine lines more distinctly AdjustFaintLines If fine lines are printed in colors that do not match the colors of other shapes selecting Off may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken Auto Rotate If the long side of an original is shorter than the roll width the original is automatically rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper Similarly if the long side of an original in landscape orientation is longer than the roll width and the short side is shorter than the roll width the original is repositioned to fit on the paper HP RTL print jobs are not rotated 2 Selecting On will store print jobs until multiple documents can be arranged to fill up the roll width instead of printing each print job as it is received Nesting WaitTime Specify a time to wait until printing as desired Select On to print cut lines between each document on the roll On the Fly Selecting On will start printing jobs sooner if you are printing only HP RTL print jobs and printing would not start until later However images may be omitted in some cases so be sure to check the printing results 1 It is not possible to match the colors and image quality produced by the specified printer exactly 2 Because HP RTL images are not rotated even if the paper is rotated 90 degree
385. iately e If you press the Stop button when printing is paused Holding down the Stop button for a second or more when printing is paused cancels the print job the printer ejects paper Basic Printing Workflow 99 Canceling print jobs Canceling Print Jobs from Windows Print jobs can be canceled in Windows as follows Canceling print jobs in the printer window or imagePROGRAF Status Monitor In the printer window you can cancel jobs that are being sent to the printer Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor you can cancel print jobs that have already been received by the printer or that are currently being printed Q Note e The print job is displayed on the printer s screen during the transmission of print data from the computer When the transmission is completed the job is not displayed even during printing e After the printer has received the print data from the computer print jobs are shown in the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor window until the end of printing It is not displayed before transmission of print data to the printer even if the computer has started the process of the data 1 Click the printer icon in the taskbar to display the printer window Q Note e You can also display this window by double clicking the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes or Printers folder accessible through the Windows start menu 2 Right click the job to cancel and select Cancel amp Canon iPFxxxx Printer Document View
386. ications gt Canon Utilities gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool iPFxxxx indicates the printer model gt MCTxxxx After the Media Configuration Tool starts up click Extra Information Paper Paper Sizes Rolls Rolls that meet the following conditions are supported e Outer diameter up to 150 mm 6 in e Inner diameter of paper core 2 or 3 inches e Printing side out es Ra ae ee in Printer Driver Pnom 8081 Ror wDoOMm fe fiesrm coco in on ied fee xian citi fomm ronen fee a e 3 rn Gti a Ra Rm ee Seton em soneron e omaan oseas e E en tan fee roam Gost ROAD Ron OOM fie ammen fio Ron ean fe seman fin on GSS fe aroman sonnera e 203 2 1118 0 mm 8 00 44 02 in PO 1 For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Handling Paper 109 Paper Sheets Sheets of the following ozen are supported 210 0 x 297 0 mm 8 27 x 11 69 in soe rr ton rasa soe io ram oserarmo soe or sam orem 9 x12 ARCH A 228 6 x 304 8 mm 9 00 x 12 00 in DIN CO 917 0 x 1296 0 mm 36 10 x 51 02 in 110 Handling Paper Paper SS a ea rae E E C 304 8 x 406 4 mm 12 00 x 16 00 in 254 0 x 304 8 mm 10 00 x 12 00 in fax fox S ee Ya 000 TDM aoa man Toco 508 0 x 762 0 mm 20 00 x 30 00 in ar mortem Custom Paper Size 203 2 x203 2 mm 8 00 8 00 in 1118 0x1600 0 mm 44 02x62 99 in Q Note e In the printer driver paper sizes
387. ick Print Frame to display the Print dialog box Manual 6090 i 20 O A o ecg D imagePROGRAF Canon Large Format Printer IPFO ic Printing Workflow 1 Basic Printing Workflow 0 Printing procedure 1 1 Printing procedure Gassing print jobs Display selected topics Back Working With Various Print Jobs m Reload E 3 1 Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Open in Dashboard See 2 M Loading and Printing on Rolls E Windows Software 3 M Loading and Printing on Sheets Open Frame in New Window Mac OS X Software 4 Printing in Windows Open Frame in New Tab Handling Paper 5 M Printing in Mac OSX Adjustments for Better Print 6 M Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows View Frame Source Quality 7 M Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X Save Frame As Printer Parts 8 MUsing the Stationary Output Stacker Print F Mikis Maintenance C Troubleshooting 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Enor Message Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Appendix The printer supports both rolls and sheets This section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Note For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper 6 1 1 A variety of other ways to print are available besid
388. ick the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list 9 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 316 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 10 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Z Page Layout B E 2Pages Snest c Watermark JE conFDENTIAL v F Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actual Size Li 8 5 x11 See TN Rotate 180 doneer No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 1 99 Reverse Order Page Gptions Special Settings Defauts _ OK Cancel JI Apply Help 11 Select the A Page Layout check box 12 Click 4 Pages Sheet in the B Page Layout list Q Note e You can select the layout order for placing four pages on a sheet and a frame border in the Page Layout Printing dialog box by clicking C Set 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 317 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X This topic
389. idth list in this case If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard _ E Main i zm IBC Get Information g aC se Dy Easy Settings n Beri t Target z p Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 a Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable fo that contai r printing normal documents n a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print 232 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation To Te E Scale 1100 fH Cancel 0K 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Make sure E Fit Paper Size is selected 15 Click ISO A3 in the I Paper Size list 16 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac
390. idth list in this case ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Main B Bc Get Information a Set D Easy Settings E ramea lB prin Target Default Settings 0 gt Draft Office Document Poster Photos 4 Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set BWC Printer i PDF yv Preview Standard Cancel Print 14 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A3 A Settings Page Attributes iz B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx ke Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 By 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation iy fa E Scale 100 a Cancel E 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS XY P 421 320 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Posters in Sections You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on seve
391. ify layout details and which pages to print as well as other settings e Page Layout Printing Pages to Print e Free Layout Settings D Watermark Activating this option makes two settings available E Watermarks and F Edit Watermark Printing With Watermarks P 353 E Watermarks Lists the provided watermarks Choose the watermark to print F Edit Watermark Click to display the Edit Watermark dialog box for creating your own original watermark G Print Centered Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper Printing Originals Centered on Rolls P 324 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets P 330 H Rotate 180 degrees Activate this option to rotate document images by 180 degrees before printing I No Spaces at Top or Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above and Bottom Conserve Paper below printable data in documents which enables you to conserve the paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins P 341 Enter the number of copies to print in a range of 1 999 Reverse Order Activate this option to print pages in reverse order 400 Windows Software Printer Driver Setting tem __Deseripon K Page Options Click to display the Page Options dialog box which enables you to complete settings for printing the user name date or page number in the header or footer M Special Settings If the printing
392. in Paper 338 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 SSE A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ m Lo Print Centered ae P el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom ea eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard C Cancel 3 Print 9 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 10 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width in this case ISO A3 A4 297 0mm OQ Note If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard _ IB mn B ES W media Type Plain Paper is B Get Information c Koy Set Dy Easy Settings et Beri t Target eey Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document k Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos Poster
393. in x 11 00 in Q a ze Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in sj Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ Abot C Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Glossy Paper 5 Click Poster Photos or Poster Text Illustrations in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing MiEnlarged Reduced Printing p Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper Width IF O Scaling G 4 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in 00 FE Orientation Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in Paper Source IM Rol Paper width L Aj Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Match Page Size E A O Landscape Roll Paper Auto 17 in Roll 431 8mm N Chara __ Output Method Size Options __Defautts OK Cancel J 322 Enhanced Printing Options Apply J Help Tiling and multiple pages per
394. ine Band Adj If during printing the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears at 50 mm 2 in intervals try adjusting the feed amount as follows The results of adjustment are applied to printing in progress enabling you to check the results immediately However note that because printing is paused colors may be slightly different Use Fine Band Adj after Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj if finer adjustment is required P 554 P 556 Q Note e The Fine Band Adj value is reset to 0 if you use Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj Execute Fine Band Adj during printing as follows 1 Press the Online button to pause printing 3 Press A or W to select Menu Durng Prtng and then press the OK button 4 Press A or Y to select Fine Band Adj and then press the button 5 Press A or W to change the value and then press the OK button Q Note e The supported range is 5 to 5 6 Press the Online button to resume printing 558 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount m Adjusting Line Length Adjust Length Use Adjust Length to ensure that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length In the Adjust Length menu choose the mode of length adjustment A High or B Standard Draft that suits your particular printing application e A High This setting is applied when Highest or High is selected in Print Quality in the printer
395. ine Drawing Text 1 Click start gt Printers and Faxes or Printers 2 Select the printer and then display the printer properties dialog box Printers and Faxes Eile Edit View Favorites Tools Help gt B K Search E Folders EJ Address Printers and Faxes Printer Tasks E Add a printer B See what s printing E Select printing preferences Z Pause printing Share this printer i Rename this printer Delete this printer amp Y Set printer properties Other Places 3 Click the Device Settings tab to display the Device Settings sheet Canon iP Poox Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings A B 4 Click A Color Compatibility to display the Color Compatibility dialog box Color Compatibility 188 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings 5 Select the desired color settings in the A Color Compatibility list OQ Note e For details on color settings see Specifying Colors and Printing CAD Drawings P 187 For printing instructions refer to the following topic Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows P 215 Working With Various Print Jobs 189 Printing CAD Drawings HP GL 2 Printing This printer supports the GARO language as well as HP GL 2 and HP RTL 1 emulation 2 When printing from applications that support HP GL 2 output specify HP GL 2 in the appli
396. inear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them Handling Paper 153 Handling sheets for paper feed slots 2 A Oo Keeping the right edge of the paper aligned with the extended line of the Paper Alignment Line a on the right side of the printer load the paper so that the near edge is aligned with the groove b at the far end of the Platen In this case advance the paper as far into the paper feed slot as possible because it will be printed starting at that position Lower the Release Lever and close the Top Cover If no print job has been received from the computer press A or W to select of the type of paper loaded and then press the OK button When Width Detection OFF OK to continue is shown on the Display Screen press A or V to select Leave OFF and then press the OK button Check the position of the loaded paper and press the OK button Press A or to select the paper size and then press the OK button Q Note e Ifa print job received requires paper larger than the selected paper it may soil the Platen 154 Handling Paper Handling sheets for paper feed slots Removing Sheets Remove sheets from the printer as follows 1 Press the Load Eject button O Note e Paper cannot be ejected by using the Load Eject button when print jobs are in progress or during the ink dryin
397. ing Increase the level of vacuum holding the paper against the Platen or specify a margin of 20 mm 0 79 in or more for the leading edge P 561 Printed colors may be uneven if you set the Print Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the Quality too low Advanced Settings of the printer driver Printing in Draft or Standard mode is faster and consumes less ink than in Highest or High modes but the printing quality is lower P 211 Color may be uneven between dark and light image Select Unidirectional Printing in the Advanced areas Settings of the printer driver When borderless printing is used the edge of the Specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver before paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may printing In this case the paper can be printed without be uneven at the edges borders on the left and right sides only Cut the printed document ejected from the printer then use scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the Advanced Settings of the printer driver P 211 The Printhead is out of alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment P 544 Drying documents stacked on each other may cause To avoid uneven colors we recommend drying each uneven colors sheet separately Color density may be uneven if you use Glossy In Advanced Settings of the printer driver choose Paper art paper or Coated Paper Highest or High in Print Quality Th
398. ing Mac OS X Configuring the destination Mac OS X O Important e AppleTalk is supported in Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 4 Q Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of configuring the destination varies depending on the version of Mac OS X 1 In System Preferences click Network to display the Network window 2 In Show choose Built in Ethernet Next click AppleTalk select Make AppleTalk Active and click Apply now eec Network lt Show all Q Show Built in Ethernet i TCP IP pppoe T AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet gt A Make AppleTalk Active Computer Name XXXXXXXX Can be changed in Sharing Preferences AppleTalk Zone Configure Automatically d a Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now 3 Close the Network window and save the settings 4 Choose Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder 5 Click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder 6 If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List click Add eee Printer List SJO H gt Add Status Kind 474 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X 7 Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add e098 Printer Browser oO Q A a q i y Default Browser IP Printer Search Name Canon NB xxFB xxxxxx Location Local Zone Print Using imagePROGRAF B
399. ing Maintenance Cartridge GAD AGCILY aienea iena ro i eA 594 Choosing a Paper for Printing c e 220 If the paper type is not listed for selection 220 Media TY DO ano 220 Choosing Paper for Printing eseese 220 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X 217 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions WindOWS cceceeeeseeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 215 Cleaning Inside the Top Cover nsss 597 Cleaning the Printer 0 c ccccceesesseeeeeteeeesteeeneees 596 Cleaning the Printer Exterior 0 c cecsccseeeeeees 596 678 Index Cleaning the Printhead 578 600 Cleaning the Printhead ceeeeeees 578 600 Clearing a Jammed Sheet ccceceeeeeee 156 613 Clearing Jammed Roll Paper sasse 131 610 Close Ink Tank COVEL c cceccteeeeesteeseeeeeetteeeeeees 662 Color Adjustment Sheet Color Windows 391 Object Adjustment dialog DOX ceeeees 392 Color Adjustment Sheet Monochrome ONIONS he raas edatiiies caweeeasie eve diete nee etaaiie 395 Object Adjustment dialog DOX eeeeeee 396 Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X 08 432 Color Adjustment pane color eeeeee 432 Matching panasia E 433 Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X 434 Color Adjustment pane Monochrome 434 Colors in printed images are uneven 627 Configuring NetWare Network Settings 468 Configur
400. ing Multiple Pages Continuously Windows P 311 e Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Mac OS X P 313 310 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Continuously Windows This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image without margins between pages Important e This feature is only available with rolls It cannot be used when printing on sheets e During banner printing settings for conserving paper number of copies borderless printing enlargement or reduction and other layout related settings are disregarded 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences _ Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DEDAS Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Mil Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor _ About ii Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list cli
401. ing Paper or film based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Standard Strong or Strongest If paper still rubs against the printhead try raising the Printhead by setting Head Height to Highest P 561 Clean the Ejection Guide P 596 Troubleshooting 623 Problems with the printing quality ss The surface of the paper is dirty The Paper Retainer is soiled Clean the Paper Retainer P 597 You are using a paper that does not dry easily Specify a time of about a minute in Roll DryingTime The back side of the paper is dirty The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen or printing on small paper P 597 Set CarriageScanWath to Fixed The Platen has become soiled due to printing on the Activate width detection and open the Top Cover and Platen because width detection is deactivated clean the Platen P 597 Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen After this manually advance the roll onto the Platen before printing P 597 P 135 The Paper Retainer is soiled Clean the Paper Retainer P 597 624 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Printed colors are inaccurate Color adjustment has not been activated in the Advanced Settings of the printer driver Colors have not been adjusted on the computer or monitor The Printhead nozzles are clogged In the printer driver Application Color Matching
402. ing layouts 1 Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Print Quality 212 Enhanced Printing Options Color settings Adjusting Images Setting tem Optons Description Color Mode 1 Color Adjustment Color Matching Modes Color Matching Method 2 Color Monochrome Color CAD Monochrome BK ink Monochrome Bitmap Cyan Magenta Yellow Gray Tone Brightness Contrast Saturation Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Mode Driver ICM Mode Host ICM Mode Off Auto Perceptual Colorimetric Saturation other Choose whether to print in color or monochrome P 201 You can adjust the levels of cyan magenta and yellow as well as the brightness contrast saturation and gray tones If you choose Monochrome or Monochrome BK ink in Color Mode only Brightness and Contrast can be adjusted Image Graphics and Text are available as Object Adjustment options In Windows and Mac OS X 10 5 only Choose the color matching mode Other color matching modes may be provided by the computer operating system such as ICM and ColorSync Choose the color matching method The available options vary depending on your selection in Color Matching Mode 1 Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Color Mode 2 The order of options displayed varies depending on the operating system Enhanced Printing Options 213 Adjusting Images Enhan
403. ing the Communication Mode Manually 635 Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Networks MACINIOSh seit Aeterna ed eet eee 473 Activating AppleTalk on the printer 473 Configuring the destination Mac OS X 474 Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network MACMOST incite ances tence dactnes tee hietedterteetn tection nine 479 Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network MACMOST eiaa a a daverude Mievevinerinen ide 476 Configuring the Destination Mac OS X 476 Configuring the IP Address on the Printer 443 Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING COMMANA S etiain naaid tanana anai aana ia 446 Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility cece 417 444 470 Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel ois anae ecn nerin ae a s EN EA aa Eaa 445 Configuring the Printer Driver Destination MACINIOSM arcsin A 471 Configuring the Printer Driver Destination WINGOWS seere iaieno nenoro an ununun i ianea naaa iaa 456 Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network SL E e E E A EN E T 450 472 Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network GENNOS sasn 451 459 Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings 448 Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X 421 Checking a preview of the settingS 6 421 Checking a print preview s es 422 Confirming Print Settings Windows 0 c 374 Checking a preview of the settingS
404. ing the Cutter Unit You are not using the printer under the recommended environmental conditions for the paper You are using paper that is not compatible with automatic cutting The Cutter Unit stops in the middle of cutting In other cases the Cutter Unit may be damaged End of paper feed 1 Lift the Release Lever and remove the paper 2 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred 1 Lift the Top Cover and remove the foreign object 2 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred Use the printer only where the recommended environmental conditions for the paper are met Note that various environmental conditions are recommended for various types of paper For details on the recommended environmental conditions for paper see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Specify Manual as the cutting method and cut the roll manually For information about paper that is compatible with automatic cutting see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 If the Carriage is out move the Carriage out of the way away from the paper If the Cutter is out move the Cutter to the right side away from the paper and remove the jammed paper P 131 If the
405. inish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred P 150 652 Error Message Insufficient paper for job Messages regarding paper Corrective Action The printer has received a print job longer than the amount of roll paper left when ManageRemainRoll in the printer menu is On and one of the following settings is selected An option other than Roll Paper Auto is selected in Paper Source in the printer driver e During HP GL 2 printing GL2 Settings gt Paper Source in the printer menu is set to an option other than Automatic This paper cannot be used Press the Online button to resume printing However the roll paper may run out during the print job and you may not be able to print all of the document Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing Either change the printer driver Paper Source setting or the GL2 Settings gt Paper Source setting in the printer menu or replace the roll with a roll that has enough paper for the print job and then try printing again P 125 P 118 Corrective Action Paper that is too large for the printer has been loaded Paper that is too small for the printer has been loaded Paper has been loaded that is too small to print the test pattern for printhead adjustment or nozzle checking Lift the Release Lever and load paper of
406. intmonitor Mac OS Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 2 Delete the saved job 1 Press A or V to select Stored Job and then press the button Press A or to select the box number in the range 00 29 and then press the gt button Enter a password if one has been set and then press the OK button CONOR WN 534 Hard Disk Press A or YW to select Job Management and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Job List and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select the saved job to delete and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select Delete and then press the button Confirm the print job for deletion and press the OK button Using RemoteuUIl Hard Disk 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box Note BF ran English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX KX End User Mode rit np ma Remote Ul B enn Job Manager A 01 Box1 5 Print Job d Jol 02 Box2 0 Print Log 03 Box3 0 gt Device Selection 04 Box4 0 Support Links i 05 Box 5 0 06 Box6 0 07 Box7 0 08 Box 0 09 Box9 0 Box 10 0 aii Box 11 o e Enter a password if one has been set dl Remote Ul F English language Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXK End User Mode Inbox No ol Inbox Name Box 1 sam m Print Job re Print Log Deze Secon Support Link
407. ion g Menu key Menu Selection paper loaded Menu Dumg Pring Glossy Photo Job Mgmt Menu ISO A2 Roll Error no Online key paper loaded a A m a ee OK Select Online key Menu key Please Wait a Sleep mode Information key 1 Submenu mode Maint cart Capacity 100 1 When submenus are displayed you can press any button other than the Information button to return to the previous mode 2 The printer automatically enters Sleep mode if it is idle for a specific period by factory default five minutes that is if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed However it does not enter Sleep mode while error messages are displayed 3 In Sleep mode the printer can be restored to the previous state by pressing any button Sleep mode is also terminated if a print job is received or a command is issued from RemoteuUI 28 Printer Parts Control Panel Online and state of the Control Panel r Printing in progress receiving or Not printing Deceit g Online Printing G Glossy Photo Glossy Photo 2Plain Paper ISO A2 Roll Display Screen Top Line of the Display Screen The printer status is displayed here The selected paper source is indicated by an icon to the left of the type of paper e Middle Level of the Display Screen The first and second lines display the paper type and size Any warning messages are displayed
408. ions Dialog Box Windows cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaeeeeeneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenaeeees 399 Layout Sheet Windows ccccccdesseiccssccecessssaeneseestennenecnstneesencneeneasessenensiereteenscnensnivaeesteararneanense 400 Page Options Dialog Box Windows cccceeeeeeeeeeee ee ee eee e eee eeeee seer teaeeee ee eaaeeeeneeieeeeeeeeeeeeee 402 Special Settings Dialog Box Windows cccccceeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaaaeeeenenaeeeseeeaaes 403 Favorites Sheet Windows iiicssicecccsscntevenssscesdess socencuasuecaenataccecnsdsiescsnucacnecdehacdecdeaddenesacearecaneeas 404 Utility Sheet ONINdOWS a an tear tec tee see R 406 S pport Sheet WINJOWS seenen ee eE eR ea abea or ie nee eaten te 407 Device Settings Sheet WINAOWS J irsinin ate aesae eai aei E 408 Settings Summaries Dialog Box Windows ssssseesssenessorrrneerenrrsenrnerrrrnerrennnrtetnnserenrneee 409 Status MONIOr eee ere a e ee EAEE E a ae EE 410 imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WinGOWS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaeeeseseeeeeeeeteaaaeees 410 Digital Photo Front AccesS acs cosseincccqaaliccenntysaaspanieeennatermysecaiecenevedecoene 411 Digital Phot Fr n ACCESS ese occ occececcrnacectie a cscs acatteccneebeadsagdetchacuneradsSeacoads cetdgasbceretengegiarse 411 PosterAriStos r nee eenei rence pace seucenccdsence E E EEEE AEE aaa EREE 412 Using PosterArtist t Compose OrigiNalS ssssiisensssisi misrin raa 412 Using Pos
409. ions on the printer control panel to enter the paper size 332 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X This topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets based on the following example Document Any type e Page size A4 Letter e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size Non standard Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box Wy settings B BI B Page Attributes B Format for _ iPFxxxx Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Te e 100 ce Paper Size D Orientation E Scale HE E Cancel In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 Click F OK to close the dialog box In the application software menu choose Print a fk WN Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx i Presets Standard B Main B H Plain Paper By B Get Information Set ce D Easy Settings rs Default Settings r 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Photos 4 Poster Text Illustrations that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Li Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel Print 6 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case c
410. iority setting for the particular type of paper P 553 2 Based on the Feed Priority setting use Auto Band Adj Manual Band Adj or Adjust Length P 554 P 556 P 559 3 If additional fine tuning is necessary after Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj use Fine Band Adj in the Menu Durng Prtng P 558 552 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount Selecting a Feed Amount Adjustment Method Feed Priority Methods of adjusting the amount paper is fed are set for each type of paper in the Feed Priority setting Adjust the Feed Priority setting to suit your particular printing application e Band Joint Adjusts the feed amount to reduce banding across the sheet in printed documents The settings of Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj are applied If you have executed Fine Band Adj in addition to the settings of Auto Band Adj or Manual Band Adj the settings of Fine Band Adj are also applied Print Length Adjusts the feed amount for better accuracy of lines in printed documents The settings of A High or B Standard Draft in the Adjust Length menu are applied Automatic Band Joint or Print Length is selected depending on Print Priority as selected in the printer driver at the time of printing Image or Office Document Band Joint is selected Line Drawing Text Print Length is selected Q Note e Use Manual Band Adj for transparent media or other paper for which adjustment with Auto B
411. is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only Cut the printed document ejected from the printer then use scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Before borderless printing make sure the blue Switch on the platen is set toward the e side P 629 Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired Enhanced Printing Options 265 Borderless Printing Fit Paper Size Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using Q Note e The printer driver automatically enlarges originals 3 mm 0 12 in past the dimensions of the paper on each side The 3 mm portion beyond the edge on each side is not printed For instructions on borderless
412. is finished before selecting the paper source When in the process of loading paper Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source When in the process of replacing Ink Tank Finish replacing the Ink Tank before selecting the paper source When the Top Cover is open Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source 112 Handling Paper Handling rolls Selecting the Paper Type Roll When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Important e For best printing results the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper Be sure to select the type of paper to use correctly before printing e Because the printer fine tunes the feed amount for each type of paper the margins and the size of printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used If margins and the size of images are not as you expected adjust the paper feed amount and Printhead height P 552 P 551 Q Note e After you load the roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic monitoring of the remaining roll paper Select the type of paper and then press the OK button If no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated automatic monitoring of the remaining roll paper specify the roll length after the paper type P 114
413. is full the Message lamp flashes and a message to replace the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen Printing is disabled and you cannot replace the Printhead or transfer the printer Replace the Maintenance Cartridge with a new one H Maintenance cartridge full Replace the maintenance cartridge Maintenance 595 Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printer Exterior Clean the printer regularly to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems About once a month clean the printer exterior 1 Turn the printer off P 25 2 Unplug the power cord from the outlet saion e Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning or maintenance Accidentally leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer 3 Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely wipe away any dirt or paper dust from the Paper Feed Slot a power cord plug and so on Dry these parts with a dry cloth A caion Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol benzene or thinner If these substances come into contact with electrical components inside the printer there is a risk of fire or electrical shock O Important e If the Ejection Guide is dirty it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut We recommend cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty because it may actually be covered
414. is point see Loading Rolls in the Printer P 118 Handling Paper 127 Handling rolls T in a crouching position push the Roll Unit in with both hands 128 Handling Paper Handling rolls u Removing the Roll Holder from Rolls 1 Lift the Holder Stopper lever a from the shaft side to unlock it Holding the Holder Stopper at the position indicated b remove it from the Roll Holder 2 Remove the Roll Holder from the roll 3 When removing attachments push the tips a in as you remove the attachment e 3 Inch Paper Core Attachment 1 Roll Holder side Handling Paper 129 Handling rolls e 2 Inch Paper Core Attachment Important Store the roll in the original bag or box away from high temperature humidity and direct sunlight If paper is not stored properly the printing surface may become scratched which may affect the printing quality when you use it again 130 Handling Paper Handling rolls Clearing Jammed Roll Paper If roll paper jams follow the steps below to remove jams cuir e Remove any jammed paper promptly Q Note e If you do not find any scraps or jams see Troubleshooting When Paper Jams are not Found P 615 1 Turn the printer off P 25 2 Open the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them Handling Paper 131 Hand
415. ith WatermarkS ceeeeeeeeessneeeeeeeees 353 WALKMAN as eee tiate beeen sailveeee he aeeageesinies 353 Printing with Watermarks COPY FILE COPY and SO ON WINGOWS 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeete cette teteeeeeetaeeeeenene 354 PrintMONItOl ETRE T E TT 440 Problem with Printhead cccessseeeeteeeeeseeeeeees 669 Problems Regarding Paper cccescceeeseeeeees 610 Problems with the printing quality cceee 621 Problems with the printing quality caused by the type of paper sieci ir eoiioi isinin EN n 633 Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls ceeee 144 Regular printing is selected but a roll is loaded 656 Rel lever is in wrong position 659 Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected oninia neti evidence eet 662 Removing Installed Printer Drivers 0 0 639 Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility WINGOWS ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeees 639 Removing inagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINdOWS s2thn Geintoni ia ena gies 639 Removing printer drivers Windows 639 Removing printer drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 639 Removing Sheets ienen esii radiaani iei 155 Removing the Roll from the Printer ee 125 Removing rolls from the Roll 1 Upper POSMION E E A 125 Removing rolls from the Roll 2 Lower POSON assa viageet ving eguntoaseeuntes 127 Removing the Roll Holder f
416. ize gt Specifying the Paper Length Roll P 114 You can wait until ink dries before cutting the roll and you can cut rolls at a desired position gt Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls gt P 139 Borderless printing is possible on rolls You can also specify borderless printing in the printer driver by adjusting the original size to match the paper size Before borderless printing set the blue Switch on the platen to the e side Borderless printing is not supported on sheets gt Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size P 265 gt Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 272 gt Borderless Printing at Actual Size P 258 gt Setting the Blue Switch on the Platen P 629 Troubleshooting 607 Frequently Asked Questions o auson Answer How do print an A4 original enlarged on A2 paper How do print without wasting paper How do print without wasting all the blank space on the right side when printing an A4 sized original at A3 size How do print in landscape or portrait orientation How do print on a custom paper size How do register custom paper sizes How do print lines thicker How do modify how colors are printed How do use printer driver settings again in subsequent jobs 608 Troubleshooting In the printer driver you can adjust the original image to match the paper size or width or you can specify en
417. ize Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation To AG E Scale 1100 E Cancel 0K O 13 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 257 Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters made up mainly of photos or images without a surrounding margin or border Borderless Printing In regular printing a margin required by the printer is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing
418. justment Defauts OK Cancel Help Q Note To display the Color Adjustment sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings P 385 A Sample Type Choose a sample image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics B View Color Pattern Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern C Apply to Sample Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the sample image D Cyan Not available E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone Not available H Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images J Saturation Not available K Object Adjustment Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box in which you can specify objects subject to color adjustment S Defaults Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Windows Software 395 Printer Driver Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 Object Adjustment dialog box In the Object Adju
419. ks 3 Press the OK button and insert the Ink Tank into the holder with the ink holes facing down as shown Important e Ink tanks cannot be loaded in the holder if the color or orientation is incorrect If the Ink Tank does not fit in the holder do not force it into the holder Make sure the color of the Ink Tank Lock Lever matches the color of the Ink Tank and check the orientation of the Ink Tank before reloading it 4 Lift the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it stops and then push it down until it clicks into place y Note e Ifthe Ink Lamp is not lit in red reload the tank Ink lamps flash when there is little ink left 572 Maintenance Ink Tanks 6 Close the Ink Tank Cover The printer will go online or offline O Important e After Ink Tank replacement always close the Ink Tank Cover If the Ink Tank Cover cannot close some Ink Tank Lock Lever may not be closed completely Make sure all ink tank lock levers are fully closed To close the Ink Tank Cover when no Ink Tank is installed as when moving the printer push the release lever a as shown while returning the Ink Tank Lock Lever to the original position Maintenance 573 Ink Tanks Checking Ink Tank Levels On the Display Screen you can check how much ink is left in the Ink Tank The Display Screen indicates the remaining ink levels unless an error message is displayed Online o Glossy Photo 2 Plain Paper Danaa
420. l e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx co Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation Ta Ja I scale 100 i m 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iPFxxxx ry Presets Standard E Main zs as A media Type Plain Paper Get Information Bi Set D Easy Settings BpPrint Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set L Printer G M _ PDFv Preview Standard C Cancel E Print 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 344 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Wraper Source Roll Paper
421. largement or reduction before printing as desired gt Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size P 228 gt Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 234 gt Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value P 240 To conserve paper you can specify in the printer driver to rotate originals 90 degrees or to print without top and bottom margins gt Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 335 gt Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins P 341 By specifying to rotate originals 90 degrees in the printer driver you can print at A4 size to fill the width of A3 paper gt Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 335 You can print originals that are in landscape or portrait orientation automatically enlarged to fit the roll width This is an easy way to create vertical or horizontal banners gt Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing P 286 You can specify custom sizes temporarily in the printer driver gt Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 297 You can add desired sizes Custom Paper Sizes in the Paper Size Options dialog box of the printer driver gt Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes P 297 By specifying Thicken Fine Lines in the printer driver you can print fine lines thicker to make them easier to see gt Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Ele
422. lection button the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit 1 Roll Media lamp Green e On Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a sheet is selected as the paper source 2 Cut Sheet lamp Green e On Indicates that a sheet is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source Printer Parts 21 Printer parts f Feeder Selection Button Switches the paper source Each time you press this button the paper source switches between the roll and the sheet and the corresponding lamp on the Paper Source Section is lit g Display Screen Shows the printer menu as well as the printer status and messages h Color Label This label indicates the Ink Tank color The label corresponds to the ink level on the Display Screen i HDD lamp Green On Indicates the printer is accessing the hard disk e Off Indicates the printer is not accessing the hard disk j lt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level higher k A Button Offline Press this button to rewind rolls manually P 135 Menu mode Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value l W Button Offline mode Press this button to feed the roll manually in the direction of ejection as needed P 135 Menu mode Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value m gt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level lower n
423. lick OK e Set password Select the check box e Password Enter the password This field is limited to four digits in the range 0001 9999 Re enter to confirm Re enter the password to confirm it Settings Inbox No Inbox name IV Set password Password f 4 digit number Re enter to confirm z 4 digit number Cancel Help For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file 496 Hard Disk Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 In the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs Select a saved job and click Set XXX XXX XXX XXX Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable Free space xx xx GB gt EJ Document Inbox No Name User b 0 Common Box Vv 1Box1 samplel sample2 Source xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 3 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 2 In the Settings dialog box specify the password and click OK e Set password Select the check box e Password Enter the password This field is limited to four digits in the range 0001 9999 e Verify Re enter the password to confirm it Settings Mail box Rename inbox Inbox no 1 Inbox name Password 4 digit number Verify Rename document Document title sample2 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk 497 Hard Disk Naming Personal Boxes By d
424. lick Plain Paper T Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 333 Centering originals 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx Z Presets _Standard ka Page Setup as images Size Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto Brot Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing __________ J Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 O Scaling 100 5 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing J Paper Size Match Page Size BJ F Ly C Print Centered aoe er _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom cm IB L C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF vy Preview Standard Cancel E Print 9 Click Cut Sheet in the A Paper Source list 10 Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes B B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx ke Paper Size _ Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID orientation icy fa E Scale 100 H Cancel Co 11 Select the J Print Centered check box 12 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 O Important e If you have selected Cut Sheet as
425. line and printing operations begin However printing may start later after data reception depending on the size of print data e After ink tank replacement Ink agitation takes about three and a half minutes During agitation you can print or do other operations after the printer goes Online In other cases contact your Canon dealer Troubleshooting 643 Other problems Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared The printer has not detected the new Maintenance Remove the new Maintenance Cartridge you have Cartridge that was used to replace the old one just installed and insert it again firmly Restart the printer The printer consumes a lot of ink Many full page color images are printed In print jobs such as photos images are filled with color This consumes a lot of ink This does not indicate a problem with the printer Head Cleaning B is used often Head Cleaning B consumes a lot of ink This does not indicate a problem with the printer Unless the printer has been moved or stored for a long period or you are troubleshooting Printhead problems we recommend not performing Head Cleaning B to the extent possible You have just finished initial installation when more After initial installation or at the first time use after ink is consumed to fill the system transfer ink flows into the system between the Ink Tank and Printhead which may cause the ink level indicators to drop
426. ling rolls 4 If the Cutter is out move the Cutter to the right side away from the paper O Important e If the Cutter is on the left side be sure to move it to the right If the Cutter is on the left side when you turn the printer on the printer may rip the paper 5 Lift the Release Lever 6 Holding the paper on both sides pull the jammed portion out toward the front Use a scissors or cutting tool to cut away the printed or wrinkled portion saion e When cutting paper be careful to avoid scratching the printer 132 Handling Paper Handling rolls T If the Carriage is on the left move the Carriage to the right until it stops Important e Always move the Carriage to the right side If the Carriage is on the left a Carriage error may occur when you turn on the printer 8 Hold the edge of the roll paper in the middle as you gently pull it evenly to the position of the Ejection Guide a Align the right side of the roll paper with the Paper Alignment Line b keeping this side parallel to the line and then lower the Release Lever Important Do not force the roll paper into alignment with the Paper Alignment Line b This may prevent the paper from being advanced straight e If you pull out too much of the roll an excessive amount will be cut away 9 Close the Top Cover Handling Paper 133 Handling rolls 10 Turn the printer on P 25 The roll is now advanced Af
427. lity from the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer as follows O Important e In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista Windows Server 2008 you must log on with administrative rights equivalent to the Administrator account 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive 2 On the Setup Menu window click Install Individual Software 3 Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 4 Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation 416 Windows Software Device Setup Utility Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to configure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 416 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the IP
428. ll paper was cut to This operation is normal straighten it The printer cuts the leading edge of the roll to straighten it and ejects the scraps when Trim Edge First in the printer menu is On or when Trim Edge First is Automatic and the leading edge is slanted The printer is ready to print after this initial preparation When Off is selected under Trim Edge First the edge is not cut and scraps are not removed The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and make sure the Printhead is in good condition for printing P 577 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged P 578 A print job was received from an incompatible printer Use the correct imagePROGRAF printer driver for driver the printer and try printing again The printer has received print data that includes HP Set Auto Rotate to Off before attempting to print RTL commands when Auto Rotate is On The printer is damaged Contact your Canon dealer for assistance The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops moving The printer is analyzing the print job Either wait a while for printing to resume or on the printer Control Panel set Input Resolution to 300dpi 620 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Problems with the printing quality Printing is faint Corrective Action You may be printing on the wrong side of the paper Print on the printing surface The Printhea
429. lor Adjustment sheet on the Main sheet click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings P 385 Setting Item SC escription O A Sample Type Choose a sample image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics B View Color Pattern Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern C Apply to Sample Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the sample image Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of each color E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone Adjust the color tone of grays as desired Choose Cool Black tinged with blue or Warm Black tinged with red H Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images J Saturation Adjust the color intensity as desired Increasing the Saturation setting makes colors more vivid and reducing the Saturation makes colors more subdued Windows Software 391 Printer Driver Setting tem Ci scription K Object Adjustment Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box in which you can specify objects subject to
430. ly button iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer ey e 2 x Live Searct File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ea Z PF User Manual mM D dh Page G Toss imagePROGRAF Canon Large Format Printer iPF ee Contents _ Instruction Manual Home gt ity gt Adjusting the Printhead gt j r Better Print om per Type Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height If paper rubs against the printer or the edge is wrinkled from rubbing adjusting the Printhead height may improve results If image edges are blurred it may help to lower the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press amp or V to select Paper Details and then press the P button Press amp or V to select the type of paper and then press the button Press amp or V to select Head Height and then press the P button Press amp or to select the Printhead height and then press the OK button Home gt i Adjusting the Feed Amount F printed documents are affected by the following problems try adjusting the feed amount internet 4 Introduction How to use this manual HTML Version of the Manual for Printing You can select a group of topics in the table of contents or individual topics in this manual for printing The following procedure describes how to do this using the information in Basic Prin
431. m a Color imageRUNNER ceeeeeeeee 196 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Windows 196 Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X 199 Enhanced Printing Options 201 ya ULES ae ili 2 08 cane ener eres err renner eres rt ert eee oe 201 Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver ccccccceeesccceeeeeeneeeeeeseaeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeenaaeeeenaaes 201 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 205 Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeteaeeeeees 208 Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing cccccesesseeeeeeeees 211 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions WiNdOWS cceeeeeeeeeeeeenteeees 215 Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Mac OS X ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 217 Choosing Paper for PrintiMg decsxisateccdccconnesoseenancensnceosstinentscumcedcessasiietvelerseceecs 220 Ghoosing a Paper tor Printing esesten NE ERE E EREA 220 selecting the Paper Type ROM sisccccdesscricesniccensdenanceadebennceduavadcousteantocenlabecotexnabscenusdenreeGentbeay 221 selecting the Paper Type Sheet scrisorii geio E ERE S 222 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver ssccacessiccctssnetneccedveebeederavsncoestenniieebdadedebedeabdevabivenrsecuiectans 223
432. mage Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of each color E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone Adjust the color tone of grays as desired Choose Cool Black tinged with blue or Warm Black tinged with red H Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images J Saturation Adjust the color intensity as desired Increasing the Saturation setting makes colors more vivid and reducing the Saturation makes colors more subdued 432 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver G Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 Matching pane On the Matching pane you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of colors on various devices Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching A Matching Mode Driver Matching Mode ICC Matching Mode ColorSync No Correction B Matching Method Perceptual B Revert Cancel er Q Note e To display the Matching pane on the Main pane click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Setting
433. mageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer For detailed instructions refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual 1 Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER 2 Press Send to display the screen for transmission 3 Press Favorites and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder Oo Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 198 Working With Various Print Jobs Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanne
434. media Type Plain Paper Z Bce Information IE Set as D Easy Settings Advanced Settings E Print Priority Image E P Print Quality Standard 600dpi E 1SO_A4 ao Actual Size I M Fast Graphic Process ae Hcorwode Gor i Set z Unidirectional Printing ines Thicken Fine L M Sharpen Text Reduce Pr Economy Printing Printer Information Setting item Description A Media Type Select the type of paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 B Get Information Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box which shows the types of paper specified on the printer for each feed source When you select a feed source your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the feed source and type of paper Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time and other detailed settings based on the type of paper E Print Priority Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 F Print Quality Choose the level of print quality Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 H Color Mode Choose the color mode Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 Mac OS X Software 427 Printer Driver
435. ments and Colors for Printing P 211 You can adjust colors as desired in the printer driver before printing gt Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 By saving settings information in a favorite you can apply the settings again before printing anytime as needed gt Using Favorites P 362 Frequently Asked Questions COo asion Answer Can I use the printer in combination with a Color The printer can be used for automatic enlargement imageRUNNER and printing of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER gt Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER gt P 196 How do print enlargements of scanned originals By using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy from a Color imageRUNNER iR enlargement copy you can automatically print enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER gt Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER gt P 196 Troubleshooting 609 Problems Regarding Paper Problems Regarding Paper Clearing Jammed Roll Paper If roll paper jams follow the steps below to remove jams A caution e Remove any jammed paper promptly Q Note e If you do not find any scraps or jams see Troubleshooting When Paper Jams are not Found P 615 1 Turn the printer off P 25 2 Open the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink T
436. n 406 4mm Q Note in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 16 If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard _ E Main i zm IBC Get Information g aC se Dy Easy Settings n Beri t Target z p Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 a Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable fo that contai r printing normal documents n a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer PDFv Preview Standard Cancel E Print 238 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions 12 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings Page Attributes 3 B Format for iPFxxxx E Canon iPPoox Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation fal To Te E Scale 1100 3 l Cancel 0K 13 Select the D Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 14 Click F Fit Roll Paper Width 15 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P
437. n Printer Status a Feed Information Manual feed tray Paper Size Unknown Paper Type Unknown Paper Remaining None Roll Paper 1 Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mrr Paper Type Plain Paper Danas Dinmenininn IEF Fin v A Update Printer Information Status Monitor _ Output Size 16 54in x 11 69in Note e Under some settings and in some environments PageComposer may be started Enhanced Printing Options 347 Checking Images Before Printing Preview Macintosh While viewing the preview screen you can also adjust layout or size settings and your changes will be instantly applied on the preview screen ee8 Canon imagePROGRAF Preview xxxx bmp gt K al l AA 0 A a NW ibe Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom Fit to Width Fit Screen Actual Size Go to Page Help POES PA Bs PEL mss n Page Setup B Media Type Plain Paper r f Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Media Source RollPaper TY Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm B Automatic Cutting Printer Default B Copies 1 fa w copies 1 999 Restore Defaults Print b Printer Information 0 Printer Status E Online Feed Information O Important The driver must be installed
438. n A4 210 0x297 0 mm original in portrait orientation 90 degrees to fit within the width of an A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm which enables you to conserve paper 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences gt Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al meda Type GEIGER v Get Information La Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in a Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About __ Defauits 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 Borderless Printing V Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fit Paper size E O Fit Roll Paper Width Fo Scaling Letter 8 5 x11
439. n error message or printing problems In this case set Trim Edge First to Automatic or On on the Control Panel to have the printer cut the leading edge to make the edge straight after you load a roll Trim Edge First offers the following options e Automatic If the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll a and b are uneven by 40 mm 1 6 in or more when you load the roll the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge and scraps are removed The edge is not cut if the unevenness is less than 40 mm However paper may sometimes be cut depending on the state of the leading edge 40 mm A 4 A b Off The edge is not cut and scraps are not removed This setting is Off for most types of paper by default For more information see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 On The leading edge is cut off when you load a roll and scraps are removed The amount of paper cut off from the leading edge varies depending on the paper type For more information see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Q Note e If you print on paper that has an irregular width set Skew Check Lv to Loose for a higher skew detection threshold or to Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur Follow these steps to change the Trim Edge First setting 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU af WN Loa
440. n for adjusting the feed amount based on the paper type P 556 Adjust Length A High Adjust Prints a test pattern for particular types of paper to compensate Length A for paper stretching or shrinkage after which you can enter the B Standard Draft amount of adjustment P 559 Adjust Length B Head Inc Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the orientation of the Printhead P 548 60 Printer Parts Control Panel Interface terface SetuP ang a Description Instructions Description Instructions on Oe oO Timer Specify the timeout period before cancellation of print jobs that cannot be received by the printer TCP IP IP Mode Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP address is entered manually Protocol DHCP Specify the protocol used to configure the IP BOOTP address automatically a the printer network information when Subnetmask E a static IP address Subnet Mask Enter the IP address assigned to the printer as Default ee well as the network subnet mask and default a Specify the NetWare protocol To apply your changes choose Register Setting Frame Type po Specify the frame type to use AppleTalk Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol To apply your changes choose Register Setting Ethernet Auto Detect Specify the communication method To apply Driver your changes choose Register Setting Choose On for automatic configurati
441. n press the gt button Press A or to select On and then press the OK button The function to reduce cutting dust is now activated oak WN 144 Handling Paper Handling rolls u Roll Holder Set Load a roll on the roll holder and then load the holder in the printer The Roll Holder in the Roll Holder Set RH2 44 is for use with both 2 inch and 3 inch paper cores Use the correct attachment for the particular paper core P 115 e Roll Holder Set RH2 44 e Roll Holder for 2 and 3 inch paper cores e Attachments Handling Paper 145 Handling rolls ss Automatic Roll Switching Two rolls can be loaded on the printer in the Roll 1 Upper position and in the Roll 2 Lower position Selecting Roll Paper Auto in Paper Source in the printer driver enables automatic selection and printing on the roll that suits the print job from the loaded rolls The printer determines which roll to use based on these conditions in the following order Q Note e Ifan error message is displayed neither paper feed slot is loaded with paper suitable for the print job Check the print job and replace the paper P 125 1 When ManageRemainRoll in the printer menu is set to On the roll longer than the length of a single page of the print job is used When ManageRemainRoll is set to Off and both rolls are longer than the print job the second condition determines which roll is used Q Note e When the roll currently advanced is a t
442. n press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Ethernet Driver and then press the gt button 4 Press A or W to select MAC Address and then press the gt button Note e You can investigate the MAC address by printing a Status Print report P 69 2 In Windows open a command prompt or in Mac OS X start Terminal 3 Execute the following command to add entries to the ARP table for managing IP addresses and corresponding MAC addresses arp s IP address the printer s MAC address you have verified Example arp S XXX XXX XXX XXX 00 00 85 xx xx xx Q Note e In Mac OS X when using Terminal enter the arp command in the format arp S XXX XXX XXX XXX 00 00 85 xx xx xx For details refer to the help file for the command line 4 Execute the following command to send the IP address to the printer and configure it ping IP address as specified in the ARP command I 479 Example ping xxx xxx xxx xxx 479 Q Note In I the P is the letter I e In Mac OS X when using Terminal enter the ping command in the format ping s 479 XXX XXX XXX XXX For details refer to the help file for the command line Q Note The subnet mask and default gateway will be set to 0 0 0 0 Use RemoteUI to change the subnet mask and default gateway to match your network settings For details on RemoteUl see Using RemoteUl P 447 446 Network Setting Network Setting m Using RemoteUl Enter t
443. n printing in queue server mode Normally leave Print Application Choose the print service NDS PServer Bindery PServer e RPrinter e NDS PServer NPrinter Packet Signature Select If Requested by Server If Requested by Server to use packet signature Bindery File Server Name Specify the name of a file PServer server that has a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Print Server Password Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters BE Polling Interval Specify the interval to confirm a jobs 1 15 seconds Print Server Name Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Network Setting 451 Network Setting Printer Number NDS Tree Name PServer Context Name Print Server Name Print Server Password Polling Interval Print Server Name Printer Number Specify the number of the printer connected to the NetWare print server 0 15 Specify the name of an NDS tree that has a NetWare print server 0 32 characters Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server 0 255 characters Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 64 characters Set a password for the print server 0 20 characters Specify the interval to confirm jobs 1 255 seconds Specify the name of a NetWare print server 0 47 characters Specify the number of the printer connected to the
444. n shots next to each other on single sheets you can create highly expressive presentation materials easy to understand meeting materials and a variety of other printed documents Free Layout Windows Besides combining multiple pages in a single page layout you can combine originals from multiple files even multiple source applications in a single page layout g imagePROGRAF Free Layout Canon iPFxxxx Fie Edit view Object Help E3 Hh Srl Si ear TA ba aera Roll Paper 17 in Roll 431 8mm Units inch Number of Objects 304 Enhanced Printing Options Tiling and multiple pages per sheet imagePROGRAF Free Layout Macintosh Besides combining multiple pages in a single page layout you can combine originals from multiple files even multiple source applications in a single page layout eoe Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout XXX XXX XXX XXX o S gt amp ae 9 ou SAQA Bone KLHG R Print Enlarge Reduce Zoom Undo Redo Cut Copy Paste Auto Arrange Help Fe E E A ET A Page Setup i ol Media Type E Plain Paper i Easy Settings Print Target Default Settings i Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Media Source Roll Paper i re Roll Paper Width f 17 in 431 8mm B Automatic Cutting Printer Default a rel Copies 1
445. n with Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Print jobs are saved on the hard disk and then printed Q Note The saving format cannot be specified during HP GL 2 printing Instead the saving format is identified as Print 482 Hard Disk Hard Disk Storage destination The storage area on the printer s hard disk is divided into a temporary storage area and a permanent storage area Print jobs in the job queue or Common Box are saved in the temporary storage area Jobs in Personal Boxes are saved in the permanent storage area lt Permanent storage area gt Personal mail boxes 01 02 03 04 05 os 28 25 lt Temporary storage area gt Common mail box Job queue 00 Job queue Print jobs in progress 1 are temporarily saved in the job queue a storage space where jobs are saved in the order they will be printed Up to ten jobs can be stored in the queue Subsequent jobs are treated as standby jobs to be processed when possible 1 Jobs that are being saved received prepared for processing processed or printed or jobs that have been interrupted or are being deleted Common Box If you have specified Print as the format jobs sent from the computer are saved in the Common Box There is one Common Box numbered 00 A password cannot be set for the Common Box Up to 100 print jobs can be saved here but they will be deleted one after a
446. nd User Mode weie gt Device Manager v Job Manager Print Job Ste ob 1 XXXX XX XX XX XXXX Print Log 1 KXXX XXXX KXXXKK 1 KXXX XX KX KXXXKX Support Links 1 XXKX EX XX XXXXKX 3 On the Details of the saved document page click Change Document 528 Hard Disk l Remote UI Fe SAPS IEE Details of the saved document Last Updated xxxv xx xx xx xx xx End User Mode p Change Document _ Document f _ToSavedJobPage Saved Job Page Document Name sample4 jpg cs aA PaperType Pain Pape Print Job d Job Print Log Size 6701KB Paper Information Roll 1 Support Links Copies 1Copies E Hard Disk 4 On the Rename Saved Document page enter the new job name in Document Name and click OK i Remote E or English language End User Mode Rename Saved Document Last Updated xxxx xx xx XK XX KX ox lf cence Document Name sample4 jpg gt Device Manager z wea Change the following settings Print Log Support Links For details refer to the RemoteUl help Hard Disk 529 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help E Printer Status sa G naani fo Information i Maintenance B Support Mail Boxes InbozNo Inboxname ooo l Common Box Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4
447. nd then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder 4 Press Start on the control panel If you scan originals on the platen glass after scanning all originals press Done on the touch panel display Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the conditions you specified for the folder tp Note For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 248 Enhanced Printing Options Printing enlargements or reductions u Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER Mac OS X Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a hot folder and printed automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy first complete these settings in the following order 1 Register a hot folder on your computer Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER and complete the settings for enlargement copy 2 Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER Configure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder After these settings are complete you can print enlarged copies
448. ng Preferences to display the Printing Preferences dialog box titled with the name of this printer Canon iPFxxxx Properties General Sharing Ports_ Advanced Color Management Device Settings Do ga Canon iPFxxxx Location Comment Model Canon iPFxxxx Features Color Yes Paper available Double sided No Letter 8 5 x11 Staple No Speed Unknown Maximum resolution 1200 dpi Printing Preferences Print Test Page 0K Cancel Apply Q Note e The Device Settings sheet is also an extension of the printer driver P 408 Windows Software 383 Printer Driver Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility and Support Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type GEEZ wl Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings z Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Letter 8 5 x11 Color Mode Color 8 50 in x 11 00 in Actu zi Color Settings Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor _ About Defaults OK Cancel j Apply Help O Important e If you access the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu changes you make to the
449. ng it Carriage Moves the Printhead The carriage serves a key role in printing P 18 Carriage Shaft The Carriage slides along this shaft Paper Retainer Important in supplying the paper This retainer holds paper as it is fed Platen The Printhead moves across the platen to print Vacuum holes on the platen hold paper in place Borderless Printing Ink Grooves For catching ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing Cleaning Brush When cleaning inside the printer under the Top Cover use this brush to sweep away paper dust on the Platen Also use the brush to move the blue Switch on the Platen Printer parts i Cutter Rail The Cutter Unit passes over this rail to cut paper j Cutter Unit A round bladed cutter for automatic paper cutting k Linear Scale The linear scale serves a key role in detecting the Carriage position Be careful not to touch this part when cleaning inside the Top Cover or clearing paper jams I Switch Set the switch to the side opposite e if the edges of printed images are blurred Set the switch to the e side before borderless printing P 629 Printer Parts 17 Printer parts Carriage a Printhead Fixer Cover Holds the Printhead in place b Printhead The printhead is equipped with ink nozzles The carriage serves a key role in printing c Printhead Fixer Lever Locks the Printhead Fixer Cover d Shaft Cleaner Prevents the Carriage Shaft
450. ng it Stand L The left leg of the Stand Stand R The right leg of the Stand Leg Covers Covers for Stand L and Stand R Stopper Locks the Stand casters Always release the Stopper before moving the printer Moving the printer while the Stopper is locked may scratch the casters or the floor Roll Unit A unit for loading two rolls Roll Unit Lever Hold this lever to pull out the Roll Unit Printer parts Back a Carrying Handles When carrying the printer have six people hold it by these handles under both sides b Expansion Board Slots Install an optional IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board as desired c Ethernet Port Connect an Ethernet cable to this port The lamp is lit if the Ethernet cable is connected correctly and communication is possible between the computer and printer d USB Port Connect a USB cable to this port The printer is compatible with Hi Speed USB connections e Manual Pocket Store printer manuals in this pocket f Power Supply Connector Connect the power cord to this connector g Accessory Pocket Store assembly tools Roll Holder attachments and other items in this pocket h Roll Unit Power Supply Inlet Connect the Roll Unit power cord to this inlet Printer Parts 15 Printer parts 16 Printer Parts u Top Cover Inside Top Cover Roller Prevents paper from rising when ejected Paper Alignment Line Align paper with this line when loadi
451. ng normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set if Printer PDF wv Preview Standard Cancel E Print Enhanced Printing Options 269 Borderless Printing 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 9 Make your selection in the E Print Target list 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFXXxxx i Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Weaper Source Roll Paper Auto B JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing BJ Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 E O Scaling 100 5 600 US Letter H C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size By F n i Print Centered H p e _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom 4 m al _ Rotate Page 90 degrees M Standard _ Cancel _ E Print PDFv Preview 11 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 12 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm s Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main p
452. ng or adjusment Messages regarding printing or adjusment Use another paper The Printhead and feed amount cannot be adjusted Press the Online button to clear the error when highly transparent film is loaded We recommend using a type of paper that you often use other than film for Printhead adjustment P 544 Press the Online button to clear the error and then adjust the feed amount manually P 556 Cannot print as specified Lift the release lever and replace paper with A4 LTR vertical or larger Corrective Action The loaded paper is too small Switch to paper A4 Letter vertical or larger Lift the release lever and replace roll with 10 in wide or larger roll Error Message 665 Messages regarding printing or adjusment Cannot adjust band Corrective Action Execute Auto Band Adj again as follows 1 Press the Online button to clear the error 2 Print a test pattern to check the nozzles P 577 3 Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged The Printhead nozzles are clogged P 578 4 Execute Auto Band Adj again P 554 Press the Online button to clear the error and then adjust the feed amount manually P 556 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used for automatic feed amount adjustment Cannot adjust printhead Corrective Action The Printhead nozzles are clogged Execute Auto Head Adj again as follows 1 Press the Online button to
453. ng print jobs from the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor In the printer window you can cancel jobs that are still being sent to the printer Otherwise you can cancel jobs from imagePROGRAF Printmonitor if they have been received by the printer or are currently being printed Q Note Print jobs are displayed in the printer window during the transmission of print data from the computer After transmission jobs are not displayed even during printing Print jobs are displayed in the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor window from the moment the printer has received the print data until the moment printing is finished They are not displayed before print data is sent to the printer even if the computer has started preparing the print data 1 Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the printer window 2 Click Stop Jobs to stop printing 6098 iPFxxxx O Q P ke S eo J Stop Jobs tility Supply Levels Active Completed sample txt Page 2 of 3 ry Processing job See Status amp Name Printing sample txt 3 If there are no jobs in the printer window that can be canceled that is if the print data has already been sent to the printer click Utility to display imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 808 iPFxxxx oO y gt A 2 O y s Start Job Utility upply Levels Active Completed Jobs Stopped 3 Status Name sample txt 102 Basic Printing Workflow Canceling print jobs z 4 Select
454. ng results However printing may take longer for some images If fine lines are printed in colors that do not match the colors of other shapes clearing this option may help produce the expected results However lines in some colors may appear broken Windows Software 403 Printer Driver Favorites Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Favorites sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details o p Default Settings Default Settings A jain Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v e Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graphics m2 a G l Apply Favorite Add m v Application Settings Priority OK Cancel l Apply Help Setting ltem Ci escription O A Favorites Printing favorites you have created are listed with Default Settings favorites Using Favorites P 362 B Settings Details Displays details of the favorite selected in the A Favorites Displays notes registered in the favorite D Apply Favorite Click to change the current print settings to those of the favorite selec
455. ngs 0 Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations M Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set if Printer PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print Borderless Printing 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case 10 x12 Borderless A Settings B Format for Paper Size f Orientation B B i Page Attributes iPFxxxx Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Ti tet Th E Scale a EOD Cancel 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS Xy P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 285 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing You can create vertical or horizontal banners by printing originals that are in banner format on rolls Originals created in Microsoft Word or other applications in your preferred size can be enlarged to fill the width of roll paper by completing simple printer driver settings
456. ngs v E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_ViewSettnas Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About __Detauts ee oe cc 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing MEnlarged Reduced Printing Fit Paper Size O Fit Roll Paper Width IF O scans Letter 8 5 x11 i fer 8 5 x11 eniti ea Paper Size Match Page Size 4 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00in m Aj Ponet Ml AJ O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Mi Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm lt E C Rol Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK Cancel J Apply J Help 6 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 7 Inthe L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set
457. nitor Macintosh imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs e098 XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready Ready Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Document User Status Size Page Copies e Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor e You can check the status of print jobs cancel jobs and manage them as needed e Ifa printer error occurs you can investigate the corrective action immediately e You can also set up automatic email notification of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance fa Note e If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor select the printer again as follows 1 Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port 2 In the Printer menu select the name of the desired printer After the printer is detected the printer status is shown 3 If information about the printer is not shown in step 2 choose Search Printer in the Printer menu 4 Select the zone to search or select My Zone if no zones have been set up and click the Search button Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected 5 In the Printer menu select the name of the desired printer After the printer is detected the printer status is shown 440 Mac OS X Software Network Setting Network Setting
458. nment by printing and reading a test pattern You can adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually Normally choose automatic adjustment If advanced adjustment does not improve printing results or if you are using special paper try manual adjustment For instructions on straightening lines and colors automatically see Automatic Straightening of Lines and Colors Auto Head Adj P 544 G Note If Manual Head Adj is not available although displayed in the menu choose Advanced Adj in Auto Head Adj Manual Head Adj is available in the menu after you try Advanced Adj once e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified on the printer Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings e We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment Paper to Prepare An unused roll at least 10 inches wide One sheet of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size Execute Manual Head Adj as follows 1 Load paper e Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 e Loading Rolls in the Printer gt P 118 e Loading Sheets in the Printer P 150 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU 3 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Manual Head Adj and then press the gt button Press A or W to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for printhea
459. non standard sizes 8 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box 10 11 If the Enlarged Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet clear the B Borderless Printing check box Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A z Page Size Borderless Printing Method D O Fit Paper Size JE Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 11 in x 11 00 in Borderless Roll Width 24 in Roll 609 6mim 24 00 in x 31 22 in m ES H Orientation KS B Paper Source M Roll Paper Width m Aj Portrait a Aj O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Roll Paper Auto 24 in Roll 609 6mm N Roll Paper Options _ Output Method __Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width the Information dialog box is displayed Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list In this case click 16 in Roll 406 4mm and then click OK Enhanced Printing Options 291 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see
460. nother starting with the oldest job in the following situations e If there are more than 100 jobs in the Common Box and job queue combined e If no more temporary storage space is available when jobs in the format Print or Print auto delete are received e If there is not enough space in the temporary or permanent storage area when jobs in the format Save in mail box are received Personal Boxes You can store jobs in Personal Boxes in either of the following ways By moving a job stored in the Common Box into a Personal Box By selecting Save in mail box as the format There are 29 Personal Boxes numbered 01 to 29 You can specify a name and password for each Personal Box Up to 100 print jobs can be saved in all Personal Boxes combined Hard Disk 483 Hard Disk Saving Print Jobs Sent from Sources Other than the Printer Driver To save print jobs sent from software or systems other than the printer driver provided with the printer complete the Output Method and Save and Print settings in the printer menu Print jobs Sa oS gt O Important e Contact the software or system developer for information about support for this printer function Specifying Output Method 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU st LoadjEjeot 120E Oe 2 Press A or Y to select System Setup and then press the gt button 3 Press A or V to select Output Method and then press the gt button 4 Press A
461. nown Paper Type Unknown Paper Remaining None Roll Paper 1 Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mrr Paper Type Plain Paper Daa Dentin IRIG E as D aninininsa IRI Ee lt m Update Printer Information Status Monitor Output Size 16 54in x 11 69in 1 The main imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed 2 On the main window you can check the layout and change settings as needed 3 To print click Start Printing in the File menu Note e For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions see Preview Windows Software 377 Printer Driver PageComposer 1 The PageComposer window is displayed At this point the document will not be printed yet 1E Canon PageComposer Canon iPFxxxx DAR File Edit Moveto Help HAY KSB Document Name Total Pa Layout Data Comments Microsoft Word Document il 1 Page per Sheet For Help press F1 2 In the PageComposer editing window select the document to print and open the Print Preview window 3 After confirming that the layout is just as you expected close the Print Preview window 4 In the PageComposer editing window make sure the document to print is selected Choose Print in the File menu 1E Canon PageComposer Canon iPFxxxx Proof Print Print Preview Total Pa Layout Data Comments Exit 1 1 Page per Sheet Prints the selected document 378 Windows Software Printer Driver Using Favorite
462. ns Clearing jammed paper end so on Res i Message Error Messages and so on Introduction 3 How to use this manual 2 Click a topic you want to read The terms you searched for will be highlighted in the topic 2 iP Foooxx User Manual Windows Internet Explorer 7 z QS 5 TTA File Edit View Favorites Tools Help w k Z PF User Manual D dh i Page Gp Tools 2 imagePROGRAF Canon Large Format Printer iPFxxxx Contents J J Instruction Manual Search Paper Type E a Home gt S Better Print Quality gt Adjusting the Printhesd gt Search results for Paper Type Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height Display tc tp APPLY J If paper rubs against the printer or the edge is wrinkled from rubbing adjusting the Printhead height may improve results Adjustments Sor Better Print Quality gt If image edges are blurred it may help to lower the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press amp or W to select Paper Details and then press the P button Press amp or W to select the type of paper and then press the button Press amp or V to select Head Height and then press the P button Press amp or V to select the Printhead height and then press the OK button e Internet To review multiple topics at once select the check box of desired topics and click the App
463. nt a test pattern to check the color ink nozzles and see if they are clogged P 577 _ine thickness is not uniform In the Special Settings dialog box of the Windows Open the printer driver s Properties dialog box from printer driver Fast Graphic Process is selected Print in the application software s File menu and try printing following the steps below 1 Clear the option Open Preview When Print Job Starts on the Main sheet 2 Clear the option Page Layout on the Layout sheet 3 Click the Special Settings button on the Layout sheet to display the Special Settings dialog box Clear the option Fast Graphic Process The blue Switch on the platen is open Close the blue Switch on the platen so that it matches the paper size P 629 The type of paper specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specified not match the type specified on the printer in the printer driver P 118 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again 632 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Lines are misaligned The Printhead alignment is not adjusted Adjust the Printhead alignment P 544 The type of paper specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as y
464. nt may improve printing results Feed Priority Adjust the feed amount in the printer menu by specifying Band Joint in Feed Priority and try printing again P 552 The Printhead is out of alignment Adjust the Printhead alignment P 544 The Printhead nozzles are clogged Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged P 577 Streaks may occur if you set the Print Quality too Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the low Advanced Settings of the printer driver and try printing again Printing in Draft or Standard mode is faster and consumes less ink than in Highest or High modes but the printing quality is lower P 211 The type of paper specified in the printer driver does Load paper of the same type as you have specified not match the type loaded in the printer in the printer driver P 118 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again 626 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality Colors in printed images are uneven Line Drawing Text is selected when printing images Specify Image in the printer driver in many solid colors You are printing on paper that curls easily Printed colors may appear uneven on the leading edge of paper that is susceptible to curl
465. nte 620 An error message is shown on the Display SCreen cccccsceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaes 620 The printer ejects blank unprinted paper sssseeessseneserrrrnorrtnnrrrtnrrsrttrnsrrrnnnrrnnnrsertrneeren nnet 620 The printer stops when printing a HP GL 2 job the carriage stops MOVING cceeeee 620 Problems with the printing quality ssctccnecinanticesnnndlecaydeitiunnasvsumtesneesoniennainelanetss 621 Printingis TUN dates tere saceatase sue tiscete ciate ceaans i a ae aai a oiia a 621 Paper rubs against the printhead 0 00 2 cccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaaeeeenaeeeseaeeeeeeeeaeeennies 622 The edges of the paper are dirty ec cceeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaaeeeeaaaeeeeeesaaaeeeesaaaeteeeaaes 623 The surface of the paper is dirty ccceeesceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeeeseeaaaeeeesnaaeeeeeeeaes 624 The back side of the paper is dirty ceeecceceeeseeceeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeenaaaeeeeneaes 624 Printed colors are MACE UALS vsscatvatssseratssraceirenesecornendnebucens anea a aaa EE E EKE Ea aaa 625 Banding in different colors OCCUIS ceccceceeeeeeceeeeeeesceeeeeeaaaeeeneeaaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeetsenaeeeseaaaeees 626 Colors in printed images are UNCVEN eeeccceeeesccceeeeeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeesaaeeeenenaeeeseeeseeees 627 Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs ss sssssesesssrrnrerernnes
466. nter is added around the original With borderless printing you can print documents without the margin so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper Important Borderless printing is only available with rolls e Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular widths For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 e Paper incompatible with the printer s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing special page layouts centering originals and printing cut lines on rolls e You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size When borderless printing is used the edge of the paper is cut during printing Thus ink density may be uneven at the edges If you require higher image quality specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only Cut the printed document ejected from the printer then use scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adher
467. nter is updating the firmware Off There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off d Message lamp Orange e On A warning message is displayed e Flashing An error message is displayed Off The printer is off or is operating normally e Paper Source Section After you press the Feeder Selection button the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit 1 Roll Media lamp Green e On Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a sheet is selected as the paper source 2 Cut Sheet lamp Green e On Indicates that a sheet is selected as the paper source e Off Indicates that a roll is selected as the paper source Printer Parts 23 Control Panel Feeder Selection Button Switches the paper source Each time you press this button the paper source switches between the roll and the sheet and the corresponding lamp on the Paper Source Section is lit Display Screen Shows the printer menu as well as the printer status and messages Color Label This label indicates the Ink Tank color The label corresponds to the ink level on the Display Screen HDD lamp Green On Indicates the printer is accessing the hard disk Off Indicates the printer is not accessing the hard disk lt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level higher A Button Offline Press this button to rewind rolls manually P 135 Menu mode Press this button to display the previ
468. nter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page oa fk GN Click Edit in the upper right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk Protocol Settings page ep Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings AppleTalk Settings Items Phase Type Specify whether to use AppleTalk Disabled If you will use AppleTalk choose Phase 2 If you will not use AppleTalk choose Disabled Name 1 Specify the object name used by Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx AppleTalk in up to 31 single byte or 15 double byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters and Zone 2 Specify the printer zone name up to 31 single byte characters However do not use the following single byte characters and Also avoid using which represents the default zone in the middle of a string 1 The object name you have specified in Name is displayed in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 4 If you use multiple printers in the same zone assign a unique name to each printer By default the network interface name is Canon NB 17FB xxxxxx H
469. nter the new password blank 0 14 characters Confirm Enter the new password again to confirm it blank 0 14 characters Besides entering a password you can specify other security related information such as IP address based SNMP or TCP usage restrictions MAC address based access restrictions or IPP and FTP authentication settings 7 Click OK to activate the settings Network Setting 453 Network Setting ss Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur The printer can notify you of the printer status by email Even when you are away from the printer you can know when printing is finished or if errors occur Receive notification via email on your mobile phone or at your computer Use the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows function to set up email recipients and message timing Besides being informed of finished print jobs or errors you can also complete settings for email notification when service is needed or it s time to replace consumables For detailed instructions see Specifying Printer Related Information P 453 Q Note e For details on email notification using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor in Windows refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help 454 Network Setting Network Setting Initializing the Network Settings Use RemoteUI to restore the network settings to the default values as follows Important ou hk WN Initializing the network settings will also res
470. nting problems The inside surface of Safety Cap 2 b is coated with ink to protect the nozzles Handle it carefully to avoid touching the nozzles or spilling ink Spilled ink may cause stains The Printhead contains ink to protect the nozzles If this ink is accidentally spilled it may stain the printer or surrounding area We recommend removing the Safety Cap 2 b on top of the Printhead package or safely out of the way Wipe off any spilled ink with a dry cloth Do not reattach the Safety Cap or protective material Dispose of these materials in accordance with local regulations 15 With the nozzles facing down and the metal contacts toward the back insert the Printhead into the Carriage Carefully push the printhead firmly into the Carriage ensuring that the nozzles and metal contacts do not touch the carriage Maintenance 583 Printheads 18 Close the Top Cover Ink now fills the system After about six minutes the Printhead will be automatically aligned and the printer will go online If no paper has been loaded a message is displayed requesting you to load paper Important e Never remove an Ink Tank while the system is filling with ink e If Auto Print is Off in the printer menu the Printhead alignment will not be adjusted In this case adjust the alignment after Printhead replacement by accessing Advanced Adj in Auto Head Adj gt P 544 584 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge Maintenance Cartridge
471. nvironmental changes are expected and store it in the bag eeeeee Paper Updating Paper Information To update the paper information in the Paper Reference Guide and on the printer download the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website For information about the Media Configuration Tool see Media Configuration Tool Windows or Media Configuration Tool Macintosh The imagePROGRAF website is accessible from imagePROGRAF Support Information Important e When you use the Media Configuration Tool to update information about paper the types of paper on the printer Control Panel in the printer driver and in related software are updated e Windows 1 Double click the iPFxxxx Support desktop icon iPFxxxx indicates the printer model iPFxxxx Support The imagePROGRAF Support Information window is displayed 2 Click Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage imagePROGRAF Support Information Windows Internet Explorer v E http He Pi 4 x w be GimagePROGRAF Support Information D BD Ee Canon F Tools W ImagePROGRAF imagePROGRAF Support Information SS iPFxxxx Using Your imagePROGRAF Printer Stay Informed User s Manu Visit the imagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage S amp a View the printer user s manual Paper Reference Guide amp 5 View information about paper that can be
472. o 17n Roll 431 8mm INI Rol Paper Options are J Options Defaults _ Qutput Method Size Options OK Cancel J Apply Help Setting item Description O A Page Size B Borderless Printing v Borderless Printing Method O Fit Media Size Borderless Printing Select the page size as specified in the source application For details on available page sizes see Paper Sizes P 109 Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 is selected in the L Paper Source list Choose from the following options when this setting is activated Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size P 265 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 272 Borderless Printing at Actual Size P 258 D Fit D Fit Paper Size Size Scales the document image to match the paper size the document i Scales the document image to match the paper size to match the paper size Eneee Scale to fit Roll Paper Scales the document image to match the roll width Width F Print Image with Prints documents at their actual size This function is available when you Actual Size have selected the size same as the width of Roll Paper for either the length or width of the document from the A Page Size list Choose the size of the paper you will print on For details on available paper sizes see
473. o gt REBOE S E Desktop Ee HY My Computer Sg My Network Places S J My Documents My Music My Pictures 1611 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 img_002 jpg 2009 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 2011 KB Date Modified 11 10 2 img_014 jpg img_012 jpg ZE 1697 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 img_004 jpg 5 gt TRSY 2124 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 img_005 jpg 1974 KB Date Modified 11 102 img_022 jpg 2308 KB Date Modified 2 6 2007 img_001 jpg Number of Images 13 Number of Images Selected 1 Printer Name Canon iPFxxxx Simply select an image and click the icon of the application you want to start to launch the application You can also print from Digital Photo Front Access In short Digital Photo Front Access can help you manage images in many ways from editing to printing as an effective way to work with other applications for retouching and click Image Adjustment can save time and work in retouching Q Note e For details refer to the Digital Photo Front Access help Digital Photo Front Access also enables image retouching For automatic retouching select an image Because this application automates the workflow from retouching to display for all of your images it Windows Software 411 PosterArtist PosterArtist Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals You can print a variety of source documents from word processing or spreadsheet programs or screen shots from
474. o check for printhead nozzle clogging For instructions see Checking for Nozzle Clogging P 577 Printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment Use Auto Head Adj or Manual Head Adj to adjust the printhead position Normally use Auto Head Adj However when using special paper or if printing is not improved after executing Advanced Adj in Auto Head Adj try Manual Head Adj For adjustment instructions Automatic Straightening of Lines and Colors Auto Head Adj P 544 or see Manual Straightening of Lines and Colors Manual Head Adj P 546 Printed lines are misaligned Execute Head Inc Adj to adjust the angle of inclination of the printhead Even slight misalignment can be corrected For adjustment instructions see Adjusting Line Misalignment Head Inc Adj gt P 548 Paper rubs against the printhead or image edges are blurred Executing Head Height to adjust the printhead height may improve printing results For adjustment instructions see Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height P 551 Adjustments for Better Print Quality 543 Adjusting the Printhead Automatic Straightening of Lines and Colors Auto Head Adj If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment adjust the Printhead alignment Use Auto Head Adj to have the printer print and read a test pattern for automatic adjustment of the printhead Auto Head Adj
475. od set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Ag Page Size Borderless Printing Method Bo Fit Paper Size IE Scale to fit Roll Paper Width F Se JH Orientation m Aj Portrait AJ O Landscape Borderless Printing uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto 4 I Rol Paper width 24 in Roll 609 6mm N Car E __Dutput Method __ Size Options Defaults OK l Cancel JI Apply Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 Click OK to close the Information dialog box 13 In C Borderless Printing Method make sure E Scale to fit Roll Paper Width is selected 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 275 Borderless Printing Width Mac OS X Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the roll width based on the following example e Document Any Type e P
476. of pages of the original to print on a single sheet in a layout of multiple pages per sheet O Note e You can print up to 16 pages of the original on a single sheet e You can also change the page layout order and print page boundary lines as desired O Important e This function cannot be combined with the following options Borderless Printing e Resizing to Fit the Roll Width Windows Scaling Originals Windows e Banner Printing Windows For instructions on printing multiple pages per sheet refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows P 316 e Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X P 318 Enhanced Printing Options 315 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A3 297 0 420 0 mm 11 7 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fr0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DEMAS Get Information LA Advanced S
477. of print jobs including the paper type and size amount of ink used and so on Information on ink consumption is general not specific in nature Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options Choose Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles Displays printer information and an error log P 65 Printer Parts 53 Control Panel Paper Menu Setting Item Description Instructions Cut Sheet Type 1 Choose the type of sheets P 149 Roll1 Uppr Type 1 Choose the type of roll Roll2 Lwr Type 1 P 113 Roll1 Uppr Lngth Displayed if ManageRemainRoll is On Roll2 Lwr Lngth If a barcode is not printed on rolls specify the roll length The roll length is displayed in meters or feet depending on the setting in Length Unit ManageRemainRoll Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it The printed barcode can be used in managing the amount of roll paper left Choose Off if you prefer not to print the barcode 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 The types of paper indicated in the printer driver and related software as well as on the Control Panel are updated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide
478. oftware 431 Printer Driver Color Settings Pane Color Mac OS X In general make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them However if the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can also adjust the color in the printer driver Color Adjustment pane color If the color tone as printed is not as you expected you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane Color Settings Color Adjustment Matching Color Balance D cyan Low z High 0 P30 30 iE E IE Magenta Low High 0 3 30 30 E O E IF veilow Low High ABCDEF 0 30 30 E 5 1234567 pz Gray Tone Cool 3 Warm Wl sample Type 0 2 30 30 a O E Standard Brightness Dark 2 Light B View Color Pattern 0 30 30 r 1 G neta x O 3 7 Appl l At c Es apply ro Sample If Contrast 3 Low 5 High 0 3 30 30 9 Wsaturation Low 5 High 0 30 30 ja Revert C Cancel E Q Note To display the Color Adjustment pane on the Main pane click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced Settings P 426 Setting tem Cescription O A Sample Type Choose a sample image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics B View Color Pattern Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern C Apply to Sample Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the sample i
479. oftware CD ROM or if you change paper information by using the Media Configuration Tool See the Media Configuration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh 6 Not displayed if NetWare is Off 7 Not displayed if Auto Detect is On 8 Follows the setting in Date Format 9 Available after you have used Advanced Adj in Auto Head Adj once 10 Not displayed if IP Mode is Automatic 11 Follows the setting in Length Unit Dy saion Only the following menus are displayed during printing e Menu Durng Prtng Choose this menu to display Head Cleaning Fine Band Adj and Information e Job Mgmt Menu Choose this menu to display Job Management 50 Printer Parts Submenus Control Panel Each time you press the Information button on the Control Panel printer information is displayed in the following order e The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels e Information on the loaded paper Himedia Info X X Roll 1 Upper Glossy Photo ISO A4 Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint e Printer information e HP GL 2 settings information FAGL2 Settings X X Color Mode Mono Print Qual Std Economy Print Off Input Reso 600 dpi Media Source Roll Conserve Paper Off Hi ink X X Maint cart Capacity 100 H vedia Info X X Roll 2 Lower Glossy Photo ISO A4 Head Ht High NearEndMrgn 20mm Band Joint H System In
480. og box A Settings Page Attributes cz B Format for _ iPFxxxx B Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 zs 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation ical fa E Scale 100 Cancel a 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer _ iIPFxxxx i Presets Standard wy Main B as H media Type Plain Paper D _Easy Settings E prrint Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Photos 2 Poster Text Illustrations h Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer a M PDF wv Preview Standard C Cancel E Prit 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded Mac OS X Software 419 Printer Driver 8 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard iz Page Setup H Emag Size a Wraper Source Roll Paper Auto DS JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing EO Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 EO scaling 100 5 5 600 US Letter A C Borde
481. oll is loaded Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position However if paper cannot be advanced to the cut position it will not be cut In this case manually advance the roll before cutting it P 135 Rep Ink Tank When replacing the Ink Tank choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 563 Head Cleaning Printhead cleaning options P 578 Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Specify the type and size of paper P 54 Paper Details Specify detailed paper related settings including the ink drying time and borderless printing options gt P 55 Job Management Manage print jobs on the printer s hard disk P 57 GL2 Settings Specify settings for HP GL 2 printing P 58 Adjust Printer Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern Interface Setup Configure the EOP timer and network settings P 61 Maintenance Access maintenance settings when replacing the Printhead or preparing to move the printer P 62 System Setup Specify the printer system settings including the date format and display language P 63 Test Print Choose Status Print to print information about the printer Choose Paper Details to print the paper settings as specified in Paper Details Choose Print Job Log to print a record
482. ollowing settings based on the selected service e If you have selected Bindery PServer Queue Server Mode Using a Bindery Print Server 1 In File Server Name enter the file server name 2 In Print Server Name enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 463 3 In Print Server Password enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 463 4 In Polling Interval specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue e If you have selected RPrinter Remote Printer Mode Using a Bindery Print Server 1 In Print Server Name enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 463 2 In Printer Number enter the same printer number specified in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 463 466 Network Setting Network Setting Windows e If you have selected NDS PServer Queue Server Mode Using an NDS Print Server 1 In Tree Name and Context Name enter the tree and context name of the print server 2 In Print Server Name enter the name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 463 3 In Print Server Password enter the password of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 463 4 In Polling Interval specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue e If you have selected NPrinter Remote Prin
483. olls oading and Printing on Sheets Printing in Windows Printing in Mac OS X Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Vindows Maintenance Specifying Paper in the QICGICQICGIQICICIKG iter iver Mac OS Using the Stationary Output Stacker 10 Introduction Troubleshooting Eror Message Appendix 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Select All Create Shortcut Add to Favorites View Source Encoding Refresh Properties This section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Q Note Paper 6 1 1 For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of A variety of other ways to print are available besides those introduced here Choose the printing method that suits your particular printing application referring to Working With Various Print Jobs and Enhanced Printing Options from the w I gt Internet 100 How to use this manual e Macintosh On a Macintosh computer click anywhere in the explanation area except on a figure or a link while holding the Ctrl key In the shortcut menu cl
484. on amp 50inx11 00in MA opotet W A Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Borderless Printing I Paper Source Roll Paper Auto x IM Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm z N Roll Paper Options _ Gutput Method Size Options __Detauts OK l Cancel J Apply Help Printing at full size 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click 10 x12 9 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing Method Bo Fit Paper Size IE Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in oll Width 35 24 in Roll 609 6mm 24 00 in x 31 22 in m Aj Portrait a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper IE Paper Source Roll Paper Auto x I Rol Paper width 24in Roll 609 6mm x N Roll Paper Options _ Output Method __ Size Options __Defauts OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in
485. on of the LAN communication protocol Choose Off to apply Comm Mode and Ethernet Type settings CommMode o Choose the LAN communication method Ethernet Type Choose the LAN transfer rate Choose the LAN Choose the LAN transfer rate rate Spanning Tree Choose whether spanning tree packets are supported over the LAN MAC Address Displays the MAC address Displays the MAC address the MAC address Ext Interface Specify whether or not to use the optional expansion interface when it is installed Return Return Defaults Execute is displayed if you Defaults press the W button Choose OK to restore the network settings to the default values Printer Parts 61 Control Panel Maintenance Setting Kem Description Instructions Repl maint cart When replacing the Maintenance Cartridge choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 586 Replace P head Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When replacing the Printhead choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 579 Repl S Cleaner When replacing the Shaft Cleaner choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 586 Move Printer Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low When transferring the printer to another location choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen P 601 62 Printer Parts
486. or Print Center in Mac OS X is predefined as the Multicast DNS Service Name You can activate or deactivate the Bonjour function or change the printer name by using RemoteUl For instructions on changing it see Using RemoteUl P 447 Choose Utilities or Applications in the Go menu of Finder Click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center in the Utilities folder If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List click Add ON 8608 Printer List oO Add Status Kind 4 Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add eee Printer Browser a a e a is a mep wp Default Browser IP Printer Search Prints Nam Conn jon Canon iPFXxxx Xxxxxx Bonjour Name Canon iPFxxxx Location Print Using imagePROGRAF B More Printers Add Network Setting 479 Hard Disk Hard Disk Printer Hard Disk Operations Printer hard disk operations are available from the following programs and interfaces e Printer driver imagePROGRAF HDI Driver imagePROGRAF Free Layout Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy imagePROGRAF Status Monitor imagePROGRAF Printmonitor RemoteUl Control Panel The hard disk operations available through each interface are as follows image Printer driver PROGRAF c Free Layout PROGRAF Color image image RUNNER Status PROGRAF Monitor Control HDI Driver m RemoteUl Panel Color image image RUNNER k Printer
487. or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or to select Cutting Mode and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select Manual and then press the OK button Start printing The printer stops advancing the paper after printing Press the Online button Roll paper is fed to the specified cut position and then automatically stopped Cut the roll paper manually with scissors or the like Press the Online button The roll is rewound and rewinding stops automatically Handling Paper 141 Handling rolls Paper Cutting to have the roll cut at your specified position Paper Cutting M Yes C Feed paper the cutting position Paper Cutting by pressing Aor W 1 After pressing the Online button to bring the printer offline press A or W to advance the roll paper to the position for cutting 3 Press A or Y to select Paper Cutting and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button After the roll paper is cut it is rewound automatically saion If paper would be short when cut at a particular position the roll may automatically be advanced in some cases before cutting 142 Handling Paper Handling rolls Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically If the leading edge of a roll is crooked or warped it may cause a
488. or YW to select the output method and then press the OK button e Print Save print jobs automatically at the same time they are printed This is the default format e Print Auto Del Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and delete them after printing Save Box 01 Here the number represents a box number Save print jobs on the printer If you select this option go to step 5 and select the box for saving print jobs 5 Press A or Y to select the box and then press the OK button Specifying Save and Print 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or to select System Setup and then press the button Press A or V to select Save and Print and then press the gt button Press A or V to select On or Off and then press the OK button AON If you select On print jobs are saved on the hard disk and then printed 484 Hard Disk Hard Disk Saving Print Jobs You can save print jobs on the printer s hard disk Print jobs gt Save print jobs on the printer s hard disk as follows Using the printer driver Windows P 486 Using HDI Driver Windows See Output Method Setting Using Free Layout Windows See the section on the Output Method dialog box Using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Windows See the section on the Output Method button on the Output Settings sheet Using imagePROGRAF Preview Windows Printer driver settings will be us
489. or imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy 200 Working With Various Print Jobs Adjusting Images Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver Color settings specified in the application for your documents are essentially given priority over other settings for each print job but further color adjustment is possible in the printer driver Color Mode Choose how the printer driver processes color as desired The available options vary depending on the color mode Color Mode Color Adjustment Color Print in color You can adjust the color balance and color matching method Print in grayscale You can adjust the color balance Color CAD A color mode optimized for line drawings You can adjust the color balance 2D CAD Lines in red yellow and other colors are printed especially clearly Color CAD enables adjustment of color settings P 187 Monochrome BK A color mode for printing line drawings You can adjust the color balance ink Only Black ink is used Monochrome Bitmap Print in a color mode for CAD using No color adjustment is supported Color Ink with all non white portions printed in black Enhanced Printing Options 201 Adjusting Images Color Adjustment You can adjust colors separately for images graphics and text documents Adjustment item Fine tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Gray Tone Adjust gray tones
490. or instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 380 Windows Software Printer Driver ss Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Windows 1 Choose Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions 2 Select the printer and then display the printer driver dialog box Q Note The dialog box for specifying printing conditions varies depending on the source application In some cases when you select the printer a sheet for configuring the printer driver is added to the dialog box In the following case click Preferences mExample Print dialog box displayed by the application software p General Select Printer Add Printer x Status Ready Print to file Location Comment Fing Printer Page Range Oal Number of copies 1 GHEH Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility and Support Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Media Type REMES Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings v Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Color Mode Color Actual Siz Color Settings Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text
491. or other media please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction manuals supplied with the media gt Handling the Media Handle all media carefully being careful not to rub or damage it We recommend wearing gloves when handling media e Handle media so as to keep the print surface free of sweat and grease from hands This may affect the printing quality e After printing allow ink to dry before handling e After printing handle prints carefully and avoid touching the print surface Due to their nature pigment inks may flake off if rubbed or scratched My Computer 100 Handling Paper 105 Paper e Mac OS X 1 Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock The imagePROGRAF Support Information window is displayed 2 Click the Paper Reference Guide button W imagePROGRAF Visit the imagePROGRAF website for news and printing tips Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage User s Manual be View the printer user s manual Paper Reference Guide iew information about paper that can be used with the printer et the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide ludes information on newly added paper The Paper Reference Guide is displayed 106 Handling Paper This paper reference guide describes the types of media printable with Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx_ Before using the printer and media read through
492. or your computer and operating system Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows P 274 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X P 276 Enhanced Printing Options 273 Borderless Printing Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Windows This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the roll width based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size O Note e If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation 2 Choose Print in the application menu 3 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 4 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Aided type v Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Fint Default Settings Draft Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 50inx11 00in Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing Actual Size
493. ormation on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 B Drying Time Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry as needed The Drying Time setting is only valid for rolls P 137 C Between Pages Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the paper as needed D Between Scans Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until printing the next line as needed E Roll Paper Margin for You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to Safety ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held firmly against the Platen F Near End Margin Specify the length of the Near End Margin the leading edge margin of the roll as needed G Cut Speed Select the speed of automatic cutting as needed You can adjust this setting if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used Specify whether to print a mirror image as needed Select this option to print a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted Windows Software 389 Printer Driver View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application Windows In the View Settings dialog box you can check details of the selected printing application View Settings Print Target Al Bi name Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Graphic Image POP Ad CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast zy CAD Monochrome Line Drawing
494. ose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 10 Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Borderless Printing Method Bo Fit Paper Size IE Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in oll Width 35 24 in Roll 609 6mm 24 00 in x 31 22 in m Aj Portrait a AJ O Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper IE Paper Source Roll Paper Auto x I Rol Paper width 24in Roll 609 6mm x N Roll Paper Options _ Output Method __ Size Options __Defauts OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 Click OK to close the Information dialog box 13 In C Borderless Printing Method click F Print Image with Actual Size 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 282 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm Borderl
495. ot be available Activate this option to check on screen previews of documents before printing Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing P 347 Click to start imagePROGRAF Status Monitor which enables you to confirm the status of the printer and print jobs You can also set up email notification if printer errors occur by completing the Email Notice settings For details refer to the Status Monitor help file Click to confirm version information for the printer driver Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values Windows Software 387 Printer Driver u Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Windows On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and configure printer driver settings for the paper source and media type Paper Information on Printer WF aper Source RPoll1 Media Type Plain Paper Roll Paper Width 17 in Roll 431 8mm ORoll2 Media Type Plain Paper Roll Paper Width 24 in Roll 609 6mm O Cut Sheet Media Type Plain Paper These media types and paper sizes are specified on the printer for the comesponding paper sources By choosing a desired paper source here you can automatically apply the printer settings including media type and roll width to the printer driver Q Note To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box on the Main sheet click Get Information by Media Type P 385
496. ot match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect printing quality If automatic monitoring of the remaining roll is deactivated Off is selected and you have selected a type of paper for which width detection is deactivated Off is selected you must advance the paper manually to the position for printing P 153 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Enhanced Printing Options 221 Choosing Paper for Printing Selecting the Paper Type Sheet When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced specify the type of paper as follows Q Note e After you load the sheet the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the Display Screen In this case select the paper type and then press the OK button The printer will automatically go online 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU seso Stop LoadEjeot 1506 Press A or to select Media Menu and then press the gt button Press A or to select Cut Sheet Type and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper loaded in the printer and then press the OK button 0 Note e For details on paper types see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Plain Paper is selected by factory default If you move the Release Lever the setting automatically reverts to Plain Paper AON e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match t
497. ou have chosen poster as the type of page layout Q Note Even during borderless printing you can print without the top and bottom margins e Printing without the top and bottom margins may cause inconsistency in the size of printed documents depending on the layout of images or text in your originals For tips on conserving roll paper refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows P 342 e Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X P 344 Enhanced Printing Options 341 Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin based on the following example Document Any Type Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPFro0x Printing Preferences z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media type ERIE Get Information ic Advanced Settings Dy Easy Setti
498. ou have specified not match the type loaded in the printer in the printer driver P 118 Make sure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again s Problems with the printing quality caused by the type of paper For paper specific troubleshooting tips to improve the printing quality refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Troubleshooting 633 Cannot print over a network Cannot print over a network Cannot connect the printer to the network The Ethernet cable is not connected 1 Make sure the printer is connected to the network with the correct correctly to the printer s Ethernet port Ethernet cable and then turn the printer on For instructions on connecting the cable refer to the Setup Guide 2 Make sure the Link indicator is lit The Link indicator is green if the printer is connected via 100 Base TX and orange if connected via 10Base T If the Link indicator is not lit check the following points e Make sure the hub is on e Make sure the end of the Ethernet cable is connected correctly Insert the Ethernet cable until it clicks and locks in place Make sure there is no problem with the Ethernet cable If there is any problem replace the Ethernet cable Check the communication mode with the hub Although
499. ount of roll paper left if you move the Release Lever and remove the roll before the barcode is printed on it Removing rolls from the Roll 1 Upper position 1 Press the Load Eject button Loaec ack A Q 2 Press A or to select Remove Roll and then press the OK button 3 Press A or Y to select Roll 1 Upper and then press the OK button The roll can now be removed 4 Open the Top Cover and lift the Ejection Guide Handling Paper 125 Handling rolls 5 Using both hands rotate the Roll Holder in the direction of the arrow to rewind the roll O Note e For instructions on removing the Roll Holder from rolls see Removing the Roll Holder from Rolls P 129 7 Lower the Ejection Guide and close the Top Cover O Note e To load new paper in the printer at this point see Loading Rolls in the Printer P 118 126 Handling Paper Handling rolls Removing rolls from the Roll 2 Lower position 1 Press the Load Eject button N Press A or V to select Remove Roll and then press the OK button Press A or to select Roll 2 Lower and then press the OK button The roll can now be removed 4 After confirming that the Online lamp is off hold the Roll Unit Lever a and pull out the Roll Unit oe OQ Note e For instructions on removing the Roll Holder from rolls see Removing the Roll Holder from Rolls P 129 To load new paper in the printer at th
500. ous menu item or setting value Vv Button Offline mode Press this button to feed the roll manually in the direction of ejection as needed P 135 Menu mode Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value gt Button Menu mode Press this button to display the menu one level lower OK Button In Menu mode press this button to confirm or execute the selected item or setting Also press this button if the Display Screen indicates to press the OK button Information Button Displays printer submenus Press this button to display information about ink paper and so on You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead Head Cleaning A Power Button Turns the printer on and off P 25 Load Eject Button By pressing this button you can check instructions on loading and removing paper Instructions for loading paper are shown on the Display Screen if pressed when no paper is loaded and instructions for removing paper are shown if paper is loaded Stop Button Hold down for at least a second to cancel print jobs in progress or end the ink drying period Q Note In Sleep mode you can press any button except the Power button to bring the printer online again 24 Printer Parts Control Panel Turning the Printer On and Off Turning the printer on 1 Press the Power button to turn on the printer The printer will now start up After the Display Scre
501. out being printed Submenu mode Submenus are displayed regarding ink and paper information Jobs can be received and printing is possible while submenus are displayed and the printer is online In other modes any jobs sent from the computer are held without being printed while submenus are displayed Sleep mode The printer is in power saving mode The printer automatically enters Sleep mode to conserve power if it is idle for a specific period by factory default five minutes that is if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed You can specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode in the Sleep Timer menu P 53 If any print jobs are received when the printer is in Sleep mode after it was originally online the printer goes online and prints the jobs Printer Parts 27 Control Panel Mode transition The printer mode transitions are as follows Offline mode Error E ink tank is empty Press OK and replace ink tank Offline Printing Pause Glossy Photo ISO A2 Roll Power Saving Menu key Online mode Menu mode Online MAIN MENU Online A MAIN MENU Online key Menu key Paper Cutting gt Glossy Photo Rep Ink Tank gt Plain Paper Head Cleaning gt Online key Online key Media Menu gt a T Paper Details gt a es Adjust Printer Online Printing Menu Select
502. over 10 Turn the printer on P 25 The roll is now advanced After it is finished being advanced you can resume printing O Note e You can ensure that the edge is cut neatly by selecting Paper Cutting in the printer menu 612 Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper Clearing a Jammed Sheet If a sheet jams follow the steps below to remove it cuion e Remove any jammed paper promptly 1 Turn the printer off P 25 2 Open the Top Cover O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them 4 Lift the Release Lever Troubleshooting 613 Problems Regarding Paper 5 Hold the paper and pull it out toward the front Q Note e If you do not find any scraps or jams see Troubleshooting When Paper Jams are not Found 6 If the Carriage is on the left move the Carriage to the right until it stops O Important e Always move the Carriage to the right side If the Carriage is on the left a Carriage error may occur when you turn on the printer 7 Lower the Release Lever and close the Top Cover 8 Turn the printer on P 25 614 Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper Troubleshooting When Paper Jams are not Found If you cannot find a paper jam search for the paper as follows 1 Turn the printer off 4P 25 2 Remove the Wheeled Output Stacker from the printer gt P 1
503. ox name Box 1 F Set password Password Verify 4 digit number Rename document Document title sample2 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file 502 Hard Disk Hard Disk Displaying a List of Saved Jobs You can display saved print jobs in the box shared among all users and in each personal box View the list of stored print jobs as follows e Using the Control Panel Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using inmagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU D Menu J CO 2 Display a list of saved print jobs 1 Press A or Y to select Job Management and then press the gt button 2 Press A or to select Stored Job and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select the box number in the range 00 29 and then press the gt button 4 Enter a password if one has been set and then press the OK button 5 Press the A or YW button to select Job List Hard Disk 503 Hard Disk Using RemoteUl Choose a mail box on the Stored Job page to display a list of jobs saved in that mail box Q Note i Remote Ul R or English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX XX End User Mode a abou No Inbox Name Document Count TET wv Job Manager 80 Box 5 Print Job Box2 0 03 Box3 0 04 Box4 0 Support Links i
504. password if one has been set 510 Hard Disk dl Remote Ul F English language Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx XXK End User Mode Inbox No ol Inbox Name Box 1 sam m Print Job re Print Log EE Support Links Hard Disk 2 Select the print job in the list and click Print Remote Ul ore English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX XX oe gt eE End User Mode Select Document Name Owner NumberofTotal Pages Date Saved v Job Manager o B i Si J XXXXXXX P ano sampleS jpg XXXK XX XX XXXXKX s ob m B sampled jpg XXxxxxx l XXXX KX XX XXCKKXX sample3 jpg XXXXXXx 1 XXXX XX XX XX XX KK B sample2jpg XXKXXXX l XXXX XX XX KXXXKX Support Links o B sampleljpg XXXXXxx l KXKX XX XK KKXXKK a 3 On the Print Saved Document page enter the quantity to print in Copies and click OK Remote UI ae English language Print Saved Document Last Updated xxxx xx xx xxx End User Mode Document Name sample4 jpg Modas AA PeperTipe Plain Paper Pe cme fiom Print Log a For details refer to the RemoteUI help Hard Disk 511 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Pox Option Help Printer Status sa G raoi fo Information it Maintenance B Support
505. pe Paper Remaining Manual feed tray S amp S Empty Roll Paper 1 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper a 64 0 m Z 209 ft 11 in Roll Paper 2 17 in Roll 431 8mm Plain Paper pe 64 0 m Z 209 ft 11 in You can view a list of the printers for which printer drivers have been installed on your computer printers connected to your computer and printers found on the network Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor If a printer error occurs you can investigate the corrective action immediately Images of Ink Tanks are shown with different images for various types of ink An icon and warning message will notify you when ink levels are low The type of paper loaded in each paper source is identified You can also check to see if paper has run out This way the utility enables you to check printer information and take care of printer maintenance for optimal printing results You can also set up automatic email notification of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you designate in advance Q Note For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help 410 Windows Software Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access Digital Photo Front Access is an application that links photos from Canon digital cameras and other image files on your computer with various other applications IB Digital Photo Front Access File Edit View Associations Help a
506. pen Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About __ Defauts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Office Document in the E Print Target list Q Note e You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings 192 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Office Documents 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setupsheet 10 Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size a V Enlarged Reduced Printing Do Fit Paper Size EO Fit Rol Paper width IF O Scaiing Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Scale 100 fA Orientation A 00 Letter 8 8 50 in x 11 00 in An A Ke Paper Source 1M Rol Paper width G 4 Paper Size m Aj Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper Match Page Size mi Aj O Landscape Roll Paper Auto 17 in Roll 431 8mm INI Rol Paper Options _Dutput Method __ Size Options Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Help In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 Select sheets in the L Paper Source list
507. per Reference Guide P 104 2 When supplying paper use a roll approximately 1 000 mm 1 093 6 yd or longer 3 Printing may not be possible in some 82 Printer Parts cases depending on the type and size of paper Printer Specifications Hard Disk Hard disk capacity 80 GB print job storage capacity 48 GB Print job storage capacity Common Box 100 jobs Personal Boxes 100 jobs Options Roll Holder Set IEEE1394 Expansion Board Printer Parts 83 Printer Specifications Basic Environmental Performance Printer Power consumption Sleep mode 100 120 V 5 W max 10 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed 220 240 V 6 W max 11 W max when an IEEE 1394 FireWire expansion board is installed wooo o wewe Oi O Resource efficiency Weight Printer and Stand Approx 178kg 392 4 Ib Dimensions W x D x H Printer and Stand 1 893 x 1 291 x 1 144 mm 74 5 x 50 8 x 45 0 in Recycling Recyclable plastic used for printer body Product safety Toxic substances Structural components No prohibited brominated flame retardants used PBB PBDE Body plastic No heavy metals Pb Hg Cr VI Cd or halogenated flame retardants used Operating noise During operation Approx 52 dB A max 6 8 bels or less Standby Approx 35 dB A max Packaging materials Heavy metal content Pb Hg Cr VI Cd None none in packaging 84 Printer Parts Printer Specifi
508. per Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 11 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Q Note e You can select Oversize in Display Series to make all oversized versions of paper in the selected Display Series available for printing These sizes are displayed in the Page Size list in the format Oversize XXXXXX 254 Enhanced Printing Options Printing at full size Printing at Full Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example Oversized Printing e Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A2 A3 roll 420 0 mm 16 5 in 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox fe Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation Tx lt Cy plm I scale 100 Cance 0K O N O Note Select the printer in the B Format for list In C Paper Size click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4
509. per loaded in the printer and then press the OK button 0 Note e For details on paper types see the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Plain Paper is selected by factory default If you move the Release Lever the setting automatically reverts to Plain Paper AON e Be sure to select the correct paper type If this setting does not match the loaded paper it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality e If you select a type of paper for which Media Width Detection is deactivated Off is selected you must advance the paper manually to the position for printing gt P 153 5 Press the Online button to bring the printer online Handling Paper 149 Handling sheets for paper feed slots Loading Sheets in the Printer O Note e For details on supported types and sizes of paper see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 109 P 104 e If the Platen is dirty clean inside the Top Cover before loading paper P 597 e After pressing the Load Eject button you can refer to instructions on the Display Screen as you load the paper P 76 1 If you send a print job from a computer beforehand the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen Lift the Release Lever and open the Top Cover Important e Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them 150 Handling Paper Handling sheets for paper fe
510. pplication menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx ce Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation Ta lt Bi scale 100 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 In D Orientation click the icon of the document in landscape orientation 5 Click F OK to close the dialog box 6 Choose Print in the application menu 7 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard Bi Main B L JA media Type Plain Paper a D Easy Settings ra a E rrin Target ACER Default Settings 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set Printer M Cancel E Print PDF wv Preview Standard 8 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 9 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 359 Other useful settings 10 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage
511. put Reso 600 dpi NearEndMrgn 20mm HDDSpace xx xGB Media Source Roll Band Joint IP XxX XXX KKK XKK Conserve Paper Off Press the Information button to display this information one after another the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and remaining ink levels paper information printer information and GL2 settings information P 67 Printer Parts 31 Control Panel Switching Modes Switching the Printer Online Offline Press the Online button to switch the printer online or offline The Online lamp is off in Offline mode Depending on the status the printer switches online and offline as follows Printer Status When Online is Pressed The printer switches offline and the Online lamp goes off Online printing Switches offline and printing is paused When printing is paused the Printing menu is available Offline If paper has been advanced the printer goes online and the Online lamp is lit Offline when an error message is displayed In the case of error messages other than those shown below or if paper is not loaded the printer remains offline until you solve the problem The Online lamp remains off If the following error messages are displayed the printer goes online and printing is resumed e Insufficient paper for job e PHead needs cleaning e Papr Size Mismatch e Papr Type Mismatch Menu mode If paper has been advanced the printer goes online and the Online lamp is lit
512. r Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Stop LoadjEjeot 150 OKC 2 Press A or Y to select Job Management and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select HDD Information and then press the gt button O Note e You can also check the available hard disk space in the submenu indicating printer information Press the Information button to display the submenus P 67 H System Info X X Firmware 00 00 Boot 00 00 MIT 00 00 s n RBH HDDSpace xx xGB IP XXX XXX XXX XXX Hard Disk 539 Hard Disk Using RemoteUl To view the box list select Stored Job in Job Management On the Stored Job page the free hard disk space is shown in the upper right corner when boxes are listed Cle lt a Ul English language End User Mode 3 Box3 0 b Device Selection 04 Box 4 0 Support Links 05 Box5 0 06 Box6 0 07 Box7 0 08 Box 0 o Box9 0 amp 10 Box10 0 il Box 11 o For details refer to the RemoteUl help Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor The Hard Disk sheet shows the free hard disk space mHard Disk Sheet in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Canon iP Poox Option Help Printer Status E Job E Hard Disk 3 Information ff Maintenance 3 Suppor Mail Boxes Common Box Hard disk Information Status Usable Free Space xxx GB For details
513. r c Touching these parts may damage them Avoid cleaning where the Carriage is retracted in position d or e Q Note e If the Cleaning Brush is dirty rinse it in water 3 Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely wipe away dirt or paper dust debris from cutting inside the Top Cover Wipe away any ink residue and paper dust debris from cutting on the Top Cover Roller a all over the Platen b the Paper Retainer c the Borderless Printing Ink Grooves d the Ejection Guide e the blue Switch f the section around the right side Borderless Printing Ink Grooves g and so on 598 Maintenance Cleaning the Printer Important Do not use a dry cloth to wipe inside the Top Cover This may create a static charge which may attract dust and affect the printing quality Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol benzene or thinner If these substances come into contact with electrical components inside the printer there is a risk of fire or electrical shock Do not touch the clear sheet on the side of the Top Cover Roller This may damage the roller 4 Close the Top Cover Maintenance 599 Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Printhead Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged Choose one of two Printhead cleaning modes Head Cleaning A or Head Cleaning B depending on the problem to resolve O Note e You can specify a number of pages in the printer
514. r e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 210 0x297 0 mm original in portrait orientation 90 degrees to fit within the width of an A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm which enables you to conserve paper 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes i B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation To Te IE scale 100 _ B Cancel GORD 2 Select the printer in the B Format for list 3 In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click ISO A4 4 Click F OK to close the dialog box 5 Choose Print in the application menu 6 Access the Main pane Printer iPFxxxx J Presets Standard Z Main Es es WiMedia Type Plain Paper Br Get Information m B Set ID Easy Settings A as Bprint Target Default Settings 0 Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics HC View set ver Printer cS M PDF v Preview Standard Cancel E Print gt 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Pla
515. r Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 109 P 104 If you prefer to wait for the ink to dry after printing and simply eject the document you can deactivate automatic cutting and cut the paper manually P 139 1 Turn the printer on P 25 Sto Load Eject 138 Basic Printing Workflow 89 Printing procedure 3 Remove any loaded paper that will not be used Rolls P 125 e Sheets P 155 4 Load the roll on the Roll Holder P 115 90 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure 5 Load the roll in the printer gt P 118 Q Note Before borderless printing make sure the blue Switch on the platen is set toward the e side P 629 6 Select the type of paper P 113 Basic Printing Workflow 91 Printing procedure 8 Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 224 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 226 Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Fie i Get Information Advanced Settings Advanced Settings x Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard 600dpi Color Mode Color Color Settings Letter 8 5 11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Tex
516. r and replace the Ink Tank for which the Ink Lamp is flashing ss Remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected Ink level detection cannot work correctly if you use The refill ink tank can no longer be used See the refill ink tanks section Ink level detection and take the appropriate action P 645 Close Ink Tank Cover The Ink Tank Cover is open Close the Ink Tank Cover 662 Error Message Messages regarding ink sink tank is empty There is no ink left in an ink tank Open the Ink Tank Cover and replace the Ink Tank for which the Ink Lamp is flashing s Not much ink is left Prepare a new Ink Tank We recommend replacing the Ink Tank with a new Ink Tank at this point if you plan to print large format or high quantity jobs u No ink tank loaded Load or reload the Ink Tank P 563 There is a problem with the Ink Tank Replace it with a new Ink Tank Wrong ink tank The Ink Tank in the printer is incompatible Load an Ink Tank specified for use with the printer Error Message 663 Messages regarding ink s The display screen indicates Agitating Ink agitation is in progress The time for agitation varies depending on how long the printer has been turned off Between about a minute and a half to twenty minutes During agitation you can print or do other operations after the printer goes Online 664 Error Message Messages regarding printi
517. r it has been saved Save Shared Box Select Off to print without saving jobs in the box shared among multiple users 64 Printer Parts Control Panel Information Setting item Description Instructions System Info Firmware Displays the printer firmware version Displays the version of the boot ROM Besse pire Past Error Log 1 XXXXXXXX XXXX Displays the most recent error messages up to two 2 XXXXXXXX XXXX Printer Parts 65 Control Panel ss Main Menu Settings During Printing Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables For instructions on selecting or setting menu items see Main Menu Operations P 36 For details on menu levels and values see Menu Structure P 40 Menu Durng Prtng Head Cleaning Printhead cleaning options P 578 Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint oddly colored or contains foreign substances Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A Fine Band Adj Fine tune the feed amount manually Information Displays the information about the printer and history of print jobs P 66 Information Setting Wem Description Instructions sd s i i M Displays the MAC address Displays the IP address HDDSpace Displays the space available on the printer s hard disk Error Log 1 XXXXXXXX XXXX Displays the two most recent error message numbers most recent first
518. r or Printhead Fixer Lever is dirty use a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely to wipe it clean O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them e Never touch the metal contacts of the Carriage This may damage the printer 9 If the ventilation duct a is dirty use a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely to wipe it clean Move the Carriage out of the way manually if the Carriage is concealing the ventilation duct and then clean the duct Maintenance 581 Printheads 11 Pull up the Printhead Fixer Cover to open it completely 12 Remove the used Printhead OQ Note e Dispose of the used Printhead in accordance with local regulations 13 Holding the new Printhead by the grips a remove it from the case Important e When handling the Printhead always hold it by the grips a Never touch the nozzles b or metal contacts c This may damage the Printhead and affect printing quality 582 Maintenance Printheads 14 While firmly holding the Printhead you have removed use your other hand to remove the orange Safety Cap 1 a Squeeze the grips c of Safety Cap 2 b and pull it down to remove it Important Safety Cap 1 a may be coated with ink to protect the Printhead Be careful not to touch areas other than the grips Never touch the ink supply section d This may cause pri
519. ral sheets By assembling the printed sheets you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer Page Layout Choose poster printing For instructions on printing large posters refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Large Posters Windows P 322 Q Note e This method of poster printing is supported in Windows Enhanced Printing Options 321 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet Printing Large Posters Windows You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets By assembling the printed sheets you can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer This topic describes how to enlarge an A2 original for printing it in sections on four sheets based on the following example Document Poster e Page size A2 420 0x594 0 mm 16 5 x 23 4 in e Paper Sheets Manual e Paper Type Glossy Paper e Paper size A2 420 0x594 0 mm 16 5 x 23 4 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type GREINER v Get Information La Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Letter 8 5 x11 8 50
520. rce Roll Paper Auto IM Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options Defaults OK l Cancel lI Apply Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 or Letter 8 5 x11 8 Select the C Enlarged Reduced Printing check box Enhanced Printing Options 331 Centering originals 9 Click Match Page Size in the G Paper Size list 10 Click F Scaling and enter 50 11 Click Cut Sheet in the L Paper Source list 12 Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Page Layout B B 2 Pages Sheet c Watermark JE conrioentiat v JE Edt watermark Actual Size Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Rotate 180 degrees p a kd No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W conies 13 1 993 Reverse Order Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK l Cancel J Apply Help 13 Select the G Print Centered check box 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired OQ Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 O Important e If you have selected Cut Sheet as the paper source follow the instruct
521. re space on the printer s hard disk Press the Stop button to cancel the print job Delete print jobs from the queue P 490 Delete unneeded jobs stored in personal boxes box numbers in the range 01 29 P 534 Mail box full Now printing without saving data No more space is available on the printer s hard disk After printing this message is cleared so jobs are now printed without saving them Print jobs can no longer be saved on the hard disk Mail box nearly full The free hard disk space left for personal boxes in the Delete unneeded jobs stored in personal boxes printer s hard disk does not have 1 GB combined P 534 Error Message 671 Messages regarding the hard disk Maximum jobs stored 100 jobs are stored in the personal box Delete unneeded jobs stored in personal boxes P 534 TOO many jobs for mail box Saved jobs exceed the personal box capacity Press the Stop button to cancel the print job Delete print jobs from the queue Delete unneeded jobs stored in personal boxes box numbers in the range 01 29 672 Error Message Messages regarding HP GL 2 Messages regarding HP GL 2 This type of paper is not compatible with HP GL 2 Corrective Action The printer has received a HP GL 2 print job that Follow these steps to replace the type of paper in cannot be printed on the paper that has been the printer advanced 1 Hold down the Stop b
522. refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file 540 Hard Disk Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor The Hard Disk pane shows the free hard disk space mHard Disk Pane in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor XXX XXX XXX XXX Ss Printer Ready 93 Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable C Move gt far a Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 jar For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk 541 Hard Disk Erasing Data on the Printer s Hard Disk You can erase data on the printer s hard disk from the Control Panel There are three ways to erase the data as follows Erasure Method Time Required Deas O B Secure High Spd About 40 minutes About 24 hours Q Note Erases file management data for print job data stored on the printer s hard disk Choose this method for relatively fast erasure Because only the file management data is erased the print job data itself is not erased Note that it may be possible to read this data using commercial data recovery software Overwrites the entire hard disk with random data No verification is performed to check if the data was correctly written Choose this method to erase highly confidential data Note that it may be possible to read the overwritten data using sp
523. references Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size B Borderless Printing Ba V Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper size JE O Fit Rol Paper width F O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 m 8 50 in x 11 00 in G BY Paper Size Match Page Size 00 FE Orientation 7 A Portrait M aj O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto Mi Rol Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mmn N Roll Paper Options _Dutput Method __ Size Options Defaults OK l Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Inthe A Page Size list select the size of the original as specified in the application 7 In the L Paper Source list select how paper is supplied 372 Windows Software Printer Driver 8 If you have selected Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 in L Paper Source select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll Paper Width Q Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Windows P 370 Windows Software 373 Printer Driver Confirming Print Settings Windows There are two ways to confirm the print settings as follows e Checking a preview of the settings gt P 374 e Checking a print preview P 375 Checking a preview of the settings A preview of
524. removal and storage If you drop a used Maintenance Cartridge or store it at an angle ink may leak and cause stains e The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is recorded on each printer Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer Maintenance 587 Maintenance Cartridge 8 Open the box remove the plastic bag packaging material and Shaft Cleaner a and then take out the Maintenance Cartridge b a 0 Important e Never touch the metal contacts a This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge 9 Keep the used Maintenance Cartridge level as you put it in the plastic bag Expel excess air from the plastic bag and seal the zipper 10 Confirm the Maintenance Cartridge is right side up put it in the box with the packaging material attached and store it so that it stays level Important e Always put the used Maintenance Cartridge back in the box and store the box on a flat surface Otherwise ink may leak and cause stains e In accordance with corporate environmental protection policies Canon collects used maintenance cartridges Follow the instructions provided with the new Maintenance Cartridge that describe how to process the used Maintenance Cartridge 588 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge 11 Wipe away any soiling on the Maintenance Cartridge Cover mA O Important e Support the Maintenance Cartridge Cover from underneath as you wipe it 12 Keeping the n
525. res the user s manual to be installed on your computer Settings Summaries Baton Corresponding Utility A Support Information Click to access the Canon support webpage where you can find the latest information on the printer and consumables check for printer driver updates and browse other information B User Manual Click to view the printer user s manual This function requires the user s manual to be installed on your computer C Settings Summaries Click to display the View Settings dialog box which enables you to confirm the settings for the Main Page Setup Layout and Favorites sheets Windows Software 407 Printer Driver Device Settings Sheet Windows Many settings items on the printer properties sheets are controlled by Windows applications However the Device Settings sheet is for configuring the printer and it is an extension of the printer driver The following settings are available on the Device Settings sheet Canon iPPoox Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings A B Color Compatibility About Setting tem Description A Color Compatibility Click to display the Color Compatibility dialog box which enables you to adjust colors if you have selected Color Mode gt Color CAD Color Compatibility Color Compatibility Color CAD 1 ok Cancel _ _Detauts B About Displays version information for the printer driver 408
526. ress P e Upper level menus are available if lt is displayed at left in the top line To access these upper level menus press lt Printer Parts 37 Control Panel Specifying menu items Follow these steps to specify menu items 1 Press A or W to select a menu and then press the gt button Repeat these steps until the desired menu options are displayed 2 Press A or Y to select a setting item to complete and then press the OK button The check box at left is selected and the setting is confirmed 4 Feed Priority V Automatic Band Joint Print Length Feed Priority Automatic M Band Joint Print Length After two seconds the display reverts to the upper level menu 3 Press the Online button to bring the printer online O Note If a confirmation message is displayed regarding the setting you entered press the OK button The setting is applied and the printer goes online 38 Printer Parts Control Panel Specifying numerical values Follow these steps to enter numbers In this example network settings items are entered Press A or to select Interface Setup and then press the gt button Press A or to select TCP IP and then press the gt button Press A or Y to select IP Setting and then press the gt button Press A or to select IP Address and then press the button ah ON Press lt or gt to mov
527. ress the Online button to clear the error and then adjust the feed amount manually P 556 Highly transparent film is loaded that cannot be used for automatic feed amount adjustment 668 Error Message Messages regarding printheads PHead needs cleaning The Printhead nozzles are clogged Press the Online button to resume printing Follow these steps to clean the Printhead 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Printhead cleaning options P 578 If the message is still displayed after you execute Head Cleaning B once or twice contact your Canon dealer for assistance Wrong printhead An incompatible Printhead has been installed Open the Top Cover and replace the Printhead with a new one P 579 Problem with Printhead The Printhead nozzles are becoming clogged If printing is faint clean the Printhead P 578 Printhead error There is a problem with the Printhead Open the Top Cover and replace the Printhead with a new one No printhead No Printhead is installed Install the Printhead P 579 Error Message 669 Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge Insert the maintenance cartridge The Maintenance Cartridge is not installed Install the Maintenance Cartridge P 586 Wrong maintenance cartridge A Maintenance Cartridge for a different model of Replace it with the M
528. riginal aspect ratio Click F Add to register 430 mm Square Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box Make sure the Custom Paper Size Name you specified in Page Setup gt A Page Size is selected in this case 430 mm Square Click Cut Sheet in the L Paper Source list Confirm the print settings and print as desired O Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 301 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing on Non Standard Paper Sizes Mac OS X This topic describes how to print after registering Custom Media Size based on the following example Here you will register a non standard paper size named 430 430 in Custom Media Size e Document Scanned image e Page size A square sheet 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A square sheet 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in Note e The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10 4 The method of setting up non standard paper sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X 1 Create the document in the application 2 Load the square paper 430 x 430 mm 16 9 x 16 9 in in the printer 3 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for iPFxxxx iE Canon iPFoox E Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11
529. rint jobs e Print Save print jobs automatically at the same time they are printed Print auto delete Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and delete them after printing Save in mail box Save print jobs on the printer The Destination dialog box is displayed if you select Save in mail box Here specify the name and personal box number for saved print jobs Destination Mail box Inbox No Inbox Name 1 Box 1 2 Box 2 3 Box 3 l 4 Box 4 5 Box 5 6 Box 6 7 Box 7 8 Box 8 9 Box 9 10 Box 10 11 Box 11 smi 1 In Document title enter a name to identify saved print jobs 2 Select the personal box number in the Mail box list 3 Click OK to close the Destination dialog box Q Note e Save data before printing This option is available in combination with Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Print jobs are saved on the hard disk and then printed 488 Hard Disk Hard Disk Do Not Save Print Jobs in the Common Box If you have specified Print in the printer driver as the format for saving print jobs jobs sent from the computer are saved in the Common Box P 482 You can select Save Shared Box gt Off in the printer menu so that print jobs for which you have selected Output Method gt Print in the printer driver are deleted from the box after printing Use this function when printing highly confidential documents Q Note e Ifan error occurs prin
530. rinting by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size based on the following example N NO e Document Any Type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm Q Note Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes EJ B Format for iPFxxxx zs Canon iPFxxxx co Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 iz 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm ID Orientation Ta Ja I scale 100 E Cancel E Select the printer in the B Format for list In the C Paper Size list click the size of the original In this case click 10 x12 e All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size Access the Main pane Click F OK to close the dialog box In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size Choose Print in the application menu Printer _ iPFxxxx re Presets Standard B Main laa L JA media Type Plain Paper as ne IBC Get Information BC se a E prrint Target Default Settings 0 Draft Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printi
531. river In this case the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only Cut the printed document ejected from the printer then use scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom By factory default the ink drying time is disabled for all paper When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not dry yet it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut depending on frequency of use In this case follow these steps to change the ink drying time 1 On the Main sheet of the printer driver click Settings in Media Type 2 Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time Before borderless printing make sure the blue Switch on the platen is set toward the e side P 629 Borderless Printing Method Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original as desired 272 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Scale to fit Roll Paper Width Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width Q Note e You can combine this function with rotating pages 90 degrees before printing so that the original width relative to portrait orientation matches the roll paper width in borderless printing For instructions on borderless printing of photos images and other documents to match the roll paper width refer to the following topics as appropriate f
532. rless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size BJ ro Print Centered R _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF vy Preview Standard _ Cancel Print 9 In the A Paper Source list select how paper is supplied 10 If you have selected Cut Sheet in A Paper Source make sure the size as selected in Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size If you have selected Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 in A Paper Source make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width Q Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Printer Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard iE Main B eS A media Type Plain Paper MC se Di Easy Settings Bprint Target Default Settings 0 Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos 4 lt Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics Fi View set 1 Printer PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Setting
533. rom Rolls 129 Renaming Saved Jobs ccececeseeeseeeeeeeseeeeees 527 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MAG OSJ a a teeta e 532 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINdOWS rerin aaa 530 Using Remote nsriarsi msaa 527 Index 683 Index Replacing Ink TANKS cscacestcvcccecsaneieseberenievees 563 Access the menu for Ink Tank replacement 564 Compatible ink tankS enisinia 563 How to replace an Ink Tank 563 Load the ink tank 330 Ml 00 seceeeeeeeeeeeees 569 Load the ink tank 700 Ml eceeeeeeeeeeeees 571 Make sure the printer is ready for Ink Tank REPIACSMOEN brs sectors anaudart ebsites dai 564 Precautions when handling ink tanks 563 Remove the Ink Tank 830 Ml neeese 565 Remove the Ink Tank 700 Ml seses 567 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 05 586 Compatible maintenance cartridges 586 Precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge eeen vtech esate wre neste 586 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge 586 Replacing the Shaft Cleaner ooo ee 590 Replacing the Printhead ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 579 Compatible printheads c ccceeeeeeeeneeees 579 Precautions when handling the Printhead 579 Replacing the Printhead 580 When to replace the Printhead 08 579 Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value 240 Enlarged Reduced Printing 0 eeeeeeeeeee 240 SCA Gaern
534. rror XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number Corrective Action The last portion of roll paper was used during a print job The paper was not advanced because the trailing edge is taped to the roll Turn off the printer and remove the roll from the printer before restoring power Fastening tape or the Belt Stopper has not been Turn off the printer open the Top Cover and remove removed inside the Top Cover the tape or the Belt Stopper before restoring power An error requiring service may have occurred Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring the power If the message is displayed again write down the Turn off printer error code and message turn off the printer and it th te again contact your Canon dealer for assistance H Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX Top cover is open The printer has detected that the Top Cover is open Open the Top Cover fully remove any foreign objects and close the Top Cover again If the error occurs again close the Top Cover turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power 674 Error Message Other Messages t Prepare for parts replacement It is almost time to replace consumables for which You can continue to use the printer for some time service is required until Parts replacement time has passed will be displayed Contact your Canon dealer for assistance Parts replacement time has passed It is past t
535. rrrressrrrnsrrnnnnnnnnnesene 628 Setting the Blue Switch on the Platen cccececceeeeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeesaaeeeeneseeeeneeneeees 629 The contrast becomes uneven during printing cccccceeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaaeeeeeeaes 631 The length of printed images is iNACCUrAtC cece eeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeesaaeeeeeeaes 631 DOCuMentS are printed ChOOK OG sisectvctstedeevecdcennetdicenseciedeegecesie niiina a aE aE E er EEEa 631 Documents are printed in MONocChrome sssssssssssrrrreeseeeeeesssssssrerrrrrrnnnnerrnrnnnnnnnnesrnnnnnnneeeeeena 632 Einethicknessis THOT UniTor Meerssen cin eea EE e E EEEE A 632 Hnes are misalghed eeste a a en e a 633 Problems with the printing quality caused by the type Of paper seessssesssrrrnessrnenssrrresserreene 633 Cannot print over AGI WOE ev ncncccscaccctenctereehaesredeseececernaevevesdenmanedecarenayvesss 634 Cannot connect the printer to the network ai sciciicccedtecareetecdicsasaccadanencpeneasretecsaccel meshustectenvanneteed 634 Configuring the Communication Mode Manually iii ccsitcccescesuascacntcesdapenet acess deavineskbaceadaacoumneaas 635 Cannot print over a TCP IP Network ssrin a iino EE E aR 636 Cannot print over a NetWare network sicicccssicccicscctrcceedaredeederassncnettenniieenladedevedeabsnvabiventeoccssadenss 636 Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks ssessesssseresssrrnnerenntrsrnrrsssrrrnstnnnnnennnnennne
536. rsinoninicade naaa 331 Printing Photos and Mages 161 Easy SetlindS wiinnccn nena 161 Print Tagelied AEE 161 Print targets for photos and images 4 161 Printing Photos and Images Mac OS X a an 165 Printing Photos and Images Windows 0 163 Printing Photos in Monochrome sssr 168 Printing Photos in Monochrome ee 168 Printing Posters in Sections eessen 321 Page LAYOUT eee eeeteceeeeenteeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneaaas 321 Printing procedure eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeeaees 86 Printing Saved Jobs cceeeeeeeceeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 509 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 514 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 512 Using Remoteul 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeees 510 Using the Control Panel ceeseeeeeeeeees 509 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing cc eeeeseeeeeeneneeeeeeeaes 286 Fit Roll Paper Width 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeesteeteees 287 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Mac OS X 293 Register a Custom Page SiZe cceeee 294 Printing the banne iisonic 295 Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners Large Format Printing Windows 0 cecee 288 Creating the banner in the application 289 Printing the Danner cccceeesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 290 Registering a Custom Paper Size 065 288 Printing W
537. s Hard Disk 535 Hard Disk 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Delete Remote UI English language End User Mode gt Device Manager v Job Manager Print Job Print Log gt Device Selection Support Links For details refer to the RemoteUI help 536 Hard Disk aoe Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX XX XXXX NX XX XK XX XX XXXX XX XX XX XX XX XXKX EX XX XK XX XX Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a mail box in the list and click Open Canon iP Pox Option Help Hard Disk Printer Status sa G raoi fo Information it Maintenance B Support Mail Boxes LInboxNo Inboxname ooo Common Box Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box Box 8 Box 9 r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password G This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No 0 Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number Cae 2 In the Documents dialog box select the print job in the list and click Delete Documents Settings Documents Source Paper Type Media Size File Size sample5 ipa Roll 1 Plain Paper Iso A4 xx MB sampled jpa E 7 Plain Paper sample3 jpg Plain Paper sample2 jpg REMKRRH Plain Paper sample ipa RERRRRH Plain Paper gt Propertie
538. s Help For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Hard Disk 537 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs Q Note 00e XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable gt Ej Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper A sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 O ii esiin Jai e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password gt 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Delete XXX XXX XXX XXX Ready Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable gt amp Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name i Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper ve sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 4 e int inkin Jars For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file 538 Hard Disk Hard Disk Checking the Free Hard Disk Space You can check the space available on the printer s hard disk as follows e Using the Control Panel e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monito
539. s E Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type GEIGER Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Jefault Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing w Suitable for printing nomal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About Defauts Ce ee e O 3 In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next select the desired settings values in C Between Pages and D Between Scans in B Drying Time and then click OK P 389 Media Detailed Settings Media Type A Media Type a Drying Time Plain Paper Between Pages Printer Default Plain Paper High Quality Plain Paper High Grade D Between Scans All Plain Paper_Conserve MBK Printer Default Coated Paper Recycled Coated Paper 4 Roll Paper Margin for Safety Coated Peper Near End Margin Heavyweight Coated Paper Extra Heavyweight Coated Pape Printer Defauk Premium Matte Paper Colored Coated Paper IE cut Speed Photo Paper Proofing Paper Printer Default Glossy Photo Paper Semi Glossy Photo Paper Heavyweight Glossy Photo Pape a en Heavywaht SemiGlos Photo Pap Pl id Satin Photographic Paper 190gs Proofing Paper gt OK Can
540. s Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions Windows You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets As an example this topic describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible with sharp lines and text 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EE X Get Information La Advanced Settings I Easy Settings E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Q a ze Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics JE view Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About al Defaults Help 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded 5 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences z z Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEE Get Information ie Advanced Settings v E Print Priorit
541. s B Get Information Sets t Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set Printer PDF wv Preview M Cancel E Prim Standard 7 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 8 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 231 Printing enlargements or reductions 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer _iPFxxxx iz Presets Standard i Page Setup HA Roll Paper Auto F JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing JE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 IO Scaling 100 3 5 600 US Letter J Paper Size A C Borderless Printing Match Page Size BJ r Bi oa Print Centered pm el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom bd lest E al _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print 10 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed ISO A2 A3 420 0mm Q Note in the B Roll Paper W
542. s Mac OS XY P 418 420 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X There are two ways to confirm what printing conditions have been specified as follows e Checking a preview of the settings gt P 421 e Checking a print preview P 422 Checking a preview of the settings A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main Page Setup Utility and Additional Settings panes By checking images and numerical values in the preview you can confirm current settings for the page size orientation paper source Printer Presets H Size E Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 and so on iPFxxxx i Standard i Main ia A media Type Plain Paper B B P Get Information B D Easy Settings H rrin Target Default Settings Set Office Document a Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set fe Printer M C PDF Preview Standard Cancel E Print Display Area Information Displayed Pane displayed when the H Images tab is clicked On top illustrations indicate the page size of the original the paper size orientation layout borderless printing selection color mode and other settings information Under this the page size paper size and method and per
543. s Windows This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings Registering a favorite Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Complete the print settings 4 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details e B Default Settings Default Settings a Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 v Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K 5 mixture of text photos and graphics Bal a 6 Apply Favorite c Add m v Application Settings Priority OK Cancel JI Apply Help 5 Click H Add to display the Add dialog box 6 Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box e Enter a desired name in Name such as Photos for Presentations or Monthly Report Choose a fitting icon for these print settings in the Icon list e In Comment enter a description of the favorite to be added as desired 7 Click OK to close the Add dialog
544. s and then click Matching P 426 Settingitem Description O A Matching Mode Select the color matching mode to use as desired B Matching Method Select the matching method that suits the document to be printed Various Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in Matching Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 Mac OS X Software 433 Printer Driver Color Settings Pane Monochrome Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Color Settings pane for monochrome printing Color Adjustment pane Monochrome On the Color Adjustment pane for monochrome printing you can adjust the brightness and contrast Color Settings Color Balance ______ _ D cyan Ww tigh Mri W tigh 30 3 El El ip Broor ow n tigh S ABCDEF ee R i a 1234567 z Gray Tone Co Warr W sampie Type 0 30 3 Standard z Brightness Dark 5 Light _ View Color Pattern r n 3 ie Oe 0 gt 30 30 x Oe y RRR YS ae I Contrast Low High 0 1630 30 e 0 W saturation ow dligh 0 gt 30 3 Revert Cancel cer Q Note To display the Color Adjustment pane on the Main pane click Color Settings in Advanced Settings P 426 Setting item Description O A Sample Type Choose a sample image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics B View Color Pattern Clicking to
545. s images may be cut off or the blank paper may be ejected In this case set Auto Rotate to Off Printer Parts 59 Control Panel ee ag ea a Printer ee ___ Head Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction P 544 Advanced Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to spaces between nozzles and colors and the printing direction P 544 Auto Print Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the Advanced Adj operations after you replace the Printhead P 544 Manual Head Adj Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction Enter the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern P 546 Auto Band Adj Standard Adj Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed amount P 554 Advanced Adj Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon paper or paper for purposes other than checking output Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed amount Note that this function takes more time and requires more ink than Standard Adj P 554 Manual Band Adj Choose Yes to print a test patter
546. s 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 the computer can receive print jobs sent from other computers clients connected to it for printing This topic describes how to share the printer in Windows Important e We recommend that your network administrator configure your network for printer sharing 1 Open the Printers and Faxes or Printers window h Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q gt B JO search gt gt Folders E Address ay Printers and Faxes Printer Tasks S E Add a printer gt Set up Faxing Other Places 2 Right click the icon of this printer and choose Sharing to open the printer properties window Printers and Faxes a BR File Edit View Favorites Tools Help a CE gt B JO search gt gt Folders E Address Printers and Faxes amp gt g2 o Printer Tasks Canon iP Fe Open E Add a printer Printing Preferences E See what s printing E Select printing preferences amp Pause printing Share this printer Use Printer Offline fai Rename this printer Create Shortcut XK Delete this printer Delete A Set printer properties Rename Pause Printing Properties See Also Other Places Details Network Setting 457 Network Setting Windows 3 On the Sharing sheet click Share this printer and enter the shared name Canon iPFxxxx Properties Genera Ports Advanced Color Mana
547. s Printing by selecting Borderless Printing Size To maintain the aspect ratio of the Width and Height as you resize the paper select Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height F Add Enables you to register the custom paper size you have specified or overwrite an existing custom paper size G Display Series You can limit the number of options shown in Page Size Paper Size and Paper Size List Windows Software 399 Printer Driver Layout Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Layout sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Page Layout B E 2 Pages Sheet c Watermark JE conriventiat v F Edit Watermark Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper 1 0 999 Reverse Order Page Options Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel J l Apply l Help Setting tem Description O A Page Layout Activate this setting to select a particular page layout Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet P 315 Printing Posters in Sections gt P 321 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other P 304 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals P 412 Click to display one of the following dialog boxes depending on the selection in A Page Layout In these dialog boxes you can spec
548. s Server 2008 you must log on with administrative rights such as those of the Administrator account From the Windows start menu select Programs gt Canon Printer Uninstaller gt imagePROGRAF Printer Driver Uninstaller to display the Delete Printer window Select the printer in the list and click Delete Click Yes after the Warning message is displayed Make sure that the printer has been removed from the list and then click Exit Removing printer drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh Remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor as follows 1 2 3 4 Insert the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer in the CD ROM drive Start the printer driver installer included in the User Software CD ROM Open the OS X folder and double click iPF Driver Installer X In the upper left menu choose Uninstall and then click Uninstall Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor as follows 1 2 3 From the Windows start menu select Programs gt imagePROGRAF Status Monitor gt Uninstaller imagePROGRAF Status Monitor to start the wizard In the wizard window click Delete and then click Next Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Windows Remove imagePROGRAF Device
549. s Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets This section introduces the main features of each as well as the main printing methods available Select rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application Note Q For information on the types of paper the printer supports refer to the Paper Reference Guide See Types of Paper 6 1 1 A variety of other ways to print are available besides those introduced here Choose the printing method that suits your particular printing application referring to Working With Various Print Jobs and Enhanced Printing Options from the internet 4 Clear the topics you will not print and click the Apply button gt iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer EN i te a GPF User Manual Contents Wi Printing procedure Cing pein Working With Vari Enhanced Printing Options Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Enror Message Appendix M Gl he aes Tss imagePROGRAF Large Format Printer iPFxxxx Instruction Manual 1 Basic Printing Workflow 1 1 Printing procedure S LS S LS LS S S LS 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets The printer supports both rolls and sheets T
550. s a letter or number P 674 File read error P 671 GARO Wxxxx x represents a number P 674 GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range P 673 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported P 673 GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 P 673 Hard disk error P 671 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number P 674 Ink insufficient P 662 No ink left P 662 Ink tank is empty P 663 Insert the maintenance cartridge P 670 Insufficient paper for job P 653 Mail box full Now printing without saving data P 671 Mail box nearly full P 671 Maintenance cartridge full P 670 Maintenance cartridge problem P 670 Maximum jobs stored P 672 Multi sensor error P 675 No ink tank loaded P 663 No Maintenance Cartridge capacity P 670 No printhead P 669 No Roll Unit P 656 Not much ink is left P 663 Paper cutting failed P 659 Paper jam P 657 Paper loaded askew P 658 Paper size not detected P 652 Papr Type Mismatch P 650 PaprTypeMismatch P 650 Parts replacement time has passed P 675 PHead needs cleaning P 669 Prepare for maint cart replacement P 670 Prepare for parts replacement P 675 648 Error Message Responding to Messages Printhead error P 669 e Problem with Printhead P 669 e Regular printing is sel
551. s assigned to the printer and click the Set button Click OK after the Confirmation message dialog box is displayed Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Q Note To configure the IP address automatically choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select DHCP BOOTP or RARP e You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway Noah WN 470 Network Setting Network Setting Mac OS X Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Macintosh Specify the printer driver destination as follows if the printer s IP address is changed or if you will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection e If you switch to printing in an AppleTalk network see Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Networks Macintosh P 473 e If you switch to printing in a TCP IP network or if the printer s IP address is changed see Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh P 476 e If you switch to printing in a Bonjour network see Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network Macintosh P 479 Network Setting 471 Network Setting Mac OS X Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the AppleTalk network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name
552. s nici eovcicasccersecessntetasd deenteessCeemsaceotenendy sdeaneadsundeentuetedeeeane 330 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows sssssssssseseesseneessrrrrsserrnnnernnrnsrnereserrrnnnt 331 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X ssssesssssrrsesssrerssrrrrssrrrnnnernnresrnrressrrrnnnt 333 Conserving roll papet eesriie nean AREKE E EErEE EEE EEEREN EAEE 335 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees sssssssssseessrresssrrrnsrrernerrrneeesee 335 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Windows sssesssseessssrereessreeesee 336 Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeees 338 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins 008 341 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Windows 342 Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins Mac OS X 344 Checking Images Before Printing cccccccececeeceeeceeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetess 347 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing sccsiceiccccccts iocsesvdecsrenebedtncorsuuerieviaduvanoeeaiceens 347 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Windows cccessseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 349 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Mac OS X ccecseceeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 352 Other useful Settings iaee eE a AERE ia
553. s or images you prepare without a margin at actual size use an oversized paper size For example to print a A4 sized original without a margin at A4 size print it on paper larger than A4 size and cut away the excess margin Q Note e If you prepare an original for printing without a margin and print it on paper of regular size the image near the edge will not be printed Oversize The margin required by the printer is added around the outside of a regular paper size For example when printing a A4 sized original 210x297 mm you have the following options 210mm 210mm i 210mm q y f ooo i Mo oi n F 210 297mm 297mm a b a Regular paper size Gray area not printed b Page Size C Oversized paper size Print area matches the page size b O Important e When printing on oversize paper load paper larger than the page size a size that includes the margin required by the printer Sheets Load paper that is at least 6 mm 0 24 in wider and 26 mm 1 in higher than the page size e Rolls Load paper that is at least 6 mm 0 24 in wider and 6 mm 0 24 in higher than the page size e Paper larger than the maximum size supported by the printer cannot be used as paper for oversized printing P 109 Enhanced Printing Options 251 Printing at full size Q Note e Oversized printing selecting Oversize in Page Size is only available in Windows For oversized printing on sheets c
554. saved in the Print format are saved in the common box number 00 However jobs in this mail box will be deleted one after another starting with the oldest job in the following situations e If there are more than 101 saved jobs in the common box and job queue combined e If no more temporary storage space is available when jobs in the format Print or Print auto delete are received e If there is not enough space in the temporary or permanent storage area when jobs in the format Save in mail box are received You can move jobs to personal boxes 01 to 29 to prevent them from being deleted Up to 100 jobs can be stored here You can also move saved jobs from one personal box to another Common mail box Personal mail boxes You can move stored print jobs as follows Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS O Note e Jobs saved in personal boxes cannot be moved to the common box Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box g Remote UI English language Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx End User Mode Inbox List Hard Disk Free Space xxxGB Inbox No Inbox Name Document Count gt Device Manager 00 Common mail box 69 Soe Manase Ao Box 1 5 Print Job Stored Job 02 Box2 0 Print Log 5 ea Box3 0 gt Device Selection 04 Box4 0 Support Links 05 Box 5 0 06 Box6 0 07 Box7 0 os Box 8 0 09 Box9 0 10 Box 10 0 li Box 1
555. scrasa 558 Banding in different Colors OCCUIS sceeeeeeenee 626 Basic Environmental Performance secese 84 Packaging materials cccccseeeeeeeeesteeeeeees 84 PTI E E RE E T E 84 Basic Printing WOorkfloW ssssssssssirrsrinsrsnnesninnnenns 86 Before borderless printing move the blue platen SWIT Nienna eds a a 667 Blue platen switch is dirty 0seeeseeesseeeeeeseeee 667 Borderless Printing eessesssreseerresrrrrnnnseenneeernns 265 Borderless Printing at Actual Size 258 279 Borderless Printing ccceeeeeeeees 258 279 Borderless Printing Method 0 258 279 Print Image with Actual Size 259 280 Borderless Printing at Actual Size MAC OSX ses eeccect dees ite aenda nan aas 262 283 Borderless Printing at Actual Size WINGOWS ji i ieee ee 260 281 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the PROM Widi arasen deara aiaa aAa ele 272 Borderless Printing ccccseseseeeeeeeeeseeeees 272 Borderless Printing Method 272 Scale to fit Roll Paper Width ee 273 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width Mac OS X 0 ccceeeeeeeeeseeeteeeeeseeeeeees 276 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width WindOWS cccceeceeeeseeeseeeeesseeeeeees 274 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac OS X esseere 269 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match
556. se the details dialog box 4 To use the printer in remote printer mode start the print server To use the NetWare file server as the print server enter LOAD PSERVER NLM at the file server and press the Enter key Q Note e This procedure is not required when using queue server mode 464 Network Setting Network Setting Windows Use PCONSOLE to set up the print server if bindery queue server mode or remote printer mode is used 1 Log into NetWare as Supervisor and start PCONSOLE 2 Switch to bindery mode 3 If the print server has not been created create it 1 In Available Options select Quick Setup and press the Enter key 2 Enter the name of the new print server the new printer and the queue Q Note e The print server name will be required when configuring the printer s protocol settings Write down the print server name for future reference 4 Specify the printer type 1 To use the printer in queue server mode choose Other Unknown in Type To use remote printer mode set Printer Type to Parallel and Position to Manual Load 2 Press the Esc key 3 After the confirmation message is displayed choose Yes and press the Enter key 5 Set a password 1 In Available Options select Print Servers and press the Enter key 2 Select the print server created in step 2 and press the Enter key 3 Select Password and press the Enter key to display the password input dialog box 4 Enter the password and pr
557. seeeeeeeeeees 25 Printer information T L T LTE 68 Turning the printer off a cchedesnnces 26 Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and Turning the printer OM sscsssesescsesesseeseees 25 INK LOVES Svccssiesivezeassaseadennsaenatwerssaadeecossaodencernatyene 67 Types Of PAPEL cessscsssscccssssssssscseessssssessseeecscseseneee 104 Support Pane ante OS X icdeecccccscarecedccccssececveccrsecce 439 Accessing the Paper Reference Guide from Support Sheet Windows E T 407 imagePROGRAF Support Information DEEE 105 Switching Modes E E E ET 32 Updating Paper Information CET PE E E E 107 Switching the Printer Online Offline 0 32 Switching to Menu Mode cccceeeeeeeeeeneeeees 33 Index 685 Index U UNKNOWN Meccanico 675 Updating the Firmware 00 ececeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeee 606 Confirming the firmware version 606 Updating the Firmware sesser 606 Use another paper cccccecsccccceeseececeeeesseeeeerenses 665 Using Favorites x cisco ciceteneecneitss cctioaialedocedesedaeriasts 362 FaVOMMGS ccc EE N ne aes 362 Using Favorites Mac OS X 365 424 Using Favorites Windows s 363 379 Printing using the favorite 364 380 Registering a favorite ceeeeeeeees 363 379 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals 412 Edit Using PosterArtist 2 412 Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals WVINGOWS coraan aa danenateceeateey 413 Using Remoteu 00 0 2 ecccceeec
558. select this check box will display the color pattern C Apply to Sample Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the sample image Deyn Deyn Not available E Magenta F Yellow G Gray Tone H Brightness Adjust the overall image brightness as desired You can adjust the brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image that is the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it appears on the computer screen I Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other as desired Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper and reducing the Contrast softens images J Saturation Not available Q Note e For details on settings items see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 434 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Page Setup Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Page Setup pane For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file Printer _ iPFxxxx B Presets Standard iz Page Setup B o W praper Source Roll Paper Auto B a Brol Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter a ID M Enlarged Reduced Printing t EO Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 GS O scaling 100 5 5 600 US Letter H C Borderless Printing Jil Paper Size Match Page Size Ez ng C Print Centered
559. setting to use On Bonjour IP O R Specify the printer s IP address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask Specify the printer s subnet mask Specify the printer s subnet mask printer s subnet mask 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Gateway Address Specify the printer s default E 0 0 0 gateway LPD Printing Activate this setting to use LDP On Printing IPP Printing Activate this setting to use IPP On Printing IPP Printer URI Specify the URI of the printer printer used for IPP printing using up to 252 characters When using a standard Windows port for IPP printing enter an URL less than 255 bytes for all characters for http IP address IPP URI RAW Printing Activate this setting to use Raw On Printing 448 Network Setting RAW Mode Bi direction SMTP Server Address Specify the SMTP server s IP address Primary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server FTP Printing Activate this setting to use FTP Printing DNS Host Name DNS Domain Name Multicast DNS Service Name Network Setting Default Setting Activate this setting to use Raw mode bidirectional communication On 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Specify the printer host name NB 17FBXXXXXXXXXXXX up to 63 characters 1 63 characters Use single byte letters numbers and hyphens Do not use numbers or for the fir
560. settings 13 Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box in this case ISO A4 A Settings B Format for Paper Size D Orientation B B i Page Attributes iPFxxxx Canon iPPoox Letter 8 5 x11 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm Ti tet Th E Scale a EOD Cancel 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS Xy P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 361 Other useful settings Using Favorites You can register print settings as Favorites to reuse settings from a particular job that met your expectations or settings for a particular page size that you will use repeatedly Favorites Registering a favorite for later use You can choose the settings you have registered from a list before printing and you can check the settings details 0 Note e You can also save the favorite settings as files Using these files is a convenient way to print under the same conditions on another computer In Windows For instructions on using favorites to print refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Using Favorites Windows P 363 e Using Favorites Mac OS X P 365 362 Enhanced Printing Options Other useful settings Using Favorites
561. sheet 7 In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A2 Click Manual in the L Paper Source list Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A 7 Page Layout B Al 2 Pages Sheet GB se DA watermark Blconoenma FP Edit Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 6 50 in x 14 00 in E H JA s5 Rotate 180 degrees p w Lad No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper W copies 1 0 399 Reverse Order __Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel lI Apply Help 10 Select the A Page Layout check box 11 Click Poster 2 x 2 in the B Page Layout list Q Note Follow the steps below to print only a portion of the poster as divided for printing 1 Click C Set under B Page Layout to display the Pages to Print dialog box 2 On the Pages to Print dialog box clear the check boxes of the portion you do not want to print 3 Click OK to close the Pages to Print dialog box 12 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For instructions on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 323 Centering originals Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls When
562. size Advanced Adj Five sheets of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size or one sheet when using A2 or larger or two sheets when using A3 loaded lengthwise 544 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the Printhead Execute Auto Head Adj as follows 1 Oo oa Load paper e Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 e Loading Rolls in the Printer P 118 e Loading Sheets in the Printer P 150 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Loaaiejeot isse SOE Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the button Press A or YW to select Auto Head Adj and then press the button Press A or V to select Standard Adj or Advanced Adj and then press the gt button Press A or YW to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment Adjustment is now finished if you have printed on a roll or a sheet of A2 size or larger If you are printing on sheets smaller than A2 size for Advanced Adj a confirmation message is displayed asking you whether to continue printing Press the OK button and follow the instructions displayed Adjustments for Better Print Quality 545 Adjusting the Printhead Ean m m Manual Straightening of Lines and Colors Manual Head If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment adjust the Printhead alignment With Manual Head Adj you can manually adjust the Printhead alig
563. specify the page layout watermarks the orientation the number of copies and print processing options e Page Options Dialog Box Windows gt P 402 e Special Settings Dialog Box Windows P 403 Favorites Sheet Windows P 404 Groups of print settings you select on each sheet can be saved as a favorite Favorites you have added can be edited or used at the time of printing as desired 370 Windows Software Printer Driver e Utility Sheet Windows P 406 You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount as well as settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Support Sheet Windows P 407 You can view support information and the user manual Canon iPFxxxx Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Device Settings o Sa Canon iPFxxxx Location Comment Model Canon iPFxxxx Features Color Yes Paper available Double sided No Letter 8 5 x11 Staple No Speed Unknown Maximum resolution xxxx dpi Printing Preferences Print Test Page OK Cancel Apply e Device Settings Sheet Windows P 408 You can display settings for optional equipment installed on the printer and see the printer driver version imagePROGRAF Free Layout is a feature for freely arranging originals from various source applications on a single page as desired before printing For details see Free Layout Color imageRU
564. ssages regarding Ppapelr eeeesceceeeessteeeeeeenees 650 Messages regarding printheads ceeeeee 668 Messages regarding printing or adjusment 665 Messages regarding the hard disk 0 00 671 Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge 670 Moving Saved Jobs 0 ceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 516 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MAG OS E E E T 521 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor WINDOWS esei OE 519 Using RemoteUl ssnrrreserrrnsrirrerrrnnns 516 Multi sensor error ceceeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 675 Index N Naming Personal BOX S cccceeeeseeeeeteeeeeteeeees 498 Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor MAG OS vahenuutestevsnees tazests tradi uaea se 502 Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor VV INGOWS erori raia 500 Using Remoteul eceeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 498 Network Environment cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeees 441 Network Environment c cccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 442 System requirements n s eeen 441 Network Setting cccccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeee 441 Network Setting Mac OS X neeese 471 Network Setting Windows seesseeesseeeseeeeeeee 456 NO ink left ceriisnnnnnneaedaronn aodannan ae 662 No ink tank lOaded ccccceeececesesteeeeeesstteeeeeeeaaes 663 No Maintenance Cartridge capacity 0 ceee 670 INO PUMO derat eaten Gace diettis 669 No ROMUN I asec sendesaics d
565. sssseesssseesssrrnneerrnresrnrressrrrnene 667 Before borderless printing move the blue platen switch sessssssseesssrrssssrrnneernnresrreressrrrnnnt 667 BIW Plater switch IS Qiy ccnccorasnencasancasnwscmnawsand on a E E E R 667 Messages regarding printheads sccciccecccsestannencentnndeecdennsensccenebhexeremnnnneenabinande 668 Cannot adjust printhead goonies cp tac scene eacceuneccstcesacbenen been sae de ais eres eacerdaneustiesebefanzenebedas 668 Cannot adjust SAN cia ae areas secede tas ce Scale cdaretiantscnct amp Aa ana ARENE EEE NEREA EE EERE TaI EEEE ERARE EGAS 668 PHead needs cleaning x xcoaccarestecentsh sat qceveceetotepecs taaadbancaneninonnaeseanetaceadntenceenaiseaeasabacgepessoaneeeaadsd 669 Wrong Printhead ean E E cece cette eee e eee eter eter eter eee ta tee e eae ea eee eae eaee eae eae eae eaeaeaaaeeeaeeeeeeeea 669 Problem with Printhead cccccccccecccecccecccecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeetieetineteneeneeenes 669 PittM AQ SmOl snaar le cancadencectegeiteaes vop sadex cBeucenned areteceiv cogeucdacedenag E R 669 No printhead scssi a aa TEETE a a EA DEE ARAE E EET E 669 Messages regarding the maintenance CartridQe cccccccssssssessseeeeeeeeeeeeees 670 Insert the maintenance cartridge sssssssssssssssesrrrreseseeeenssnnnsrrrrrrrrnnnnrorrnnrnnnnnenrnnnnanneeeeennna 670 Wrong maintenance Cartridge gir theta co teeter ede eiiiai EEN E 670 Prepare for maint cart replacement
566. ssssseeeesssseesstrrssrrnrertnnttstttrssntrtnnrtnnnnnnnnen enee 673 GL2 W0504 This command is not supported eee ee eee eeeee eee eeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeecaaeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeees 673 Contents xi Contents Other Messages so iecccnttec socmed tide cececteeeueecueneidioeneecennnitdoteenacect taeupneecs sesmenteceuns 674 GARO Wxxxx x represents a number cec ce eeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaaeeeseenaeeeeeenaaes 674 ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter Or NUIMDEL 0 00 eee ee eeecceeeeeeteeeeteetaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeenees 674 Hardware error XXXXXXXX XXXX x represents a letter or number eee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeees 674 TOR COVEN IS OPE I ersinnen inenika aana aaeeea aeaaeai aaa Aaaa a T aa a E ain 674 Prepare for parts replaCemMe ntt eeecceceeeeencceeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaaaeeesnaaeseeeaaeeeeees 675 Parts replacement time has passed cceesccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaaeeenecaeeeeeeeeeeeeea 675 UNKNOWN File 2 eee eeeeeeecsecceeeeaeeeeeeeaeecaeeeeeececenecececeaececeecnecececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeess 675 Multi sensor error scicscsicanincitnstenesh darceenaietemaanacsisdncuceedasquuemananctmatsadulcucahdadneitoncileceuaageuerenmedanends 675 PHOPOM CURIS airesin pinigea e ia e aa aea a aaa aai 675 xii Contents How to use this manual Introduction How to use this manual About This User Manual Symbols The follo
567. st character or for the last character Specify the printer domain name up to 63 characters Use single byte letters numbers hyphens and periods Do not use numbers or for the first character or or for the last character Specify the printer s Multicast DNS service name 1 63 characters This name will be displayed when Bonjour functions are used Canon iPFxxxx XXXXXX T Click OK to display the Network page Q Note If you specify to configure the IP address using DHCP BOOTP or RARP there must be a server that supports such protocol running in the network e If you specify to configure the IP address using DHCP BOOTP or RARP the IP address obtained by this method is used first If you cannot obtain the IP address the address specified in IP Address is used e It takes a minute or two to determine whether DHCP BOOTP or RARP are available We recommend clearing check boxes of options you will not use e If you are using a DNS server select Enable DNS Dynamic Update and enter the IP Address for DNS servers DNS host name and DNS domain name in Primary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server Address DNS Host Name and DNS Domain Name respectively Network Setting 449 Network Setting Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the AppleTalk network settings 1 Start the web browser and e
568. stment dialog box you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to If an original comprises images graphics and text you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to Object Adjustment Graphics ABC 123456 7 Text OK Cancel f Defaults Help O Note e To display the Object Adjustment dialog box click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet Setting tem i escription A Image Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas such as photos C Text Select this option to apply color adjustment to text B Graphics Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics such as lines and circles 396 Windows Software Printer Driver Page Setup Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Page Setup sheet For details on settings items refer to the printer driver help file Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility A g Page Size Support Borderless Printing v Enlarged Reduced Printing ID O Fi Paper Size JE O Fit Rol Paper width IF O Scaling G 4 Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x 11 00 in Match Page Size le 100 H Orientation BBA O Landscape Ear 8 50 in x 11 00 in i A Portrait Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper as DD Paper Source Ml Rol Paper width Roll Paper Aut
569. su Front a Top Cover Open this cover to install the Printhead load paper and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer as needed P 16 b Ejection Guide Guides printed documents as they are ejected Open this guide when loading a roll c Roll Holder Slot Slide the Roll Holder into this slot d Roll Holder Load the roll on this holder e Protective Cloth for Sheets A cloth tray that catches ejected sheets f Paper Feed Slot When loading a roll insert the edge of the roll paper here You can load rolls in two positions on the printer side in the Roll 1 Upper position and on the roll unit side in the Roll 2 Lower position g Holder Stopper Secure rolls on the Roll Holder with this part h Ink Tank Cover Open this cover to replace an Ink Tank P 19 i Control Panel Use this panel to operate the printer and check the printer status P 21 Printer Parts 13 Printer parts m 14 Printer Parts Release Lever Releases the Paper Retainer Lift this lever toward the front of the printer when loading paper Maintenance Cartridge Ink used for maintenance purposes such as head cleaning is absorbed Replace the cartridge when it is full Carrying Handles When carrying the printer have six people hold it by these handles under both sides Maintenance Cartridge Cover Open this cover to replace the Maintenance Cartridge Stand A stand that holds the printer Equipped with casters to facilitate movi
570. t Open Preview When Print Job Starts _ Status Monitor _ About _ Defautts OK Cancel JI Apply iat Help O Important e Confirm the type of paper loaded in the printer and specify the same type in the printer driver If the type of paper does not match an error message is displayed and the printing quality may be affected or printing may not be possible e The paper is too small P 651 e Papr Type Mismatch P 650 Online fe Glossy Photo 2Plain Paper 9 Send the print job e Printing in Windows P 96 e Printing in Mac OS X P 97 Start printing 92 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure Loading and Printing on Sheets These are the basic steps for loading sheets and then printing Follow the steps below to load and print on sheets Q Note e For details on supported types and sizes of paper see Paper Sizes or the Paper Reference Guide P 109 P 104 1 Turn the printer on P 25 Basic Printing Workflow 93 Printing procedure 3 Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows P 224 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X P 226 4 Send the print job e Printing in Windows P 96 e Printing in Mac OS X P 97 94 Basic Printing Workflow Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in
571. t Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations lt gt DB Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set Printer G M PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print 9 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 10 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 11 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard E Page Setup KA z Miraper Source Roll Paper Auto DE JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter Dw Enlarged Reduced Printing EO Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width AnoScale 100 JO Scaling 100 141 5 600 US Letter A C Borderless Printing Ji Paper Size Match Page Size EJ E Gi L Print Centered R ma el _ No Spaces at Top or Bottom ea eo C Rotate Page 90 degrees PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print 12 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 Enhanced Printing Options 319 Tiling and multiple pages per sheet 13 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper W
572. t Settings optimized for fast printing of CAD drawings CAD B W Line Drawing Settings optimized to print black lines in CAD drawings clearly CAD High Accuracy Settings optimized for attractive printing of highly precise documents such as CAD drawings with smooth lines and small text 174 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing CAD Drawings Poster Notice Announcement Settings optimized for printing announcements such as wall newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text 4 3D CAD GIS Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings perspective drawings and maps including GIS maps Q Note You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings e You can also fine tune these values as needed Advanced Settings For details on Advanced Settings see Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing P 211 For instructions on printing line drawings and text refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows P 176 e Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X P 178 Working With Various Print Jobs 175 Printing CAD Drawings Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example e Document CAD drawing e Page size A3 297 0 420 0 mm 11 7 16 5 in e Paper Roll e Paper typ
573. t waiting for ink to dry after printing Stopped automatically As you support the at the cut position document to prevent it from dropping cut by pressing the Stop button Select Eject O Important e When cutting wide printed documents after ejection have two people support the documents If the paper drops printed documents may be damaged Do not lift the paper when holding printed documents before cutting If the paper rises it may affect the printing quality 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or V to select Cutting Mode and then press the gt button Press A or to select Eject and then press the OK button Start printing ou kh WN Roll paper is fed to the specified cut position and then automatically stopped J As you support the printed document to prevent it from dropping hold down the Stop button for at least a second to cut the roll 140 Handling Paper Handling rolls Manual when using media that cannot be cut using the Cutter Unit ou kh WN J f ri N 4 A 7 S d yj A N l x6 p j fT uy a Select Manual Print Feed paper to the cut Rewind paper by pressing position by pressing the the Online button Online button and cut manually Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Press A
574. t Size P 265 Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width P 272 Borderless Printing at Actual Size P 258 I Paper Size Choose the size of the paper you will print on Click Display all selections for Paper Size to list available sizes For details on available paper sizes see Paper Sizes P 109 Mac OS X Software 435 Printer Driver Setting Item esecription O J Print Centered Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper Printing Originals Centered on Rolls P 324 Printing Originals Centered on Sheets P 330 K No Spaces at Top or Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above Bottom and below printable data in documents which enables you to conserve the paper Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins P 341 L Rotate Page 90 degrees Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 90 degrees before printing Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees P 335 436 Mac OS X Software Printer Driver Utility Pane Mac OS X The following settings are available on the Utilitypane Printer _iPFxxxx i Presets Standard mw Utility a Flmages Size Perform printer maintenance j is wl Set Start Printmonitor to display print job status and other information Letter 8 5 x11 Bi View Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 Configure Color
575. t calibrated correctly you may not obtain the desired printing results For instructions on monitor calibration refer to the documentation for your monitor and operating system For instructions on color adjustment refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows gt P 205 e Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Mac OS X P 208 204 Enhanced Printing Options Adjusting Images Fine Tuning Colors of Photos and Images Windows You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets This topic describes how to fine tune the color tone of photos before printing 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed amp Canon iPPoox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EMES x Get Information ic Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics IEL_ViewSettnas e Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor I
576. t contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor _ About Defaults 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fx Printing Preferences n Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing E vV Enlarged Reduced Printing DM O Fi Paper Size JE O Fi Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x 11 00 in G BY Paper Size Match Page Size a 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in HAO W LA Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper E Paper Source Roll Paper Auto x 1M Rol Paper width 17 in Roll 431 8mm z N Roll Paper Options Output Method Size Options __Defauts _ OK l Cancel JI Apply Help 7 In the A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified in the application In this case click ISO A4 Enhanced Printing Options 325 Centering originals 8 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 9
577. t jobs e Print Save print jobs automatically at the same time they are printed This is the default format e Print auto delete Save print jobs temporarily at the same time they are printed and delete them after printing Save in mail box Save print jobs on the printer If you choose Save in mail box also specify the destination personal box in the Mail box list Q Note e Click Acquire Mail Box Name to display personal box names in the Mail box list as acquired from the printer Save data before printing This option is available in combination with Print Print auto delete and Save in mail box Print jobs are saved on the hard disk and then printed 486 Hard Disk Hard Disk 4 In Name of data to be saved specify how to name saved print jobs e To use the file name choose Use file name e Otherwise choose Enter name and enter a name in Name 5 Click OK to close the Output Method dialog box Hard Disk 487 Hard Disk Using the printer driver Mac OS 1 Access the Additional Settings pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard ix fimages size Data Send Method Send Print Data Immediately to Printer O Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer ae Send job to ISO A4 Print 4 Actual Size Print auto delete ISO A4 O Save in mail box C Save data before printing PDF v Preview Cancel Print 2 In Send job to choose the format for saved p
578. t jobs that are printed after you clear the error are deleted 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU LoadiElect free my m OMS 2 Press A or Y to select System Setup and then press the gt button 3 Press A or Y to select Save Shared Box and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Off and then press the OK button Hard Disk 489 Hard Disk ss Managing Queued Jobs Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs Print jobs can be deleted or their printing order changed to print them immediately depending on their status You can determine the status of print jobs in Windows by checking the Control Panel RemoteUI or imagePROGRAF Status Monitor and on a Macintosh computer by checking imagePROGRAF Printmonitor e Deleting queued print jobs You cannot manually delete jobs that are already in the process of being deleted e Preempting other jobs Print jobs that are being received or prepared for printing can be selected for preemptive printing Print Print job job You can manage queued print jobs as follows e Using the Control Panel P 491 e Using RemoteUI P 491 e Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows P 492 e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Macintosh P 492 490 Hard Disk Using the Control Panel 1 Press the Menu button to display Menu Durng Prtng A a oases x Stop Load Eject 150c ORO 2 You can manage queued jobs as follows e Deleting queued
579. t media not compatible with Auto Band Adj you must adjust the feed amount manually P 556 If additional fine tuning is necessary after Auto Band Adj use Fine Band Adj P 558 To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length for example specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed amount P 559 e This may take some time depending on the type of paper e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing Paper to Prepare An unused roll at least 10 inches wide Sheets Standard Adj One sheet of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size Advanced Adj Two sheets of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size or one sheet when using A2 or larger Execute Auto Band Adj as follows 1 Load paper e Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 e Loading Rolls in the Printer P 118 e Loading Sheets in the Printer gt P 150 O Note e Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper 2 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Loaaieject Huse 3 Press A or Y to select Adjust Printer and then press the gt button 4 Press A or Y to select Auto Band Adj and then press the gt button 5 Press A or Y to select Standard Adj or Advanced Adj and
580. t the printer in the dialog box and then open the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DEMAS Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts Status Monitor About LDefauts Ee a e 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Plain Paper 5 Select the printing application in the E Print Target list 6 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences a Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 B Borderless Printing E vV Enlarged Reduced Printing DM O Fi Paper Size JE O Fi Roll Paper width IF O Scaling Letter 8 5 x11 x i 8 50 in x 11 00 in G BY Paper Size Match Page Size a 00 Letter 8 5 x11 JE Orientation 8 50 in x 11 00 in HAO W LA Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Sou
581. tails on downloading and updating the firmware visit the Canon website 606 Maintenance Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions This section presents frequently asked questions and answers To view more detailed explanations click the hyperlinks in the answer column S SC estion CS Answer How do print on a roll How do print on a sheet How do switch between printing on rolls and sheets How do I change the paper type or size How do cut the roll paper after printing How do print without borders When printing on rolls after loading the roll specify the paper type and length both on the Control Panel and in the printer driver gt Loading and Printing on Rolls P 89 When printing on sheets specify the paper type and size in the printer driver before loading the paper gt Loading and Printing on Sheets P 93 Press the Feeder Selection button to switch the paper source between the roll and a sheet gt Selecting the Paper Source P 112 Specify the type and size of paper both on the Control Panel and in the printer driver Specifying it in the printer driver gt Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver gt P 223 Specifying it on the Control Panel Selecting the paper type gt Selecting the Paper Type Roll P 113 gt Selecting the Paper Type Sheet P 149 Selecting the paper s
582. ted in the A Favorites E Application Settings Priority Activate this setting to use settings values specified in the source application in preference to favorite settings selected in the A Favorites when clicking D Apply Favorite For details on the settings items used in preference refer to the printer driver help F Delete Click to delete the selected favorite from the A Favorites list G Edit Click to display the Edit dialog box which enables you to change the name and icon for the favorite selected in the A Favorites list H Add Click to display the Add dialog box which enables you to add the current print settings as a favorite By ss5eP75B lt gt Comment OK Cancel Help I Import Click to display the Open dialog box which enables you to import favorite settings saved as a file J Export Click to display the Save As dialog box which enables you to save the favorite settings as a file 404 Windows Software Printer Driver Setting item Ciescription O Click to move the selected favorite up in the A Favorites list Click to move the selected favorite down in the A Favorites list Windows Software 405 Printer Driver Ean age m Utility Sheet Windows The following settings are available on the Utilitysheet For details on the utilities refer to the relevant utility help Canon iPFxxxx Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support M
583. ter Information on the Main pane to update the printer information Printer Presets H Size Letter 8 5 x11 Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 _ PDF wv Preview iPFxxxx iz Standard B Main B aC se D Easy Settings E lB prin Target Default Settings gt Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics View set Printer M Print Standard Cancel 12 Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specified in C Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog A Settings B Format for ke Paper Size I Orientation E Scale 13 Specify additional printing conditions For details on available printing conditions box in this case 10 x12 Page Attributes iz iPFxxxx Bg Canon iPFoox Letter 8 5 x11 iE 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm PAE 100 see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS Xy P 418 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 Working With Various Print Jobs 167 Printing Photos and Images Printing Photos in Monochrome Printing Photos in Monochrome The following settings are available for monochrome printing Advanc
584. ter Mode Using a NDS Print Server 1 In Print Server Name enter the advertising name of the print server created in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 463 Usually the advertising name is the same as the name of the print server 2 In Printer Number enter the same printer number specified in Specifying NetWare Print Services P 463 11 Click OK to display the Network page 12 Click Reset to activate the settings For a list of NetWare protocol settings items see Configuring the Printer s NetWare Network Settings P 451 Q Note e If you use RemoteUl to display the print log in RPrinter or NPrinter mode the document and user information cannot be obtained Thus Document Name only indicates Unknown and the User Name information is identified as RPRINTER NPRINTER Network Setting 467 Network Setting Windows Configuring NetWare Network Settings To print over a NetWare network configure the network environment as follows Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings 1 Specify the Ethernet frame type for communication between the printer and computers For instructions see Specifying the Printer s Frame Type P 461 2 Specify the NetWare print services including the print server and queue For instructions see Sp
585. ter and operating system Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows P 281 Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X P 283 280 Enhanced Printing Options Borderless Printing Borderless Printing at Actual Size Windows This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example e Document Any Type e Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm e Paper Roll e Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper e Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Create the original in the source application 3 mm 0 12 in larger on each side than 254 0x304 8 mm 10x12 in that is 260 0 310 8 mm 10 2 12 2 in Q Note If you can specify the margin as in Microsoft Word set the margin at 0 mm For instructions on specifying the margin refer to the software documentation The extra 3 mm 0 12 in on each side will not be printed Create the original so that it fits inside the paper area to be printed on Choose Print in the application menu Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 AON Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Al Media Type EEE Get Information he Advanced Settings Dy Easy Settings E Print Target Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast
586. ter it is finished being advanced you can resume printing Q Note You can ensure that the edge is cut neatly by selecting Paper Cutting in the printer menu P 139 134 Handling Paper Handling rolls Feeding Roll Paper Manually When the printer is offline you can advance or retract the roll on the Platen by pressing A or V Press the Online button to bring the printer offline Confirm that a roll is selected as the paper source P 112 ON Press the A or V button to advance or retract the roll Press A to retract the roll manually Press W to advance the roll manually Q Note e Holding down A or for less than a second moves the roll about 1 mm 0 04 in Holding down A or YW for more than a second moves the roll until you release the button Release the button when the Display Screen indicates End of paper feed Cannot feed paper more Handling Paper 135 Handling rolls Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left If you have activated automatic monitoring of the remaining roll paper when the roll is ejected a barcode with text is printed on the roll paper that identifies the type of paper and amount left When this function is activated and barcodes are printed on the roll paper the type of paper and amount left are automatically detected after rolls are loaded The barcode will be cut off after it has been read z 8 88 8 8 EN E oo m E 88 8 a E 88 8 um a a a oo a An 8 E 88
587. terArtist to Compose Originals Windows cescceeeeeseteeeeteeseeeeteseeeeeteeaaeeees 413 Device Setup Utility casas cciansrecevaesequudetencnsucstanapnvectelaeneduau sanieenieecestacccceamsShn et 415 imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility sencccacscencccesaddccneessscnecenvecetesceeadenceulievacyadensaccanteeeaiideensvabers 415 Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility cece eeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeneees 416 Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 00 eee 417 Mac OS X Software 418 Printer Drivelan nde ma aa E E E E Ai 418 Printer Driver Settings Mac OS X ccccacstacsactcesaidecsspeas teceneaiaevecenssiaceopenasuammndadacedeuaascatedeetaardcens 418 Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Mac OS X s ssssssssssssrrnssssrnerrrrrerssrrrnsrrrnnnrrrennssrrersnt 419 Confirming Print Settings Mac OS A cissscsacnaccanicacaxcatenacicanesaanansauntesatneaanmbislions tentuadusnagumetenteds 421 Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing Mac OS X seessessesssssrrsesernnererrerssrrrrsene 423 Using Favorites Mac OSX ccvelcicvertis2ccactigusccaateacccaneecnsceasannsatenaisiaaiesatece dceahestiadeeaiaertactanoianenss 424 Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications Mac OS X ssessessseeeeeeereeerenne 425 Maiti Pane Mae OS X EE 426 Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box Mac OS X eeceeccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeees 429 Media Detailed
588. text in printed documents However the quality may not be sufficient when printing photos or images that require a lot of color coverage In this case choose Image instead Office Document Choose this setting for better legibility of documents combining text and graphics such as documents and presentation material created with typical office applications 1 Options suitable for the selected type of paper are listed under Print Priority Enhanced Printing Options 211 Adjusting Images Print Quality Choose the print quality The printing mode is determined by a combination of the print quality and resolution Print Quality 7 Print Priority A setting for printing at the highest resolution when quality is most important Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in other modes but this mode offers superior printing quality Choose this setting to print at high resolution when quality is Image most important Line Drawing Text Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in Standard or Draft modes but this mode offers exceptional printing quality Standard Choose this setting to print at standard resolution when quality Image and speed are both important Line Drawing Text Printing takes less time than in Highest or High mode Office Document Draft Choose this setting to print faster Image Printing in draft mode can help you work more efficiently when Line Drawing Text check
589. the Printhead Follow these steps to replace the Printhead Failure to follow this procedure may cause ink to leak from the Printhead resulting in stains A caution e When replacing the Printhead immediately after printing wait a few minutes before replacing it The metal parts of the Printhead become hot during printing and there is a risk of burns from touching these parts Q Note N OGUA e Prepare a new Ink Tank when ink levels are low e Your hands may become dirty during Printhead replacement Use the gloves provided with the new Printhead for replacement Choose On in Auto Print to have the printer automatically adjust the Printhead alignment after replacement of the Printhead P 53 If the roll is not ejected because of the cutting method selected cut it manually and remove it P 366 Clean inside the Top Cover P 597 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Loaaiejeot 180E ORO Press A or to select Maintenance and then press the gt button Press A or to select Replace P head and then press the gt button Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button Ink is now filled After about two minutes a message is shown on the Display Screen instructing you to open the Top Cover Open the Top Cover Instructions are now shown on the Display Screen regarding Printhead replacement 580 Maintenance Printheads 8 If the Printhead Fixer Cove
590. the Roll Paper Width list in this case click 10 in Roll 254 0mm 12 Click OK to close the Information dialog box 13 In C Borderless Printing Method click F Print Image with Actual Size 14 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Windows P 374 Enhanced Printing Options 261 Printing at full size Borderless Printing at Actual Size Mac OS X This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example Document Any Type Page size 10x12 inches 254 0x304 8 mm Borderless Paper Roll Paper type Heavyweight Coated Paper Roll paper width 10 inches 254 0 mm 1 Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box A Settings Page Attributes E B Format for _ iPFxxxx HJ Canon iPPoox fe Paper Size Letter 8 5 x11 B 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm D Orientation icy ie I scale 100 _ E Cancel 0K Select the printer in the B Format for list O N In the C Paper Size list choose a paper size supported for borderless printing Here click 10 x12 Borderless OQ Note e Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by Borderless Click F OK to close the dialog box In the application create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size Choose Print in the application menu
591. the Shaft Cleaner on the right side of the Carriage by the grips a and pull it toward you to remove it O Important Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them T After removing the cap of the new Shaft Cleaner hold it by the grips a and attach it to the Carriage Push the Shaft Cleaner until it clicks into place Q Note e Attach the cap from the new Shaft Cleaner on the used one Be sure to put the used Shaft Cleaner in the small box before putting it in the larger box with the used Maintenance Cartridge for disposal 592 Maintenance Maintenance Cartridge 8 Close the Top Cover The Carriage is moved and the printer goes online Maintenance 593 Maintenance Cartridge Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity The Maintenance Cartridge absorbs excess ink from borderless printing printhead cleaning and other processes You can confirm the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge by checking the Maintenance Cartridge capacity shown on the Display Screen Press the Information button to display the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge on the Display Screen Maint cart I Capacity 100 If the Display Screen indicates to replace the Maintenance Cartridge replace the Maintenance Cartridge Ifa message is displayed indicating to check the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge
592. the User Software CD ROM provided with the printer as follows O Important e In Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista Windows Server 2008 you must log on with administrative rights equivalent to the Administrator account 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM in the CD ROM drive 2 On the Setup Menu window click Install Individual Software 3 Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility 4 Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation Network Setting 469 Network Setting Windows Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility From a computer running Windows you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the printer to configure the printer s IP address This topic describes how to configure the IP address using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Important To configure network settings you must be logged in with administrative rights such as Administrator account We recommend that your network administrator configure the network settings For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility see Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility P 416 Start inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu In the Product Name list displayed select the printer to configure Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu In the Setting IP Address list choose Manual Enter the IP addres
593. the paper source follow the instructions on the printer control panel to enter the paper size 334 Enhanced Printing Options Conserving roll paper Conserving roll paper Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper When originals are printed in portrait orientation the original is rotated 90 degrees before printing if it fits within the roll width This enables you to conserve paper O Important e If the page would exceed the roll paper width after rotation use this function with Scale to fit Roll Paper Width to print rotated pages For tips on conserving roll paper refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Windows P 336 e Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees Mac OS X gt P 338 Enhanced Printing Options 335 Conserving roll paper Windows Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing based on the following example e Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper Width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in This example illustrates how to rotate a
594. the print job to cancel and click to delete the print job XXX XXX XXX XXX 3 Printer Ready Be Ready Driver Hard Disk u gt a a D Utility Support men 2 al E sample txt XXXXXXXX Printing The job sent to the printer is canceled 5 Exit imagePROGRAF Printmonitor In the printer window click Start Jobs O Important e Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs from imagePROGRAF Printmonitor If you do not restart job processing the next job cannot be printed Canceling print jobs from the Control Panel Otherwise you can cancel jobs on the Control Panel if they are being received by the printer or are currently being printed 1 If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data lamp continues flashing hold down the Stop button for a second or more to stop printing Basic Printing Workflow 103 Paper Handling Paper Paper Types of Paper For information on the types of paper the printer supports such as plain paper coated paper glossy photo paper proofing paper and CAD paper refer to the Paper Reference Guide The Paper Reference Guide identifies types of paper and gives specifications printer driver settings and tips on handling paper See Paper Reference Guide By downloading the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website you can make sure the p
595. the printer information Printer iPFxxxx B Presets Standard B Main E BC Get Information gc Set Di Easy Settings iz Bprint Target Default Settings Letter 8 5 x11 Draft 0 Actual Size Office Document Letter 8 5 x11 Poster Photos p p3 Poster Text Illustrations v Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of text photographs and graphics F View set 1 Printer PDF v Preview Standard Cancel Print Note e A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications For details on available printing conditions see Printer Driver Settings Mac OS XY P 418 Enhanced Printing Options 227 Printing enlargements or reductions Printing enlargements or reductions Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired Enlarged Reduced Printing Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver as desired Fit Paper Size Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using For instructions on resizing originals to match the paper size refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Windows P 229 e Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size Mac
596. then press the gt button 554 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the feed amount 6 Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button A test pattern is printed for band adjustment Adjustment is now finished if you have printed on a roll or on sheets of A2 size or larger T If you are printing on sheets smaller than A2 size for Standard Adj a confirmation message is shown on the Display Screen requesting you to continue printing Press the OK button and follow the instructions on the Display Screen Adjustments for Better Print Quality 555 Adjusting the feed amount Manual Band Adjustment Manual Band Adj If printed images are affected by banding in different colors adjust the amount that paper is fed Use Manual Band Adj for transparent media or other paper for which adjustment with Auto Band Adj is not possible We recommend automatic adjustment for other types of paper P 554 Always check the Feed Priority setting before using Manual Band Adj P 553 O Note e If additional fine tuning is necessary after Manual Band Adj use Fine Band Adj P 558 e Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing Paper to Prepare An unused roll at least 10 inches wide Sheets Two sheets of unused paper of at least A4 Letter size Execute Manual Band Adj as follows 1 Load paper e Attaching the Roll Holder to Rolls P 115 e Loading Rolls in the Printer
597. ting Workflow as an example Printing a group of topics in the manual When you access printable HTML versions of the content from section titles in the table of contents you can specify a group of topics to print 1 Click a section title in the table of contents Here Basic Printing Workflow is used as an example E Go iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help wa Errox User Manual Canon Contents Working With Various Print Jobs Enhanced Printing Options Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Eror Message Appendix Ee M D dh E Page G tools Large Format Printer f Instruction Manual Home Printing on rolls Printing on sheets end so on Working With Various Printing CAD Drawings Tin Jie Printing Photos and Images and so on Basic Printing Worktiow Handling Paper Adjustments te Better Print Quality Enlargement and reduction Borderless printing Conserving paper and so on Printer Driver HDI driver Print Plug In for Word Status Monitor Eree Layout Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Preview and so on Printmonitor Free Layout Color imageRUNNER ement Preview and so on How to use this manual imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx ST as Types of paper Roll paper Sheets and so on Adjusting the Printhead
598. ting enlargements or reductions 228 Printing in Mac OS Xosteiiernsirsss ians uetan 97 Printing from the application software 97 Registering the printer c cccceeeeseeeseeeteneees 97 Printing in WING OWS issiria aaa 96 Printing 1S Tal Mt ersten pilosa Ge 621 Printing Large Posters WindOwS 0 cceee 322 Printing Line Drawings and Text 174 Easy Settings arinean 174 PUN TANG Gl etvcctre E E meee 174 Print targets for line drawings and text 174 Printing Line Drawings and Text Mac OS X 178 Printing Line Drawings and Text Windows 176 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other 304 Free Layout Windows ccceeeeeestteeeeeees 304 imagePROGRAF Free Layout Macintosh 305 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other Mao OS X areeni aanak 308 Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other WINGOWS scfecs ccduney i esanei asaan enpi aada 306 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously 6 310 Roll paper banner eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 310 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously M t OS X scabs cecededi acca nuina 313 Printing Multiple Pages Continuously WIUMCOWS sas surasane annens eeraa atsua 311 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet eeee 315 Page LAY OU seseriai a S 315 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Mac OS X 318 Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet Windows 316 Printing Office Document
599. ting on Rolls Enhanced Printing Options gt Loading and Printing on Sheets Windows Software Mac OS X Software E Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Eror Message Appendix 8 Introduction How to use this manual The topics in Printing Procedure are displayed together in HTML format ready for printing iPPoox User Manual Windows Internet Explorer v x Live Sea IJE T Go e File Edit View Favorites Tools Help d poa Z PF xxx User Manual Contents sic Printing W Printing procedure Canceling print j B Working With Varii B Enhanced Printing Options Windows Software Mac OS X Software Handling Paper Adjustments for Better Print Quality Printer Parts Network Setting Maintenance Troubleshooting Emor Message Appendix Sh Ge prow Grow ImagePROGRAF Large Format Printer iPFxxxx Instruction Manual 1 Basic Printing Workflow 1 1 Printing procedure Display sles topic APPIY Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets Loading and Printing on Rolls Printing in Windows Printing in Mac OS X Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver Windows Specifying P x Printer Driver Mac OS X Using the Stationary Output Stacker S S S S S S S LS 1 1 1 Basic Printing Workflow gt Printing procedure gt Printing Option
600. ting surface e If the paper is wrinkled or warped straighten it out before loading it e Load the roll so that there is no gap between the right edge of the paper and the Roll Holder Handling Paper 123 Handling rolls 6 Position the Wheeled Output Stacker by the printer gt P 159 7 Press the OK button The paper is now advanced After you load a roll the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the type of paper on the Display Screen At this point specify the type of paper P 113 124 Handling Paper Handling rolls u Removing the Roll from the Printer Remove rolls from the printer as follows Q Note e If the Wheeled Output Stacker is installed remove it in advance P 159 e If you need to cut a printed roll select Paper Cutting in the printer menu and cut the roll at the desired position P 139 e If you have selected Media Menu gt ManageRemainRoll gt On in the printer menu a barcode indicating the amount of paper left is printed on the leading edge of the roll However barcodes are not printed on some types of paper and only a text message indicating paper information is printed i 8 OB E EENE ag fal eE E E E 88 E 88 E E 2 rT 5 an mE 88 8 E jl A iS m a rT Tri Plain Paper xx xm A caution If you have activated automatic monitoring of the remaining roll paper do not remove the roll before the barcode is printed You will be unable to manage the am
601. tinues printing P 146 Basic Printing Workflow 87 Printing procedure Sheet printing Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes Insert the sheet between the Platen and the Paper Retainer e Enlarged reduced printing You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing P 228 P 234 P 240 e Free Layout Windows and inmagePROGRAF Free Layout Macintosh Print multiple documents from multiple applications such as word processing programs spreadsheet programs and so on next to each other P 304 88 Basic Printing Workflow Printing procedure 3 Loading and Printing on Rolls These are the basic steps for loading and printing on rolls Follow the steps below to switch to a new roll or a roll of a different type or width before printing Q Note The procedure varies depending on the ManageRemainRoll setting in the printer menu and whether or not a barcode has been printed on the loaded roll P 136 Steps 6 and 7 are unnecessary if ManageRemainRoll is On and a barcode has been printed on the roll Step 7 is unnecessary if ManageRemainRoll is Off e If the Wheeled Output Stacker is installed remove it in advance P 159 e When Width Detection in the printer menu is Off after you have selected the type of paper in step 6 you will need to enter the roll width P 53 e For details on supported sizes and types of rolls see Pape
602. tion threshold or choose Off to disable skew detection However if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen P 561 Specify this option to print inside boundaries or in other cases when specifying a particular starting position for printing Paper width and skew are not detected if you select Off If paper is loaded askew note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur Specify the minimum margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure better printing quality at the leading edge Note that if you choose 3mm it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy The printed surface may be scratched and ink may adhere to the leading edge It may also cause the Platen to become soiled Choose the cutting speed If you use adhesive paper choosing Slow helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp If a roll is loaded the end of the paper will be cut Specify whether or not to cut with the standard round bladed cutter Choose Automatic to have the roll cut automatically after printing If you choose Manual the paper will not be cut after printing Instead a line will be printed at the cut position Choose Eject if you prefer not to have documents dropped immediately after printing as when waiting for ink to dry Printer Parts 55 Control Panel
603. tions Defaults Output Method Size Options OK Cancel J Apply Help In A Page Size click the size of the original as specified in the application software In this case click ISO A2 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list in this case ISO A2 A3 Roll 420 0mm Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support v Page Layout B B 2Pages Shest o JE CONFIDENTIAL v FP Edit Watermark Set Watermark Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in 4 ze Rotate 180 degrees No Spaces at Top or Bottom Conserve Paper Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in 18 1 999 Reverse Order _ Page Options _ Special Settings Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help Select the D Watermark check box 12 Click FILE COPY in the E Watermarks list OQ Note To create your own original watermark click F Edit Watermark Refer to the printer driver help for instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own 13 Confirm the print settings and print as desired Q Note e For tips on confirming print s
604. tly detected Check ink tank gt 2 Press A or YW to select Information and then press the OK button 4 Please check L Check Information 3 A confirmation message is shown on the Display Screen about disabling ink level detection After checking the message press the gt button Tank once emptied is used Printing stopped due to ink level unknown 4 After checking the message press the button To continue you must release ink level detection o Troubleshooting 645 Other problems 5 10 Press A or Y to select Yes and then press the OK button 4 Cancel Check the message and press the gt button Release ink level detection after confirming that ink is in ink tank Check the message and press the gt button Canon is not liable for damages due to ink tank filling o Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button lt 4 Agree A confirmation message about updating ink information is shown on the Display Screen After checking the message press the gt button Disable ink level detection Perform after use of ink tank was registered gt Press A or to select Yes and then press the OK button Ink level detection is now disabled and the printer goes online 646 Troubleshooting Responding to Messages Error Message Responding to Messages Responding to Mess
605. to 80 This does not indicate a problem with the printer The printhead nozzles are clogged Check for nozzle clogging P 577 644 Troubleshooting Other problems Ink level detection Ink level detection will be deactivated if you load ink tanks once emptied Ink level detection Ink tanks specified for this printer feature an ink level detection function to prevent the ink from running out during printing which prevents printer damage P 562 This function will not work correctly if you use refill ink tanks As a result printing stops Thus before using refill ink tanks you must cancel the ink level detection Printing with the ink level detection canceled may lead to printer damage and printing problems Canon Inc is not liable for any damage that may occur as a result of refilling ink Ay saion e After ink level detection has been disabled this function cannot be reactivated for the currently loaded Ink Tank To use ink level detection again replace the Ink Tank with a new ink tank specified for use with the printer e Repeatedly removing and inserting an Ink Tank may damage the connection between the Ink Tank and the printer which may cause ink leakage from the Ink Tank and damage the printer Disabling ink level detection 1 On the Display Screen a message indicates that the ink level cannot be detected After checking the message press the gt button Remaining level of the ink cannot be correc
606. to suit the images of monochrome photos Choose cool black tinged with blue pure black neutral warm black tinged with red and so on Select the color tone in the color region or from the list Brightness Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest portions intact Contrast Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other For soft gradation decrease the contrast For hard gradation increase the contrast Adjust the level of color saturation in a range from subdued to vivid 202 Enhanced Printing Options Matching You can choose the color matching mode and method Adjusting Images By adjusting the color matching mode and method you can make printed colors match the colors of on screen images more closely Matching Mode Description nos Driver Matching Mode Color adjustment based on the original color profile of the printer driver ICC Matching Mode Color adjustment based on ICC color profiles an international standard using the printer driver Driver ICM Mode Color adjustment based on the standard Windows ICM function The printer driver adjusts the colors Host ICM Mode Color adjustment based on the standard Windows ICM function Windows adjusts the colors ColorSync Color adjustment based on the standard Mac OS ColorSync function Mac OS adjusts the colors Off No Correction No color matching This is the
607. tom Paper Size you registered 1 Start Microsoft Word 2 Choose Page Setup from the File menu to display the Page Setup dialog box 3 Under Paper Size click the Custom Paper Size you registered My Horizontal Banner in this example Important If My Horizontal Banner is not listed make sure this printer is selected as the printer to use e In applications such as Microsoft PowerPoint that do not enable you to choose registered paper sizes use the custom paper size setting in Custom and specify 100x500 mm 3 9 19 7 in 4 Set the printing orientation to horizontal 5 Create the banner Q Note e To create an original for large format printing in Microsoft Word you can use the imagePROGRAF Print Plug In for Word and follow simple instructions in the form of a wizard to prepare and print your original For details see Print Plug In for Word Enhanced Printing Options 289 Printing banners or at other non standard sizes Printing the banner Follow these steps to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings 1 Choose Print in the Microsoft Word menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP F000 Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type Get Information jc Advanced Settings x ID Easy Settings E Print Tar
608. tore the default value of the printer s IP address As a result the RemoteUI page cannot be displayed in the web browser after this procedure e For instructions on reconfiguring the IP address see Configuring the IP Address on the Printer P 443 For details on RemoteUl see Using RemoteUI P 447 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Reset to Default settings in the lower right corner of the Network Interface group After confirming the message click OK to restore the network settings to the default values G Note e You can also use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the Control Panel to restore the default network settings e If you use the Control Panel to initialize the network settings press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU and then press A V and gt to select Interface Setup Ethernet Driver Init Settings Yes in this order and finally press the OK button Network Setting 455 Network Setting Windows Network Setting Windows Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Windows This topic describes how to specify th
609. traight move the Angle Adjustment Lever to a position between the numbers or between the number and the square of the two sets of lines that are least misaligned Adjustments for Better Print Quality 549 Adjusting the Printhead 10 Close the Top Cover The Printhead is now straight and adjustment is complete 550 Adjustments for Better Print Quality Adjusting the Printhead Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images Head Height If paper rubs against the printer or the edge is wrinkled from rubbing adjusting the Printhead height may improve results If image edges are blurred it may help to lower the Printhead 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU oF Stop Load Eject 1506 Press A or Y to select Paper Details and then press the gt button Press A or to select the type of paper and then press the button Press A or Y to select Head Height and then press the button Press A or to select the Printhead height and then press the OK button af WN Adjustments for Better Print Quality 551 Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the feed amount Adjusting the Feed Amount If printed documents are affected by the following problems try adjusting the feed amount e Banding in different colors e Line length is not accurate in the direction paper is fed To adjust the feed amount do the following in this order 1 Depending on the issue change the Feed Pr
610. ts dialog box click Settings Documents sample ipa RERRERK Plain Paper sample4 ipg RERKERK Plain Paper sample3 ipg KHRKHKH Plain Paper sample2 jpg KKKKXKX Plain Paper sample1 jpg RERRRRK Plain Paper 500 Hard Disk Hard Disk 3 In the Settings dialog box enter the personal box name and click OK Settings Inbox No Inbox name I Set password Password 4 digit number Re enter to confirm 4 digit number Cancel Help For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file Hard Disk 501 Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs Select a saved job and click Set XXX XXX XXX XXX Dy Printer Ready 38 Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable Purranu I r gt E a Free space xx xx GB Move Set Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper x sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password ij Cancel EB 2 In the Settings dialog box enter the personal box name and click OK Settings Mail box Rename inbox Inbox no 1 Inb
611. tter 8 5 x11 50inx11 00in Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing Actual Size Letter 8 5 x11 CAD Fast 8 50 in x 11 00 in CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Mi Suitable for printing normal documents that contain a mixture of i text photographs and graphics IAAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts M Status Monitor About Detauts 5 In the A Media Type list select the type of paper that is loaded In this case click Heavyweight Coated Paper 6 Make your selection in the E Print Target list Enhanced Printing Options 267 Borderless Printing 7 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Enlarged Reduced Printing Ge Fit Paper Size JE O Fit Roll Paper width IF O Scaling ea Paper Size Borderless Printing Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in Match Page Size ra Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in H Orientation HAO W LA Landscape Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper KS a Paper Source 1M Rol Paper width Roll Paper Auto x 17 in Roll 431 8mm y Naan S ji Apply __ Output Method Defaults OK l Cancel J Size Options Help 8 Inthe A Page Size list click the size of the original as specified
612. turn off the printer and contact the Canon dealer for assistance Menu mode and state of the Control Panel Mainmenu Menu items and settings Main menu during printing 4 Paper Cutting Display Screen The title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menu items or settings are displayed on the second and subsequent lines P 36 The menu of options available during printing top figure can be displayed by pressing the gt button when the main menu is displayed left figure Menu Selection Menu Durng Prtng Job Mgmt Menu OK Select Display Screen Menus available during printing are displayed if you press the Menu button during printing If you select a menu the title of the selected menu is displayed on the first line and menus immediately under the current menu are displayed on the second and subsequent lines Lower level menus are available if gt is displayed at right P 36 Control Panel Submenu mode and state of the Control Panel Remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity and ink levels Information on the HP GL 2 setting loaded paper Printer information information Himedia Info H System Info X X FAGL2 Settings X X Maint cart Roll 1 Upper Firmware 00 00 Color Mode Mono Capacity 100 Glossy Photo Boot 00 00 Print Qual Std ISO A4 MIT 700 00 Economy Print Off Head Ht High s n deeEHHEHHE In
613. tween the Belt Stopper and affix the Belt Stopper 17 18 19 20 21 with a hex screw at the position indicated O Important Here the Belt Stopper is the one that was removed and stored after initial installation Neglecting to attach the Belt Stopper may damage the printer Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them Close the Top Cover Tape down printer covers to secure them in the reverse order of tape removal during installation Remove the Stand by reversing the installation procedure when it was attached to the printer Disassemble and repackage the Stand by following the installation procedure in reverse Repack the Roll Holder Holder Stopper and printer in shipping materials and then package them in a shipping box Maintenance 605 Other Maintenance Updating the Firmware Update the printer firmware to take advantage of new and improved printer functions Confirming the firmware version 1 Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU Stop LoadjEjeot 150 ORO 2 Press A or Y to select Information and then press 3 Press A or Y to select System Info and then press the OK button The firmware version is displayed Updating the Firmware To obtain the latest firmware visit the Canon website If the firmware available online is newer than the installed firmware update the printer firmware For de
614. u Press the Online button After the confirmation message is displayed press OK The new settings will take effect after the printer restarts Troubleshooting 635 Cannot print over a network Cannot print over a TCP IP network The printer s IP address is not configured correctly Make sure the printer s IP address is configured correctly P 444 P 445 The printers TCP IP network settings are not Make sure the printer s TCP IP network settings are configured correctly configured correctly P 448 The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s TCP IP network settings configured correctly are configured correctly P 476 Cannot print over a NetWare network The printer s NetWare settings are not configured Make sure the printer s NetWare settings are correctly configured correctly In particular make sure a valid frame type is selected P 451 The computer you are trying to print from is not Make sure the computer s NetWare settings are configured correctly configured correctly P 468 The NetWare server and services are not configured Check the following points correctly 1 Make sure the NetWare file server is running 2 Make sure there is enough free disk space on the NetWare file server Insufficient disk space may prevent you from processing large print jobs 3 Start NWADMIN or PCONSOLE and confirm that the print service is configured
615. ube Stabilizer c Touching these parts may damage them 610 Troubleshooting Problems Regarding Paper 4 If the Cutter is out move the Cutter to the right side away from the paper O Important e If the Cutter is on the left side be sure to move it to the right If the Cutter is on the left side when you turn the printer on the printer may rip the paper 5 Lift the Release Lever 6 Holding the paper on both sides pull the jammed portion out toward the front Use a scissors or cutting tool to cut away the printed or wrinkled portion saion e When cutting paper be careful to avoid scratching the printer Troubleshooting 611 Problems Regarding Paper T If the Carriage is on the left move the Carriage to the right until it stops Important e Always move the Carriage to the right side If the Carriage is on the left a Carriage error may occur when you turn on the printer 8 Hold the edge of the roll paper in the middle as you gently pull it evenly to the position of the Ejection Guide a Align the right side of the roll paper with the Paper Alignment Line b keeping this side parallel to the line and then lower the Release Lever Important Do not force the roll paper into alignment with the Paper Alignment Line b This may prevent the paper from being advanced straight e If you pull out too much of the roll an excessive amount will be cut away 9 Close the Top C
616. unction as well as how to print a cut line for manual cutting ts Note e The auto cut function is activated on the printer by default and when the printer driver is installed Follow the steps below to reactivate the function if it is disabled or to select the setting for printing a cut line instead 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPFo0x Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size Cc D Borderless Printing Scalin Letter 8 5 x11 5 gt 8 50 in x 11 00 in G BY Paper size Match Page Size Aute 00 Aut 00 8 50 in x 11 00 in MA Opona B LAJ O Landscape Y an IREE C Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper DD Paper Source Roll Paper Auto W Roll Paper width 17n Roll 431 8mm N Car Ss Output Method Size Options Defaults OK l Cancel J Apply Help 4 In the L Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case choose from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 5 Click N Roll Paper Options to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box Roll Paper Options Automatic Cutting Banner Printing ok _ Cancel Detauts 6 To ena
617. ur digits in the range 0001 9999 Confirmation Number Re enter the password to confirm it i Remote E aan English language End User Mode Set Register User s Inbox Last Updated xxxx xx xx XKXX KX p the following settings Inbox No 01 Ibos Name bor Job Manager n Set Password a ES jen Recents bee peaa al For details refer to the RemoteUI help 494 Hard Disk Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a listed personal box for a password and click Open Canon iP Pox Option Help E Printer Status sa G naani fo Information i Maintenance B Support Mail Boxes InbozNo Inboxname ooo l Common Box Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box Box 8 Box 9 r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set for the personal box Enter Password G This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No 0 Inbox name Box 1 Password 4 digit number Co 2 In the Documents dialog box click Settings Documents Document Name Owner Sowce Paper Type Media Size File Si RERRRRK Plain Paper BEMHRRK Plain Paper REMKRRH Plain Paper REMERRH Plain Paper RERRRRH Plain Paper Hard Disk 495 Hard Disk 3 In the Settings dialog box specify the password and c
618. uration Tool Guide Windows or Media Configuration Tool Guide Macintosh 8 After confirming that D Easy Settings is selected click Photo in the E Print Target list OQ Note e For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images see Printing Photos and Images P 161 You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set 9 Access the Page Setup pane Printer iPFxxxx i Presets Standard Bi Page Setup i M raper Source Roll Paper Auto JB Roll Paper Width 17 in 431 8mm Gage Size US Letter DM Enlarged Reduced Printing IE Fit Paper Size US Letter JF O Fit Roll Paper Width Auto Scale 100 GS O Scaling 100 1 5 600 US Letter H C Borderless Printing J Paper Size Match Page Size KJ Li C Print Centered R pa hd __ No Spaces at Top or Bottom sm Bo _ Rotate Page 90 degrees PDFw Preview Standard C Cancel E Print 10 In the A Paper Source list click to select the feed method set for the specified paper In this case select from Roll Paper Auto Roll Paper 1 or Roll Paper 2 166 Working With Various Print Jobs Printing Photos and Images 11 Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case 10 in 254 0mm Q Note e If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width click L Prin
619. urce b 0 Common Box 0 v lBox1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper x sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 oe oa askin jal Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password C cance G For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file 526 Hard Disk Renaming Saved Jobs You can rename stored print jobs as follows e Using RemoteUl e Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box Remote UI End User Mode English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx200xx Inbox No Inbox Neme Document Count 00 Comme 6 MUU eA Bazi 5 ES 7 v Box2 0 Print Log 03 Box3 0 au Box4 0 Support Links aos Box5 0 as Box6 o 07 Box7 0 aos Box 0 09 Box9 0 0 Box 10 0 il Box 11 0 Note e Enter a password if one has been set i Remote E oro English language End User Mode Enter Password Last Updated xxxx xx xx xx xx xx los ieee ee eee Inbox No 01 Bags aF Print Job Print Log a Support Links Hard Disk Hard Disk 527 Hard Disk 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Details l Remote Ul English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XX XX XX E
620. ure of text photographs and graphics FAL View Settings Open Preview When Print Job Starts 4 Inthe A Media Type list select the type of 5 Click D Advanced Settings to switch the p Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Status Monitor _ About Defauts Cx T Er paper that is loaded rint mode Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support An Letter 8 5 11 G inx11 00 in 8 50 in x 11 00 in edia Type RETIREES Get Information ie Advanced Settings Advanced Settings x Print Priority Image Print Quality Draft 300dpi z Color Mode Color vl A Color Settings Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts Maro j N About 5 Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply Ll Help 6 Click Monochrome in the G Color Mode list Working With Various Print Jobs 169 Printing Photos and Images 7 Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Settings lt Color Adjustment ___ SM ABCDEF 3 1234567 IA sarpe Type a Standard x B View Color Pattern JH Brightness Apply to Sample il Contrast J Object Adjustment l Defaults OK Cancel Help 8 Adjust the Brightness Contrast and other s
621. ure the same type of paper is specified in the printer driver as you have loaded in the printer 1 Hold down the Stop button for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again Paper has been loaded incorrectly causing it to Reload the paper wrinkle P 118 The Printhead is set too low In Head Height choose Automatic You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink other paper based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Strong or Strongest If paper still rubs against the printhead try raising the Printhead by setting Head Height to Highest When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or other film based media choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Standard Strong or Strongest If paper still rubs against the printhead try raising the Printhead by setting Head Height to Highest P 561 When printing on paper 0 1 mm 0 004 in thin or thinner choose a VacuumStrngth setting of Weakest If paper still rubs against the printhead try raising the Printhead by setting Head Height to Highest P 561 When you have loaded paper the paper you have Be sure to select the correct type of paper in the loaded does not match the type selected on the printer menu when loading paper Display Screen P 118 622 Troubleshooting Problems with the printing quality The
622. urred in the printer during printing 1 Lift the Release Lever and remove the jammed paper P 131 2 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred Manually rewind the roll all the way and press OK Corrective Action A paper jam occurred when advancing the paper 1 Rewind paper on the Roll Holder manually all the way and then press the OK button 2 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred Roll x jam x is 1 Upper or 2 Lower Lift the release lever Corrective Action A paper jam occurred in the printer during printing 1 Lift the Release Lever and remove the jammed paper P 131 2 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which the error occurred Manually rewind the roll all the way and press OK A paper jam occurred when advancing the paper 1 Rewind paper on the Roll Holder manually all the way and then press the OK button 2 If Not finished printing Finish printing remaining jobs is shown on the Display Screen press the OK button Printing will resume starting from the page on which th
623. used with the printer Ti Get the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly added paper Copyright CANON INC 2007 3 My Computer 100 The default browser on your computer is started and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed Handling Paper 107 Paper e Mac OS X 1 Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock The imagePROGRAF Support Information window is displayed 2 Click Visit the imagePROGRAF webpage fesse imagePROGRAF Support Information a 2 eo Canon z imagePROGRAF imagePROGRAF Support Information IPFXxxx Using Your ImagePROGRAF Printer Stay Informed User s Manual View the printer user s manual Paper Reference Guide amp View information about paper that can be used with the printer B Get the latest version of the Media Configuration Tool to make sure the guide includes information on newly added paper E Copyright CANON INC 2007 SEE The default browser on your computer is started and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed O Note You can also access the imagePROGRAF website through the following operations 108 Handling Paper Windows Click the start menu and select Programs gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool iPFxxxx indicates the printer model gt iPFxxxx Media Configuration Tool After the Media Configuration Tool starts up click Extra Information Macintosh In Finder select Appl
624. using originals smaller than the roll paper width you can center them relative to the width when printing Print Centered Aligns the center of the original with the center of the roll relative to the width For instructions on centering originals when printing on rolls refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows P 325 e Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Mac OS X P 327 324 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Rolls Windows This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x297 0 mm 8 3 11 7 in Letter e Paper Roll e Paper type Plain Paper e Roll paper width A3 A4 roll 297 0 mm 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Make sure the Main sheet is displayed Canon iP Poox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A Media Type DEMAS Get Information LA Advanced Settings I Easy Settings x E Print Target Default Settings Draft Office Document Poster Photos Poster Text Illustrations CAD Line Drawing CAD Fast CAD Monochrome Line Drawing Suitable for printing normal documents tha
625. utton for a second or more to cancel printing 2 Replace the paper with a type compatible with HP GL 2 For details on paper compatible with HP GL 2 refer to the Paper Reference Guide P 104 Press the Online button to resume printing However note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality s5GL2 Wxxxx The memory is full xxxx is 0501 0903 or 0904 Corrective Action The printer memory became full while processing the Check the print job and the printing results job received nnn GL2 W0502 The parameter is out of range A parameter specified in a HP GL 2 command is out Check the print job of the supported range nnn GL2 W0504 This command is not supported The printer has received an unsupported HP GL 2 Check the print job command Error Message 673 Other Messages Other Messages GARO Wxxxx x represents a number Corrective Action There is a problem with the print job Try printing again using the correct printer driver It is also possible to continue printing in this state However you may not be able to obtain the desired printing results u ERROR Exxx xxxx x represents a letter or number Cause Corrective Action An error requiring service may have occurred Write down the error code and message turn off the HRERROR Exx 100x printer and contact your Canon dealer for assistance Call for service sss Hardware e
626. ver in the web browser proxy server settings Settings may vary depending on the network environment e Enable JavaScript and cookies in the web browser e If you access RemoteuUl with the printer name instead of its IP address make sure the DNS settings are correctly configured Network Setting 447 Network Setting Configuring the Printer s TCP IP Network Settings Follow the steps below to configure the TCP IP network settings 1 Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location or Address box to display the RemoteUl page http printer IP address or name Example http xxx xxx Xxx Xxx Select Administrator Mode and click Logon If a password has been set on the printer enter the password Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page Click Edit in the upper right corner of the TCP IP group to display the Edit TCP IP Protocol Settings page Refer to the TCP IP Settings Items table to complete the settings oa Ff GQ N TCP IP SS Items Default Default Setting eon DHCP s this setting to use DHCP Off for configuring the IP address Use BOOTP Activate this setting to use BOOTP for configuring the IP address Use RARP Activate this setting to use RARP Off for configuring the IP address Enable DNS Dynamic Update Activate this setting to perform DNS server registration automatically Use Zeroconf Function Activate this
627. vice Setup Utility 2 0 00 ceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeneeeeenee Configuring the IP Address Using inagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility Network Setting Mac OS 2 ccscicsssiavennedcderivrredecsndsddeuuteesiccccsvebsssouees Configuring the Printer Driver Destination Macintosh Configuring the Printer s AppleTalk Network Settings seeseeeseeeseeeeeeeees Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Networks Macintosh 0 00 Configuring the Destination for TCP IP Network Macintosh Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network Macintosh eeeeeeees Hard Disk Hald SE esc ccectecisaaveaasitesst aaa leat cael iit iiuutend esta EEEE Printer Hard Disk Operations cccccccicscecccecscesaccustdenantecsepentrsdecdtassstedeaansonedpananscennacee Saved Print JODS seirian ena a EE AEAEE EA EDE rE RE ORE EEOAE aE RET E Saving Print Jobs Sent from Sources Other than the Printer Driver 05 Saving Prim JODS ernen ee canna cca cere E EEE AER E REEERE Do Not Save Print Jobs in the COMMON BOX sssssssssssnnssssernneernnersnnrreserrnnnerrnnnesrne Managing Queued Jobs Deleting or Preempting Other Jobs c ccceeeeeees Setting Passwords for Personal BOXES cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeneeeeeenees Naming Personal BOXES c cccceeescceeeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeensaeeeeeeeieeeee Displaying a List Of Saved Jobs ceeecccceeescceeeeneeeeee
628. wa aco BA A Edit To Inbox List Page Owner Number of Total Pages Date Saved 1 1 XXXX XX XX XXXXKX XXXX XX XX XXXX KX KXXX XX XX KXXXKX XXXX XX XX KXXXKX Hard Disk 3 In the Set Register User s Inbox dialog box enter the personal box name in Inbox Name and click OK Remote UI English language End User Mode Log Out roe Nae v Job Manager Print Job BF ran Set Register User s Inbox a are Last Updated xxxx Xxx xx XX XX XX Si lob Print Log yD saia Support Links Inbox No ol E Set Password Password Fixed to 4 digits Confirmation Number eoo Fixed to 4 digits For details refer to the RemoteUI help Hard Disk 499 Hard Disk Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows 1 On the Hard Disk sheet select a listed personal box to identify and click Open Canon iP Poox Option Help E Printer Status sa G naani fo Information i Maintenance B Support Mail Boxes InbozNo Inboxname ooo l Common Box Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box Box 8 Box 9 r Hard disk Information Status Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set for the personal box Enter Password f This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No M Inbox name Box1 Password 4 digit number 2 In the Documen
629. wing symbols are used in this User Manual to indicate safety information and explanations on restrictions or precautions in use Important Indicates important information that must be followed when using the printer Be sure to read this information to prevent printer damage or operating errors Caution Indicates caution items for which operating error poses a risk of injury or damage to equipment or property To ensure safe use always follow these precautions Note Indicates helpful reference information and supplemental information on particular topics Button names and user interface elements Key and button names on the control panel and user interface elements in software such as menus and buttons are indicated as follows in this User Manual Control panel buttons Example Press the OK button Control panel messages Example Head Example Head Cleaning is displayed is displayed Software interface items elses Click OK Menus and Buttons Keyboard keys Example Press the Tab Example Press the Tab key e Part names Names of printer parts are indicated as follows in this User Manual Printer part names Example Open the Top Cover Introduction 1 How to use this manual e Cross reference Other pages or manuals that provide related information are indicated as follows in this User Manual Cross reference in the same User Manual Example see Turning the Printer On and Off Click the link to jump to
630. with paper dust P 597 4 Plug the power cord into the outlet 596 Maintenance Cleaning the Printer Cleaning Inside the Top Cover Clean inside the Top Cover to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems Also clean inside the Top Cover in the following situations to ensure optimal operation e If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing e After you have used up a roll After borderless printing After printing on small paper After printing on paper that generates a lot of cutting debris If you have replaced the roll After printing on paper that generates a lot of paper dust e Ifthe message Blue platen switch is dirty is displayed O Important e Ifthe Platen inside the Top Cover becomes dirty it may soil the underside of paper We recommend cleaning the Platen after borderless printing or printing on small paper e If the Ejection Guide is dirty it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut We recommend cleaning the Ejection Guide even if it does not appear dirty because it may actually be covered with paper dust 1 Open the Top Cover 2 If paper dust has accumulated in the Vacuum holes a on the Platen or in the Borderless Printing Ink Grooves b use the Cleaning Brush c provided with the printer to wipe it away Maintenance 597 Cleaning the Printer Important e Do not touch the Linear Scale a Carriage Shaft b or Ink Tube Stabilize
631. x The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites Q Note To save a favorite as a file click J Export and specify the file to save Enhanced Printing Options 363 Other useful settings Printing using the favorite Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Select the printer in the dialog box and then display the printer driver dialog box P 381 3 Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support Favorites B Settings Details Default Settings Main Media Type Plain Paper Print Target Default Settings Print Priority Image Print Quality Standard Color Mode Color Thicken Fine Lines Off Unidirectional Printing Off Sharpen Text On Page Setup Page Size Letter 8 5 x11 i E Comment Automatically selects the best mode for documents that contain a K ssj mixture of text photos and graphics Bl g G o B Default Settings Apply Favorite Add v Application Settings Priority t OK Cancel JI Apply Help 4 In the A Favorites choose the favorite you registered Q Note To import a favorite click I Import and specify the favorite file 5 Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings 6 Confirm the print settings and print as desired
632. x 11 00 in Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts Mo Monitor _ N About 5 Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Click Monochrome in the G Color Mode list Q Note Monochrome BK ink may not be available for all types of paper 182 Working With Various Print Jobs 7 Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box Color Settings lt Color Adjustment a SM ABCDEF 3 1234567 Psae Type E E Standard x A Brightness il Contrast J View Color Pattern Apply to Sample Object Adjustment Defaults OK Cancel Help Printing CAD Drawings 8 Adjust the Brightness Contrast and other settings on the Color Settings sheet pane 9 Close the Color Settings dialog box 10 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iPFoox Printing Preferences p Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support W E Page size 3 B Borderless Printing v Enlarged Reduced Printing BD Fit Paper Size JE O Fi Rol Paper width IF O Scaling G 4 Paper Size Orientation E Aj Portrait a Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper a Paper Source Wi Rol Paper width Letter 8 5 x11 amme aa A Letter 8 5 x11
633. x is 1 Upper or 2 LOWEN icavncce sti csascetehasuaavicesssazenceeasneccetaneateeteannalecemuamnereats 655 No Roll LMI ccctsvccticasubeccvaiceneccansdsemdaneastansdadeestdecanlodeadadanubeband E E EEEE E 656 Sheet removed sienien e a O E E E E Oe 656 Sheet printing 1S Selected x ss iicesdvnecccsersstu renner usssaveddaceedonadend ManiecetiecaasseeaesereledearibmanvaiaesGavanesks 656 Regular printing is selected but a roll is 1OAMS si iiisssicasdcheseavocscteeciuiecsotesasianialonveauantaveb cana cents 656 Paperjam eeen ne a a antes uenneb sanded E twa bearinacidee 657 Roll x jam x is 1 Upper or 2 Lower s sssessssssssssssrsseesseeessesrrnnnorrnrnrnnnnoroonnnnnnnesnsrrennenneseenee 657 Paper loaded AS SU eo pes spst ca ete cx cae oiiaii aaie sea Ara aad aia na i Aaina aE 658 Paper cutting failed spac steccae eee creas ona cca insiren ccc cas ten wae aes de een yeep EEEE Eann REEE 659 Endiot paper feed renee Pre ree etree Renn Ere Ty Seer nn ry Peeters E E Nee ore EE EEEE EE RAPERE 659 R llever IS IN WOng OS VO sssini aa aaia a aaa a i kkaa aas 659 Borderless printng not possible 22acceicosc dacecececsttensapsadasenatesddesnccetatehevbonseeaptoleectcdeentanaaveraunams 660 Roll feed unt TON recisi aaa aa a a aN EEE E A aa AEE E EAE a 660 The rollteed nitis NOOS aot cscnsctsnantns vag araara a eea AEAEE RaDa IATa Seaeenegassutaes 661 x Contents Contents Messages regarding INK wcrciaitascnncnisnieictacevnmmatcestamaxestaiuseousnns sasena
634. xes LInboxNo Inbowname ooo l Common Box Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box Box 8 Box 9 Status Hard disk Information Free Space Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set Enter Password G This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox No Inbox name Password 4 digit number Cac 2 In the Documents dialog box select the print job in the list and click Move Documents Document Name Owner Souce Paper Type Media Size RERRRRK sampled jpa HRRRRRR sample3 jpa REMERRE sample2 jpa REMKRRH sample jpa RERRRRH Plain Paper Plain Paper Plain Paper Plain Paper Plain Paper Iso A4 IS0 A4 Iso A4 gt Properties Hard Disk 519 Hard Disk 3 In the Move dialog box select the destination personal box and click OK Choose the destination mail box Mail Boxes Inbox No Inbox name 00 Common Box Box 1 Box 2 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help file 520 Hard Disk Using inagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS 1 On the Hard Disk pane click gt next to Inbox No Name to list saved jobs XXX XXX XXX XXX gs Printer Ready oF Support Driver HardDisk Utility Hard disk info Status Usable gt E x Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 v lBox1 samplel xx
635. xxxxxx Roll Paper 7 O ii askin Jai Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password x 2 Select the saved job in the list and click Set XXX XXX XXX XXX Driver HardDisk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable z gt E amp Free space xx xx GB Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper x sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper O a fenia yale 532 Hard Disk Hard Disk 3 In the Settings dialog box enter the new job name and click OK Documents cannot be renamed unless a password has been set In this case specify a password After renaming you can cancel the password as needed Settings Mail box Rename inbox Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 v Set password Password 4 digit number Verify Rename document Document title sample2 For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk 533 Hard Disk Deleting Saved Jobs You can delete saved jobs in the box shared among all users and in each personal box Delete stored print jobs as follows e Using the Control Panel e Using RemoteUl Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows Using imagePROGRAF Pr
636. xxxxxx Roll Paper X sample2 xxxxxxxx Roll Paper 7 pair Q Note e Enter a password if one has been set The password is a four digit number Enter Password This mail box is password protected Enter the password and click OK Inbox no 1 Inbox name Box 1 Password i f 2 Select the print job in the list and click Move XXX XXX XXX XXX Driver Hard Disk Utility Support Hard disk info Status Usable gt Ej x Free space xx xx GB C set Inbox No Name Document User Source b 0 Common Box 0 Vv 1Box1 a v xxxxxxxx Roll Paper samplel xxxxxxxx Roll Paper sample2 an yale 3 In the Move Document dialog box select the destination personal box and click OK Move Document Choose the destination mail box 1 Z C For details refer to the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor help file Hard Disk Hard Disk 521 Hard Disk Displaying Details of Saved Jobs You can view details of stored print jobs as follows Using RemoteUl e Using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor Windows e Using imagePROGRAF Printmonitor Mac OS Using RemoteUl 1 On the Stored Job page choose the mail box Remote UI End User Mode English language Stored Job Last Updated xxxx xx xx XKXX KX Inbox No Inbox Name Document Count EW Common mail box 6 Job Manager 01 Box1 5 Print Job Stored Job _ Box2 o oe 03 Box3 En Box4 0 Support
637. y JE Print Quaity G Color Mode Dy Advanced Settings x Image Draft 300dpi Color Letter 8 5 x11 8 50 in x11 00 in y Letter 8 5 x11 850inx11 00in A Color Settings Thicken Fine Lines Unidirectional Printing Sharpen Text Economy Printing Open Preview When Print Job Starts Mo Monitor _ N About Defaults OK Cancel JI Apply J Help 6 Click Line Drawing Text in the E Print Priority list 7 Click High 1200dpi in the F Print Quality list Note Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type Enhanced Printing Options 215 Adjusting Images 8 Click Color CAD in the G Color Mode list 9 To adjust the color click H Color Settings Q Note e For instructions on adjusting color see Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver P 201 10 Select the K Sharpen Text check box 11 Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet Canon iP Fox Printing Preferences Main Page Setup Layout Favorites Utility Support A a Page Size v Enlarged Reduced Printing D Fit Paper Size JE O Fi Roll Paper width IF O Scaiing Letter 8 5 x11 e i lonxnon EE Papersize Match Page Size Borderless Printing A 8 50 in x 11 00 in m Aj Portrait wi AJ O Landscape uA Rotate Page 90 degrees Conserve Paper
638. ype of paper that cannot be cut and the printed pages have not been cut the currently advanced roll is used e If both rolls are too short an error message is displayed 2 Use a type of paper that matches the print job When both or neither loaded roll matches the type of paper in the print job the third condition determines which roll is used OQ Note When Detect Mismatch in the printer menu is set to Warning or None the roll is determined by the following conditions e When neither loaded roll matches the type of paper in the print job and Detect Mismatch in the printer menu is set to Pause an error message is displayed 3 If Roll Switching in the printer menu is set to No RollSwitching the currently advanced roll is used If Roll Switching in the printer menu is set to Use Optimal Size the fourth condition determines which roll is used 4 When the print job calls for borderless printing the roll compatible with borderless printing is used When the print job does not specify borderless printing or if both rolls are compatible with borderless printing the fifth condition determines which roll is used Q Note If neither roll is compatible with borderless printing an error message is displayed 146 Handling Paper Handling rolls 5 Use a size of paper that matches the width specified in the print job When both loaded rolls match the width of paper in the print job or the width is not specified in the job the sixth
639. ype of print service Refer to the following descriptions as needed G Note In NetWare 5 1 or 6 0 NDPS may also be used as the print service If you use NDPS use the Novell printer gateway included with NetWare For details on configuring NDPS refer to the NetWare documentation e NDS Novell Directory Service and bindery NDS and bindery are both supported Use the mode that is compatible with your network environment e Queue server mode and remote printer mode Queue server mode and remote printer mode are both supported Queue server mode When using queue server mode all print server functions are supported so there is no need for other print server software or hardware In NDS queue server mode NDS PServer the NDS print server is used for printing In bindery queue server mode Bindery PServer the bindery print server is used for printing Note that if you use queue server mode a NetWare user license is required for each network interface e Remote printer mode In remote printer mode the printer is controlled by the NetWare print server Thus a NetWare print server is required In NDS remote printer mode NPrinter the NDS print server is used for printing and in bindery remote printer mode RPrinter the bindery print server is used for printing Network Setting 463 Network Setting Windows Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the print server Use NWADMIN to set up the print server if NDS queue server mode or remot
640. ze Letter 8 5 x11 E 21 59 cm x 27 94 cm I Orientation fa To Te E Scale 1100 1 Cancel 0K 13 Select the J Print Centered check box 14 Confirm the print settings and then click M Print to start printing Q Note e For tips on confirming print settings see Confirming Print Settings Mac OS X P 421 Enhanced Printing Options 329 Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets When you print originals that are smaller than the sheet size the originals are arranged in the upper left corner of the sheet If you prefer you can print originals that were arranged this way centered on the sheet instead Print Centered Aligns the center of the original with the center of the sheet For instructions on centering originals when printing on sheets refer to the following topics as appropriate for your computer and operating system e Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows P 331 e Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Mac OS X P 333 330 Enhanced Printing Options Centering originals Printing Originals Centered on Sheets Windows This topic describes how to reduce an original 50 for printing centered on a sheet Document Any Type e Page size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in e Paper Sheets e Paper type Plain Paper e Paper size A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm Letter 8 3 x 11 7 in 1 Choose Print in the application menu 2 Selec

Canon iPF820 PRO

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents